10-K

Jackson Financial Inc. (JXN)

10-K 2026-02-24 For: 2025-12-31
View Original
Added on April 07, 2026

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____ to _____

Commission File Number: 001-40274

Jackson_cover_logo.jpg

Jackson Financial Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 98-0486152
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1 Corporate Way, Lansing, Michigan 48951
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(517) 381-5500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share JXN New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-Rate Reset Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A JXN PR A New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☑

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based on the closing price of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was approximately $4.7 billion.

As of February 18, 2026, there were 70,681,886 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2026, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (Form 10-K) where indicated. The registrant's definitive 2026 proxy statement is expected to be filed on or about April 7, 2026.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Principal Definitions, Abbreviations and Acronyms Used in the Text and Notes to thisForm 10-K 1
Forward-looking Statements - Cautionary Language 3
Item 1. Business
Overview 4
Our Product Offerings by Segment 6
Distribution and Operations 9
Competition 11
Risk Management 11
Regulation 14
Corporate Responsibility 22
Human Capital Resources 23
Intellectual Property 25
Available Information 25
Information about our Executive Officers 26
Item 1A. Risk Factors 28
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 41
Item 1C. Cybersecurity 41
Item 2. Properties 43
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 43
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 43
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 44
Item 6. [Reserved] 45
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 46
Executive Summary 46
Key Operating Measures 50
Macroeconomic, Industry and Regulatory Trends 54
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 57
Consolidated Results of Operations 62
Segment Results of Operations 64
Investments 70
Policy and Contract Liabilities 76
Liquidity and Capital Resources 79
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements 85
Critical Accounting Estimates 86
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 94
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 101
Reference to Financial Statements and Schedules 101
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 206
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 206
Item 9B. Other Information 207
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 207
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 207
Item 11. Executive Compensation 207
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 207
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 207
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 207
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 208
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 213
SIGNATURES
Signatures 214

Principal Definitions, Abbreviations, and Acronyms Used in the Text and Notes of this Form 10-K

we, us, our and the Company Jackson Financial Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context refers only to Jackson Financial Inc. as a corporate entity (which we refer to as "JFI" or "Jackson Financial")
Jackson Jackson National Life Insurance Company, our primary operating subsidiary (which we refer to as "Jackson National Life" or "Jackson")
Brooke Life Brooke Life Insurance Company, our subsidiary and the direct parent company of Jackson and Brooke Re
Brooke Re Brooke Life Reinsurance Company, a direct subsidiary of Brooke Life, and a Michigan-based captive reinsurer
Hickory Re Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company, a direct subsidiary of Brooke Re, and a Michigan-based captive reinsurer
JBLLC Jackson Brooke LLC, our subsidiary
Jackson Finance Jackson Finance LLC, our subsidiary
JNAM Jackson National Asset Management LLC, a direct subsidiary of Jackson National Life
PPMH PPM Holdings, Inc., our subsidiary
PPM PPM America, Inc., a subsidiary of PPMH
ACL Allowance for credit loss
Account value ("AV") or account balance The amount of money in a customer’s account. For example, the account value increases with additional premiums and investment gains, and it decreases with withdrawals, investment losses and fees.
Athene Athene Life Re Ltd. and its affiliates, including Athene Co-Invest Reinsurance Affiliate 1A Ltd.
Athene Reinsurance Transaction The funds withheld coinsurance agreement with Athene, entered on June 18, 2020, and effective June 1, 2020, to reinsure a 100% quota share of a block of our in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities in exchange for approximately $1.2 billion in ceding commissions
AUM ("Assets under management") Investment assets that are managed by our subsidiaries and include: (i) assets managed by PPM, including our investment portfolio (but excluding assets held in funds withheld accounts for reinsurance transactions), (ii) third-party assets, and (iii) the separate account assets of our retail annuities managed and administered by JNAM
Benefit base A notional amount (not actual cash value) used to calculate guaranteed benefits within an owner's annuity contract and fees due in respect of those guaranteed benefits. The death benefit and living benefit within the same contract may have different benefit bases.
CMBS Commercial mortgage-backed securities
DAC ("Deferred acquisition costs") Represent the incremental costs related directly to the successful acquisition of new, and certain renewal, insurance policies and annuity contracts. The recognition of these costs has been deferred, and the deferred amounts are shown on the balance sheet as an asset, which is amortized over the estimated lives of those policies and contracts.
Deferred tax asset or Deferred tax liability Asset or liability that is recorded for the difference between financial reporting, or book basis, and the tax basis of an asset or a liability
Fixed Annuity An annuity that guarantees a set annual rate of return with interest at rates we determine, subject to specified minimums. Credited interest rates are guaranteed not to change for certain limited periods of time, after which rates may be reset.
Fixed Index Annuity An annuity with an ability to share in the upside from certain financial markets, such as equity indices, and provides downside protection
General account assets The assets held in the general accounts of our insurance companies
GIC Guaranteed investment contract
Guarantee Fees Fees charged on our annuity contracts for optional benefit guarantees
--- ---
GMAB ("Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit") An add-on benefit (enhanced benefits available for an additional cost) that entitles an owner to a minimum payment, typically in a lump-sum, after a set period of time, referred to as the accumulation period. The minimum payment is based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the underlying account value.
GMDB ("Guaranteed minimum death benefit") An add-on benefit (enhanced benefits available for an additional cost) that guarantees an owner’s beneficiaries are entitled to a minimum payment based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the underlying account value, upon the death of the owner
GMIB ("Guaranteed minimum income benefit") An add-on benefit (available for an additional cost) where an owner is entitled to annuitize the policy and receive a minimum payment stream based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the payment stream resulting from current annuitization of the underlying account value
GMWB ("Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit") An add-on benefit (available for an additional cost) where an owner is entitled to withdraw a maximum amount of their benefit base each year, for which cumulative payments to the owner could be greater than the underlying account value
GMWB for Life ("Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit for life") An add-on benefit (available for an additional cost) where an owner is entitled to withdraw the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount each year for the duration of the policyholder’s life, regardless of account performance
NAIC National Association of Insurance Commissioners
NAV Net asset value
Net flows Net flows represent the net change in customer account balances during a period, after reflecting gross premium inflows and surrender, withdrawal and benefit payment outflows. Net flows do not include investment performance, interest credited to customer accounts, and policy charges
RBC ("Risk-based capital") Statutory minimum level of capital that is required by regulators for an insurer to support its operations
RBC ratio The ratio of statutory total adjusted capital to company action level required capital. A formal calculation is made annually during the fourth quarter of each year. In other periods, the ratio is estimated.
RILA A registered index-linked annuity, which offers market index-linked investment options, subject to a cap, and a variety of guarantees designed to modify or limit losses
RMBS Residential mortgage-backed securities
Variable annuity An annuity that offers tax-deferred investment into a range of asset classes and a variable return, which offers insurance features related to potential future income payments
VIE Variable interest entity

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS – CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE

The information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements about future events and circumstances and their effects upon revenues, expenses and business opportunities. Generally speaking, any statement in this Form 10-K not based upon historical fact is a forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by the use of forward-looking or conditional words, such as “could,” “should,” “can,” “continue,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “intend,” “look,” “may,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “predict,” “remain,” “future,” “confident,” and “commit” or similar expressions. In particular, statements regarding plans, strategies, prospects, targets and expectations regarding the business and industry are forward-looking statements. They reflect expectations, are not guarantees of performance, and speak only as of the dates the statements are made. We caution investors that these forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, expressed, or implied. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include those reflected in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Form 10-K as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on February 24, 2026, and elsewhere in Jackson Financial Inc.’s reports filed with the SEC. Except as required by law, Jackson Financial Inc. does not undertake to update such forward-looking statements. You should not rely unduly on forward-looking statements.

Certain financial data included in this Form 10-K consists of non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other entities, nor should they be construed as an alternative to other financial measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Although the Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors in measuring the financial performance and condition of its business, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any non-GAAP financial measures and ratios included in this Form 10-K. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure can be found in the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this Form 10-K.

Certain financial data included in this Form 10-K consists of statutory accounting principles (“statutory”) financial measures. These statutory financial measures are included in or derived from the Jackson National Life Insurance Company annual and/or quarterly statements filed with the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services and available in the investor relations section of the Company’s website at investors.jackson.com/financials/statutory-filings.

We routinely use our investor relations website, at investors.jackson.com, as a primary channel for disclosing key information to our investors. We may use our website as a means of disclosing material, non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations. Accordingly, investors should monitor our investor relations website, in addition to following our press releases, filings with the SEC, public conference calls, presentations, and webcasts. We and certain of our senior executives may also use social media channels to communicate with our investors and the public about our Company and other matters, and those communications could be deemed to be material information. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website, our social media channels, or our executives' social media channels, is not incorporated by reference into and is not part of this Form 10-K.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Jackson Financial Inc. (“Jackson Financial” or “JFI”) is a financial services company focused on helping Americans in the United States (“U.S.”) secure their financial futures. We believe we are well-positioned in our markets because of our differentiated products and our well-known brand among distributors and advisors. Our market position is supported by our efficient and scalable operating platform and industry-leading distribution network. We are confident these core strengths will enable us to grow as an aging U.S. population transitions into retirement. We refer to Jackson Financial and its subsidiaries and affiliates collectively, as the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us.”

We offer a diverse suite of annuities to retail investors in the U.S. Our variable annuities have been among the best-selling products of their kind in the U.S. principally due to the differentiated features we offer as compared to our competitors and, in particular the wider range of investment options and greater freedom to invest across multiple investment options. We also offer registered index-linked, fixed index, fixed, and payout annuities.

We sell our annuity products through an industry-leading distribution network that includes independent broker-dealers, wirehouses, regional broker-dealers, banks, independent registered investment advisors, third-party platforms, and insurance agents. We were the seventh largest retail annuity company in the U.S. for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and the eighth largest for the year ended December 31, 2024, as measured by sales, according to the latest available report from Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association ("LIMRA"), a worldwide insurance and related financial services trade association. Our total retail annuity sales for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $19.7 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively.

Our operating platform is scalable and efficient. We administer approximately 82% of our in-force policies on our in-house policy administration platform. The remainder of our business is administered through established third-party arrangements. We believe our operating platform provides us with a competitive advantage by allowing us to grow efficiently and provide superior customer service while maintaining a combined statutory operating expense-to-asset ratio of 27 basis points at our principal insurance company subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2025, which we believe is among the lowest in the life and annuity industry.

Product design and pricing are key aspects of our risk management approach, as is our hedging program. We intend to continue using our diverse product offerings, distribution capabilities, and operating platform to pursue growth opportunities.

These core strengths enable us to produce an attractive financial profile, reflected by our record of generating profitable growth and earning attractive returns. In addition, we have shown a commitment to long-term capital return to common shareholders through our share repurchase program and dividends. The table below presents selected financial and operating measures:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions, except percentages)
Operating Metrics:
Total Sales $ 23,211 $ 19,849
Assets Under Management ("AUM") 351,059 324,718
Income Metrics:
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders (17) 902
Adjusted Operating Earnings (1) 1,614 1,443
Return on Equity ("ROE") Attributable to Common Shareholders (0.2) % 9.4 %
Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders on average adjusted book value (1) 14.7 % 12.9 %
Capital Metrics:
Amount of common shares repurchased under share repurchase program 634 415
Dividends on common shares 228 216
Jackson Financial, Inc. Net cash provided by operating activities (Parent Company Only) 12 51
Free cash flow (1) 838 767
Jackson statutory risk-based capital ratio(2) 567 % 572 %
(1) Non-GAAP financial measure. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures for information regarding our non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measures.
(2) Based on a Company Action Level basis.

Jackson Financial, a Delaware corporation, became an independent public company on September 13, 2021.

Our principal operating subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson National Life" or "Jackson"), was founded in Jackson, Michigan in 1961. We are headquartered in Lansing, Michigan and also maintain offices in Franklin, Tennessee and Chicago, Illinois. Our insurance company subsidiaries are licensed to distribute insurance products in all 50 U.S. states and the District of Columbia.

How We Generate Revenues and Profitability

We earn revenues predominantly from fee income, income from investments, and insurance premiums. Our profitability is dependent on our ability to properly price and manage risk on insurance and annuity products, to manage our portfolio of investments effectively, and to control costs through expense discipline. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Executive Summary for more information on the sources of our revenues and expenses, and the impact of our hedging program upon our reported net income.

Our Product Offerings by Segment

We manage our business through three reportable segments:

Retail Annuities Institutional Products Closed Life and Annuity Blocks
•Variable annuities<br><br>•Registered index-linked annuities<br><br>•Fixed and fixed index annuities<br><br>•Payout annuities<br><br>•Our lifetime income solutions offering in the defined contributions market<br><br>•Results of our subsidiary, Jackson National Asset Management LLC ("JNAM"), which manages the separate account assets associated with our variable annuities •Traditional guaranteed investment contracts<br><br>•Funding agreements issued in conjunction with our participation in the U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") mortgage-collateralization loan advance program.<br><br>•Funding agreements backed by medium-term notes<br><br>•Funding agreements backed by commercial paper •Primarily blocks of business that have been acquired since 2004, including:<br><br>◦Various protection products, primarily whole life, universal life, variable universal life, and term life insurance products<br><br>◦Fixed, fixed index, and payout annuities

We report certain activities and items that are not included in these reportable segments in Corporate and Other, including the results of our subsidiary, PPM Holdings, Inc. ("PPMH"), and its subsidiary PPM America Inc. ("PPM").

Retail Annuities

We are one of the leading annuity providers in the U.S. retirement market. Our annuities are designed to offer customers investment opportunities to:

•grow their savings on a tax-deferred basis consistent with their objectives, ranging from annuities that offer full market participation to annuities that offer guaranteed fixed returns, including full or partial protection of principal;

•protect their assets using a variety of standard and optional guaranteed benefits and guaranteed minimum crediting rates; and

•provide a source of income in the form of minimum payments for life and minimum payments to beneficiaries upon death.

See “Key Operating Measures” under Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition for information regarding sales and account values of our annuity products.

Variable Annuities

Our variable annuities offer our customers full participation in market returns through a broad selection of funds in a variety of investments, including equities and fixed income. Absent optional benefits, the value of a variable annuity is determined by the performance of the customer-selected investment in a range of asset classes. Optional benefits, on which we assume risk, offer customers guaranteed minimum protection based on their eligible contributions, adjusted for withdrawals, and are designed to protect against market volatility and investment performance risk. The principal features of our variable annuity optional guaranteed benefits are:

Features of our Optional Guaranteed Benefits Referred To As Acronym
Guaranteed minimum payments for the customer’s lifetime based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits for Life GMWB for Life
Guaranteed minimum payments based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base, for at least the amount of the customer’s total eligible contributions Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits GMWB
Death benefits that guarantee the annuity beneficiary will receive the higher of the current account value or the benefit base, which can be increased through roll-up and step-up features Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits Enhanced GMDB
Guaranteed minimum account value after a set period of time. Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits GMAB (1)

(1) At December 31, 2025, GMAB represented a de minimis portion of account value.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the percentage of our total variable annuity account value represented by those optional guaranteed benefits was as follows:

2025 2024
GMWB for Life 72 % 73 %
GMWB 3 % 3 %
Enhanced GMDB 10 % 11 %

We reinsure the risks associated with our optional benefits through Brooke Life Reinsurance Company (“Brooke Re”), a Michigan captive insurance company and our wholly-owned subsidiary. See Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations -Executive Summary for more information.

The investment freedom and optional guaranteed benefits valued by our customers and distribution partners have remained generally consistent over our history. As a result, we have strong brand recognition with distributors and advisors, as demonstrated by the +46 Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) for our annuities, compared to an industry average NPS of +37, based on advisor surveys conducted by Market Metrics in 2025.

JNAM is a wholly-owned registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory, fund accounting and administration services to the funds offered within our variable annuities. JNAM selects, monitors and actively manages the investment advisors that manage the funds we offer within our variable annuities. JNAM also directly manages asset allocation for funds of funds offered within our variable annuities. As of December 31, 2025, JNAM managed $257.3 billion of assets.

Jackson National Life is part of the AllianceBernstein L.P. platform of insurers that provide guaranteed income in its Lifetime Income Strategy retirement solution for defined contribution plans. Lifetime Income Strategy is offered to serve as a qualified default investment alternative. Similar to the GMWB options offered on our variable annuities, Lifetime Income Strategy is designed with a flexible guaranteed income option to offer plan participants control of their account, full access to their money, and guaranteed income in retirement. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had defined contribution products sales of $212 million and $189 million through the platform, respectively.

RILA

The RILA market has been the fastest growing category in the annuity market over the last five years, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 27% from 2021 through 2025. In 2021, we successfully launched our commission and advisory-based suite of RILAs, which we continue to enhance to meet customer needs. Our RILA suite offers our customers access to market returns through market index-linked investment options, subject to a cap, and offers a variety of guarantees designed to modify or limit losses. Specifically, our RILA suite offers a number of options for a customizable product, including several combinations of crediting strategies, index options, term lengths, and levels of downside protection in the form of "floors" or "buffers." Downside protection beyond a specified percentage loss is provided through a “floor,” which establishes the maximum percentage loss in the selected market index-linked investment option that a customer will experience in a down market. Any loss in excess of the floor is insured and borne by us. Partial downside protection is provided through a “buffer,” which establishes an initial range of loss in the market index-linked investment option selected (e.g., the first 20% of loss) that we will insure and bear. Any loss that exceeds the buffer will result in a loss of account value and be experienced by the customer. Our RILA generally includes a guaranteed minimum payment to beneficiaries upon death as well as an optional guaranteed minimum payments for life benefit. We believe the RILA market presents us with a compelling growth opportunity in our traditional channels with the potential to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Fixed Annuities

Our fixed annuities offer a guaranteed minimum crediting rate that is typically higher than the interest rates offered by bank savings accounts or money market funds. In addition to our traditional fixed annuities, we currently market multi-year guaranteed annuities with three different guaranteed crediting rate periods. Our fixed annuities do not offer guaranteed minimum payments for life benefits but can be annuitized or converted into a series of income payments that offer such benefits, such as payout annuities.

Fixed Index Annuities

Our fixed index annuities offer a guaranteed minimum crediting rate that may be lower than a traditional fixed annuity and allow the customer discretion in the allocation of assets to either fixed accounts (which offer a fixed interest rate that is similar to our fixed annuities regardless of market performance) or to indexed funds with the potential for additional growth based on the performance of a reference market index (generally, the S&P 500 or MSCI Europe, Australasia, and Far East index), subject to a cap. Our fixed index annuities also offer both embedded and optional guaranteed minimum payments for the customer's lifetime.

We reinsure certain of our fixed and fixed index annuities through Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company (“Hickory Re”), a Michigan captive insurance company and our wholly-owned subsidiary. See Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations -Executive Summary for more information.

Institutional Products

Our institutional products provide us with an additional source of investment spread-based income, and generally guarantee our customers the payment of principal and interest at a fixed or floating rate over a set term. This investment spread-based income is the difference between the rate of return we earn on the deposit and the interest payable to the customers that purchase these products. We typically issue institutional products on an opportunistic basis depending on both the risk-adjusted return on investment opportunities available and the prevailing cost of funding required by customers that purchase our institutional products. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we had institutional product sales of $3.5 billion. As of December 31, 2025, we had institutional product account value of $11.0 billion.

Closed Life and Annuity Blocks

We historically offered traditional and interest-sensitive life insurance products but discontinued new sales of life insurance products in 2012, as we believe opportunistically acquiring mature blocks of life insurance policies is a more efficient means of diversifying our in-force business than selling new life insurance products. As of December 31, 2025, we had more than 1.3 million policies in-force. At December 31, 2025, our Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment had $20.1 billion of total reserves.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other includes the operations of PPMH and its subsidiary, PPM, unallocated corporate income and expenses, and certain eliminations and consolidation adjustments.

PPM manages the majority of our general account investment portfolio. Our investment and asset allocation guidelines are designed to provide us with a competitive rate of return on invested assets, support the profitable growth of our business, and support our goal of maintaining appropriate capitalization from both a regulatory and ratings perspective. PPM also provides investment management services to third parties across markets, including public fixed income, private equity, private debt and commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2025, PPM managed approximately $93.7 billion of assets.

Distribution and Operations

Distribution Channels

As of December 31, 2025, our retail annuities are distributed through:

•approximately 500 broker-dealer distribution partners and more than 121,000 appointed advisors across the three traditional broker-dealer channels including independent broker-dealers; banks and other financial institutions, and wirehouses and regional broker-dealers; and

•more than 2,100 registered investment advisory firms ("RIAs") who have a Jackson RIA agreement. The RIAs can access Jackson advisory solutions through an outsourced insurance desk including Jackson's RIA Support Desk. Collectively these firms have more than 28,000 investment advisory representatives ("IARs") without a broker-dealer registration.

In addition, Jackson National Life Distributors LLC ("JNLD") is a registered broker-dealer with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and is registered as a broker-dealer in all applicable states.

Our strong presence in multiple distribution channels helps position us as a leading provider of retirement savings and income solutions. According to LIMRA U.S. Individual Annuity Sales Industry report, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, we accounted for 13.6% of all sales in the U.S. variable annuity market and ranked #2 in variable annuity sales. The industry-leading size of our wholesaling force propels our sales in the traditional variable annuity market to be more than double that of our closest competitor per ISS Market Intelligence's YTD third quarter 2025 Competitor Sales, Staffing and Productivity Benchmarking report. We are increasingly focused on growing sales through our Independent RIAs, Platforms & Agents ("IPA") channel. We facilitate the sale of annuities by RIAs by offering them use of an insurance support desk that satisfies insurance-related licensing and regulatory requirements. We believe there is a significant long-term opportunity to grow annuity sales through RIAs, who managed approximately $9.9 trillion in investor assets at the end of 2024, according to a report by Cerulli Associates.

We sell our institutional products through investment banks or other intermediaries to institutional and corporate investors, plan sponsors, and other eligible purchasers.

Operating Platform

Our in-house policy administration platform gives us flexibility to administer multiple product types through a single platform. We have more than 2.4 million life and annuity policies and currently administer approximately 82% of our in-force policies on our in-house platform, eliminating the burdens, costs and inefficiencies that would be involved in maintaining multiple legacy administration systems. We also have scalable third-party administration arrangements. Our ability to utilize both in-house and third-party administrative platforms gives us flexibility to convert and administer acquired business efficiently. We believe our operating platform provides a competitive advantage by allowing us to grow efficiently and provide superior customer service. In 2025, Jackson received the Highest Customer Service — Financial Industry award from Service Quality Measurement Group, Inc. for the 14th straight year.

Underwriting and Product Design

Our key underwriting and product design practices include:

•Elite Access, our investment-only variable annuity that does not include GMWB, GMWB for Life or Enhanced GMDB benefits.

•RILA, with commission and advisory based suite of products.

•All our variable annuities, including our flagship variable annuity, Perspective II, may be purchased without any guaranteed living benefits.

•For those products that include optional guaranteed benefits, we focus on benefits that are easier to manage in terms of risk, such as GMWB for Life and GMDB.

•We no longer offer guaranteed living benefits that we believe offer us a lower risk-adjusted return, such as Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits ("GMIBs"); instead, we utilize third-party reinsurance to mitigate the risks that we face relating to those previously offered benefits.

•We have designed substantially all of our products such that the guarantee fee charged to the customer is calculated based on the benefit base, rather than the account value that is affected by market fluctuations, which supports our hedging program by stabilizing the guarantee fees we earn.

•Less than 4% of our in-force variable annuity policies, based on account value as of December 31, 2025, were sold prior to the 2008 financial crisis, a period when many variable annuities sold by our competitors were uneconomically priced and offered difficult to manage guarantee features.

We set what we believe are appropriate mortality and policyholder behavior assumptions as part of our pricing and reserving practices. We monitor experience on a regular basis, and we incorporate new experience data and emerging trends to ensure our actuarial assumptions and models reflect the appropriate mix of all available information and expert judgment.

Historically, we have managed and diversified our overall mortality and longevity risks through acquisitions. Since 2012, we have acquired more than $15.0 billion in life and annuity reserves. Consistent with our financial goals, we may opportunistically explore acquisitions we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Hedging and Reinsurance

Our core dynamic hedging program seeks to offset impacts of equity market and interest rate movements on the economic liabilities associated with variable annuity guaranteed benefits and with annuities subject to index interest crediting (RILA and FIA), while our macro hedging program seeks to provide additional liquidity and statutory capital protection as needed. See Part II, Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Position and Results of Operations -Executive Summary for more information.

We use third-party reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks we face, principally in certain of our in-force annuity and life insurance products with regard to longevity and mortality risks and with regard to the vast majority of our GMIB optional benefit features.

Competition

The insurance industry is highly competitive, with several factors affecting our ability to compete effectively, including:

•the range of products offered,

•product terms and features,

•financial strength and credit ratings,

•brand strength and name recognition,

•investment management performance,

•fund management trends,

•responsiveness to developing demographic trends, and

•customer appetite for certain products and technological advances.

Our competitors include major stock and mutual insurance companies, private equity-backed insurance companies, mutual fund organizations, banks, and other financial services companies. In recent years, increased private equity and venture capital investments as well as substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the insurance and financial services industries has resulted in increased competition from large, well-capitalized insurance and financial services firms that market products and services similar to ours. Increased consolidation among banks and other financial services companies could create firms with even stronger competitive positions, negatively impact the insurance industry’s sales, increase competition for access to distribution partners, increase distribution expenses, and impair the ability to market annuities to the current customer base or expand the customer base.

Despite the increasing competition, we believe that our core strengths position us well in the current competitive environment. See "Competition could adversely affect our market share and financial results" under Item 1A. Risk Factors— “Risks Related to the Distribution of Our Products.”

Risk Management

Enterprise Risk Management Framework

Our enterprise risk management framework (the “Framework”) defines our approach for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting material risks to our business. The Framework is reviewed on an annual basis by the Company's management and Jackson Financial’s Board of Directors (the "Board of Directors" or the "Board") to ensure it meets stakeholders' expectations and remains in compliance with regulatory requirements. The Framework is designed to provide clear direction and embed risk management in day-to-day decision making and is organized around six core components, described below.

Enterprise Risk Management Framework - Core Components

Risk Governance & Culture

The Board oversees and approves the Framework and delegates risk oversight responsibilities to Board committees. We embed risk management in the business using a three lines model:

Risk Ownership and Management Risk Oversight and Challenge Independent Assurance
Our business function leaders have primary ownership of risk management relating to their area of expertise. Our Risk team focuses on risk oversight and challenge, especially related to top financial, non-financial and business risks.<br><br><br><br>Our Compliance team oversees and ensures appropriate frameworks are in place to manage compliance and regulatory requirements. Our Internal Audit team provides independent, objective, and risk-based assessment and reporting on the overall effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes across the organization. The Internal Audit team is directly overseen by our Board’s Audit Committee and operates pursuant to a charter that is reviewed and approved annually by that Committee.

Risk Appetite and Limits

We manage our business under a Board-approved risk appetite statement (the "Risk Appetite") that specifies the risk we are willing to accept in pursuit of our objectives. Our Board's Finance and Risk Committee approves and monitors a set of risk limits ("Risk Limits") that support compliance with the Risk Appetite.

Risk Identification, Assessment, Measurement and Management

We operate an enterprise-wide risk identification and risk and control self-assessment process to develop a holistic view of the material financial, non-financial and business risks we face and our control environment. We also monitor the external environment for emerging risks. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a description of the risks we face.

Risk Monitoring, Reporting and Escalation

Risk monitoring and reporting processes facilitate risk-based decision making by management, and risk management oversight by management and Board committees. Risk escalation processes exist to ensure Risk Appetite or Risk Limit breaches and along with material non-financial risk events are escalated in a timely manner to executive management, management forums, boards, and board committees, as appropriate, in a timely manner.

Risk Response and Recovery Plans

We maintain a financial recovery plan and other risk response and recovery plans to remediate breaches of Risk Appetite or Risk Limits, strengthen capital or liquidity, or respond to significant non-financial risk events.

Risk Stress and Scenario Testing

We regularly perform stress and scenario testing to assess our risk profile and test our ability to manage through material financial and non-financial risk events.

Risk Management Strategies

Financial Risk

We employ various financial risk management strategies to limit losses and manage exposures to significant risks within established Risk Limits.

Market Risk Management Our primary market risk exposure results from interest rate fluctuations, equity price movements and changes in credit spreads. 1
Counterparty Risk Management The inability of a banking, derivative or reinsurance counterparty to satisfy its obligations could expose us to material risk. A key component of our counterparty risk management strategy is collateralization of the value of contracts we hold with a given counterparty. Collateral requirements are specified contractually. In addition, we have placed formal limits on the amount of exposure we are willing to accept for a given counterparty, after consideration of collateral held both in the aggregate and by risk source (e.g., banking, derivatives, reinsurance); these limits vary based on the credit worthiness of the counterparty.
Asset-Liability Management We use asset-liability duration and cash flow management techniques to ensure that obligations arising from our products will be met when they become due. These techniques consider current and future investment returns, asset and liability durations, risk tolerance and cash flow requirements. We closely monitor our investment portfolio to assess our asset-liability position and adjust the allocation of assets within the investment portfolio as necessary to reduce the risk of mismatched cash flows between our assets and obligations to our policyholders. To further support our asset-liability management process, we analyze the adequacy of reserves annually. This analysis includes dynamic cash flow testing of assets and liabilities, by product, under a variety of interest rate scenarios to provide assurance that current assets and associated yields will be enough to satisfy obligations as they come due.
Hedging Program Our hedging program seeks to balance three risk management objectives: protecting against the economic impact of adverse market conditions, protecting statutory capital, and stabilizing statutory distributable earnings throughout market cycles. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risk for further information regarding our hedging program, and how we use it to manage market risk.
Third-Party Reinsurance We utilize third-party reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face, principally in certain of our in-force annuity and life insurance products related to longevity and mortality risks and specific features of our variable annuities. We have entered into reinsurance contracts to manage the full spectrum of risk exposure on certain blocks of business. The majority of our in-force fixed annuity and fixed index annuity businesses, as well as the legacy block of GMIBs on variable annuities, has been ceded to highly-rated unaffiliated reinsurers.
Pricing and Reserving Factors considered in product pricing primarily include expected investment returns, interest rates, market volatility, mortality, longevity, persistency, benefit utilization and operating expenses as well as other features of certain annuity products. Our product pricing models also take into account capital requirements, risk profile, target returns and operating expenses. We set what we believe are appropriate assumptions as part of our pricing and reserving practices. Those assumptions are regularly updated and reflect a mix of available information and internal subject matter expert judgment.

1 See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for further information regarding our market risk exposures, and how we manage these risks.

Non-Financial Risk

In addition to the financial risks noted above, our business inherently faces operational and regulatory risks, which can lead to financial loss, negative impacts to customers and stakeholders, and regulatory scrutiny. Examples of key “non-financial” risks include cyberattacks and information security breaches, failure of third parties to provide contracted services, fraud, model risk and conflicts of interest.

Governance

We regularly assess and report on our key risks to the Board's Finance and Risk Committee and have management forums in place to manage and oversee our relevant non-financial risks. Our policies, processes and controls (collectively, our internal control environment) are designed and implemented with a goal to minimize exposure to these risks and prevent material financial losses and operational events (direct or indirect) that adversely affect our ability to meet our commitments to customers. In addition, we have risk-specific response plans and processes in place to quickly identify and appropriately address control failures or other risk events when they occur. Our internal control environment, including compliance with internal policies, is regularly assessed for effectiveness, and oversight is provided by our Risk and Internal Audit teams.

Regulation

Our company is subject to, or affected by, many laws and regulations as a result of:

•our public company status,

•our ownership and operation of insurance companies,

•our ownership and operation of registered investment advisors and regulated broker-dealers,

•our use of derivatives, and

•our relationships with customers.

The following table sets forth the primary regulatory authority for each of our operating subsidiaries:

Operating Entity Primary Regulator
Jackson National Life Insurance Company<br>(domiciled in Michigan) Subject to regulation and supervision by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services ("DIFS"), and by insurance regulatory authorities in other U.S. states in which Jackson is authorized to transact business; also, certain of the company’s separate accounts are registered pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the" IC Act"), and are subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC.
Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York (domiciled in New York) Subject to regulation and supervision by the New York Department of Financial Services ("NYS-DFS"); and certain of the company’s separate accounts are registered pursuant to the IC Act and are subject to regulation and supervision by the SEC.
Brooke Life Insurance Company (domiciled in Michigan) Subject to regulation and supervision by DIFS
Brooke Life Reinsurance Company (domiciled in Michigan) Subject to regulation and supervision by DIFS
Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company (domiciled in Michigan) Subject to regulation and supervision by DIFS
Jackson National Asset Management LLC SEC-registered investment adviser
PPM America, Inc. SEC-registered investment adviser
Jackson National Life Distributors LLC SEC-registered broker-dealer, a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") member firm, and also regulated by state securities administrators.

These laws and regulations affect, among other things, how we conduct business, our permitted investments and financial condition, marketing and investment disclosures, cybersecurity and privacy requirements, and applicable accounting standards. Further, they are complex, subject to change, and administered and enforced by multiple governmental authorities. The authorities include state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, the SEC, FINRA, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”), the U.S. Department of Justice (the "DOJ"), and state attorneys general. Generally, these laws and regulations are designed to protect or benefit the interests of a specific constituency, such as, for example, state insurance laws and regulations that are generally intended to protect or benefit purchasers or users of insurance products.

State Insurance Regulation

State insurance laws establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative and supervisory powers related to granting and revoking licenses to transact business, regulating marketing and other trade practices, establishing guaranty associations, licensing agents, prescribing and approving policy forms, regulating certain premium rates, regulating insurance holding company systems, establishing reserve requirements, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and reports, performing financial and other examinations, determining the reasonableness and adequacy of statutory capital and surplus, regulating the type and amount of investments permitted, limiting the amount of dividends that can be paid and the size of transactions that can be consummated without first obtaining regulatory approval, regulating standards of business conduct and other related matters. Certain information and reports that each of Brooke Life and Jackson has filed with DIFS can be inspected during normal business hours at 530 W. Allegan Street, 7th Floor, Lansing, Michigan.

As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. Examinations are sometimes carried out in cooperation with other states' insurance regulators under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general also, from time to time, make inquiries and conduct examinations or investigations regarding our compliance with among other things, insurance laws and securities laws. The most recent completed DIFS and NYS-DFS examinations of Jackson and Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York ("Jackson NY"), respectively, concluded in 2023 with no material findings.

Insurance companies are subject to continued scrutiny by various state regulators, the federal government and the NAIC. Various states have considered or enacted legislation that in many cases increases states’ authority to regulate insurance companies. Although the federal government does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas, including pension regulation, age and sex discrimination, financial services regulation, securities regulation and federal taxation, can significantly affect the insurance business. Legislation has been introduced from time to time in the U.S. Congress that could result in a more expansive federal role in the regulation of insurance companies. The NAIC has approved and recommended several regulatory initiatives designed to reduce the risk of insurance company insolvencies. These initiatives include investment and reserve requirements, risk-based capital (“RBC”) standards, restrictions on an insurance company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders, and the adoption of model laws, relating to risk management, financial exposure assessment, and governance structure disclosure.

State insurance laws and regulations also include provisions governing marketplace activity of life and annuity insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, such as illustrations, advertising, sales practices and complaint handling. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations, with emphasis in recent years on improper life insurance pricing and sales practices, misleading sales presentations targeting the elderly, and product suitability for potential customers.

Annuity Suitability Regulation

On February 13, 2020, the NAIC approved revisions to the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (the “Annuity Suitability Model Regulation”). The revised model imposes a “best interest” standard of conduct and includes a “safe harbor” for fiduciary advisors who recommend annuities. Under the safe harbor, as it applies to the “care” elements of the Annuity Suitability Model Regulation, investment advisors offering annuities need only comply with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “IA Act”). The regulation has been broadly adopted by state insurance regulators. NYS-DFS' amended insurance regulation (Regulation 187, "Suitability and Best Interest in Life Insurance and Annuity Transactions") incorporates the “best interest” standard for the sale of annuities and expands the application of this standard beyond annuity transactions to include sales of life insurance policies to consumers.

Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements

State laws require insurance companies doing business within their jurisdictions to participate in various types of guaranty associations or other similar arrangements. These guaranty associations and arrangements provide certain levels of protection to customers from losses under insurance policies issued by insurance companies that become impaired or insolvent. Typically, these guaranty associations levy assessments up to a prescribed limit on a member insurer's proportionate share of the business in the relevant jurisdiction of all member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired or insolvent insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments that they paid through full or partial premium tax offsets, usually over a period of years. The aggregate assessments levied against us during the prior three years have not been material to our financial condition.

Regulation of Investments

We are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment-grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, mortgages, other equity investments, foreign investments and derivatives. Failure to comply with these requirements would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in most instances, would require divestiture of the non-qualifying investments. We believe that our investments complied with these requirements at December 31, 2025.

Surplus and Capital; RBC Requirements

The NAIC has developed RBC standards for life insurance companies as well as a model act for state legislatures to enact. The standards require that life insurance companies report on an RBC formula standard calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and reserve items and separate model-based calculations of risk associated primarily with interest rate and market risks. The RBC formula takes into account the risk characteristics of a company, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk. The NAIC designed the formula as an early warning tool to identify potential inadequately capitalized companies and to possibly initiate regulatory action.

The Company reports its RBC ratio based on total adjusted capital, to its company action level amount. Using a company action level basis of reporting RBC, four levels of regulatory attention may be triggered if the RBC ratio is insufficient:

RBC Level RBC Ratio Regulatory Attention
Company action level Between 75% to 100% Insurer must submit a plan to the regulator detailing corrective action it proposes to undertake
Regulatory action level Between 50% to 75% Insurer must submit a plan, but a regulator may also issue a corrective order requiring the insurer to comply within a specified period
Authorized control level 35% to 50% Regulatory response is the same as at the “Regulatory action level,” but in addition, the regulator may take action to rehabilitate or liquidate the insurer
Mandatory control level Less than 35% Regulator must rehabilitate or liquidate the insurer

As of December 31, 2025, Jackson's and Jackson NY’s total adjusted capital and RBC levels substantially exceeded the standards of their respective states of domicile and the NAIC.

We believe that we will be able to maintain our RBC ratios in excess of “company action level” through appropriate risk management, investing and capital management, and claims handling. However, no assurances can be given that developments affecting us or our insurance subsidiaries, many of which could be outside of our control, will not cause our RBC ratios to fall below our targeted levels. See Item 1A. Risk Factors—“Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters—A decrease in the risk-based capital ("RBC") ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory capital and surplus or increase in RBC requirements) of our insurance subsidiaries could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies, which could lead to corrective measures and ratings downgrades that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

Federal Initiatives Impacting Insurance Companies

While the U.S. government does not directly regulate the insurance industry, federal initiatives can impact the insurance industry.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act, and similar laws passed in jurisdictions outside the U.S., has significantly impacted the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives. In the U.S., the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the SEC regulate swaps and other derivatives. The CFTC has primary jurisdiction over swaps, which constitute the vast majority of the market, and the SEC has primary jurisdiction over security-based swaps.

Dodd-Frank Act requirements and similar non-U.S. regulations make it more costly to use derivatives and hedge investment exposures and may affect our returns. These regulations may impede our ability to utilize derivatives. Another factor increasing trading costs in both over-the-counter and exchange traded derivatives is the increased capital charges imposed on financial intermediaries, such as futures commission merchants and banks. As a result of these regulations, we expect costs to continue to rise, which could adversely impact our ability to implement our desired hedging strategies. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC has adopted significant regulations changing the way swaps are traded in the U.S., including:

•imposing registration requirements on swap dealers and large market participants, known as major swap participants,

•subjecting a significant portion of the interest rate swap market and some of the credit default swap index market to mandatory exchange or swap execution facility trading and central clearing requirements, and

•imposing new requirements on swap transactions, including trade reporting and recordkeeping, know-your-customer and other sales practices, and documentation for swap transactions entered into with swap dealers and major swap participants.

Regulators around the world, including U.S. banking regulators and the CFTC, have implemented margin requirements for uncleared derivatives generally in accordance with the recommendations of the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision and International Organization of Securities Commissions. These margin requirements require us to exchange variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to required haircuts) when entering into uncleared swaps and security-based swaps with regulated entities.

Banking regulators' rules applicable to certain qualified financial contracts with banking institutions and their applicable affiliates, such as many derivatives contracts, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements, generally require the inclusion of contractual provisions that limit or delay certain rights of their counterparties, including counterparties’ default rights (such as the right to terminate the contracts or foreclose on collateral) and restrictions on assignments and transfers of credit enhancements (such as guarantees) arising in connection with the banking institution or an applicable affiliate becoming subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, resolution or similar proceeding. Our qualified financial contracts are subject to these rules and contain the relevant provisions.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “FSOC”). The FSOC has the ability to designate certain insurance companies and insurance holding companies posing a systemic risk to the financial stability of the U.S., in which case those designated companies would become subject to heightened regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Federal Reserve Board may limit those designated companies’ ability to enter into merger transactions, or to offer financial products, and may require them to terminate one or more activities, or impose conditions on how the designated companies conduct such activities. In November 2023, the FSOC adopted a new analytic framework for financial stability risks and updated guidance on its nonbank financial company determinations process, replacing prior "activities-based" guidance. The impact of this change could increase the chance that the Company becomes subject to additional regulatory measures.

The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the Federal Insurance Office ("FIO") to assist the Secretary of the Treasury Department in negotiating covered agreements. A covered agreement is an agreement between the U.S. and one or more foreign governments, authorities or regulatory entities, regarding prudential measures with respect to insurance or reinsurance. The FIO is further charged with determining, in accordance with the procedures and standards established under the Dodd-Frank Act, whether state laws are preempted by a covered agreement. There are covered agreements (the “Covered Agreements”) between the U.S. and the European Union and the U.S. and the United Kingdom. On June 25, 2019, the NAIC adopted amendments to the Credit for Reinsurance Model Law and Model Regulation to conform to the requirements of the Covered Agreements. This regulation has been broadly adopted.

SEC’s Regulation Best Interest

Regulation Best Interest, which became effective on June 30, 2020, establishes a best interest standard of conduct for broker-dealers and their representatives when they make recommendations to retail investors. It enhances the duties and disclosure requirements that apply to our broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries when they provide recommendations and investment advice to retail investors, as well as our representatives that provide such services. The reforms increase the regulatory burden on broker-dealers selling our products, but also provide a more consistent regulatory standard that could provide benefits to the overall insurance and investment market. Also, FINRA adopted rules to align to Regulation Best Interest and is enforcing both the SEC regulations and its own rules relating to recommendations of investments to retail consumers.

Department of Labor’s Fiduciary Advice Rule

The DOL issued a regulatory action, effective February 16, 2021, that reinstated the text of the DOL’s 1975 investment advice regulation defining what constitutes fiduciary “investment advice” to Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA") plans and individual retirement accounts ("IRAs"). The related guidance provided by the DOL broadened the circumstances under which financial institutions, including insurance companies, could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Federal income tax code. The rule and accompanying guidance faced hurdles, including a February 2023 U.S. District Court decision that vacated the roll over portion of the guidance, ruling that the DOL exceeded its authority in this area.

On April 25, 2024, the DOL revised the definition of “fiduciary” and related Prohibited Transaction Exemptions ("PTE") (the “2024 Fiduciary Advice Rule”), redefining what constitutes fiduciary “investment advice” to ERISA plans and IRAs. The rule again extends fiduciary status to one-time rollover recommendations and broadens the circumstances under which financial institutions and financial professionals, including insurance companies, could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Federal income tax code, despite the recent U.S. District Court decision. The rule changes the applicability of PTE 84-24 specific to insurance commissions for annuity recommendations by narrowing it to independent insurance agents recommending non-securities products. The proposed changes to PTE 84-24 also impose certain supervisory obligations on insurance carriers that are similar to obligations already covered under the NAIC Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation. The 2024 Fiduciary Advice Rule is currently being challenged in two separate litigation matters. In these cases, it does not appear that the Government will ultimately oppose the relief sought by the plaintiffs, making it likely that the 2024 Fiduciary Advice rule will be permanently vacated.

USA PATRIOT Act of 2001

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 includes anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws as well as various regulations applicable to broker-dealers and other financial services companies, including insurance companies. Financial institutions are required to collect information regarding the identity of their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies and share information with other financial institutions. As a result, we are required to maintain certain internal compliance practices, procedures and controls.

Artificial Intelligence Regulations

Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) has become a focus area for state and federal regulators. In December of 2023, the NAIC adopted the Model Bulletin: Use of Artificial Intelligence Systems by Insurers (“Model AI Bulletin”). The Model AI Bulletin provides guidance to state regulators and calls on insurers to implement specific controls, emphasizing responsible AI use and adherence to certain laws on unfair discrimination and trade practices, along with governance and claims practices. A majority of states have adopted the Model AI Bulletin.

Additionally, Colorado has enacted laws and regulations for insurers related to unfair discrimination, bias testing, and governance practices in the use of AI. New York has also published guidance for insurers on these topics as well.

The U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (the "EEOC") issued several guidance documents, including joint guidance with the DOJ, in an effort to ensure that existing and developing AI technologies are used fairly and consistently with federal equal employment opportunity laws. They have cautioned that while AI and other technology may offer benefits, the use of such technologies in making employment decisions can potentially result in inadvertent violations of anti-discrimination laws. The EEOC’s guidance follows its agency-wide initiative, launched in 2021, to ensure that the use of software, including AI, machine learning, and other emerging technologies used in hiring and other employment decisions comply with the federal civil rights laws that the EEOC enforces.

Cybersecurity Regulations

Cybersecurity is subject to increased scrutiny by insurance regulators.

•Federal. Federal law and regulation require financial institutions to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information, and to notify customers about their policies and practices relating to their collection, disclosure and securing the confidentiality of customer information. Federal and state laws also regulate disclosures of customer information. On July 26, 2023, the SEC expanded its public company disclosure rules to enhance and standardize disclosures related to cybersecurity. See Part I, Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

On May 15, 2024, the SEC adopted amendments to Regulation S-P, governing how certain financial institutions handle nonpublic personal information. The amendments require covered institutions, such as broker-dealers, investment companies, registered investment advisers, and transfer agents, to develop an incident response program that requires, among other things, procedures to timely notify affected individuals whose sensitive personal information was, or is reasonably likely to have been, accessed or used without authorization. These amendments became effective for larger entities on December 3, 2025.

•New York. In 2017, the NYS-DFS adopted cybersecurity regulation, requiring covered businesses in New York to have a comprehensive cybersecurity program that aligns to the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework and requiring policies and procedures in several specific areas including, personnel, training, access privileges, penetration testing, vulnerability management, encryption, multifactor authentication, application security, data minimization, incident response planning, and notification and vendor management. The NYS-DFS has pursued enforcement actions and penalties for violations demonstrating the significant risk of noncompliance. On November 1, 2023, the NYS-DFS further amended its cybersecurity regulation to include requirements relating to risk assessments, cybersecurity policies, penetration testing, monitoring, and certain audit requirements that are now fully effective.

•California. The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”) grants all California residents the right to know what information a business has collected from them and the sourcing and sharing of that information, as well as additional consumer rights, such as deletion of their personal information collected (with some exceptions). The CCPA’s definition of “personal information” is more expansive than those found in other privacy laws applicable to us in the U.S. Failure to comply with the CCPA could result in regulatory fines, and the law grants a private right of action for any unauthorized disclosure of personal information as a result of failure to maintain reasonable security procedures. The California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), effective January 1, 2023, imposes additional obligations on companies that collect California residents’ personal information, including providing a right to correct personal information, additional protections for certain uses of sensitive personal information, and certain limitations on data use and data sharing that does not involve a sale. The CPRA also created a new California Privacy Protection Agency (the “CPPA”), which is charged with enforcing the CCPA as amended by the CPRA.

The CPPA promulgated regulations pursuant to the CCPA on March 29, 2023, establishing rules, procedures, and guidance for businesses to comply with the CCPA. On September 23, 2025, the CPPA promulgated additional regulations covering requirements for cybersecurity audits, risk assessments, automated decision-making technology (“ADMT”), insurance companies, and updates to the existing CCPA regulations. These regulations will become effective over a phased period of time with cybersecurity audits taking effect for Jackson on April 1, 2028, risk assessments as of January 1, 2026, and ADMT requirements beginning January 1, 2027.

•NAIC. The NAIC has adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law establishing standards for data security, investigation, and notification of a breach of data security for insurance companies. A majority of states have adopted the model law. Importantly, the drafters of the Data Security Model Law intend that a licensee’s compliance with the NYS-DFS Cybersecurity Regulation will constitute compliance with the Data Security Model Law. We have taken the necessary steps to comply with this regulation.

On October 21, 2019, the NAIC formed a Privacy Protections (H) Working Group (“PPWG”) to review state insurance privacy protections regarding the collection, use and disclosure of information gathered in connection with insurance transactions. On August 5, 2024, the PPWG Chairman released draft amendments to NAIC Model Law #672 (Privacy of Consumer Financial and Health Information Regulation). After the initial draft exposure, the PPWG has released several draft exposures for public comment. The PPWG does not have a firm timeline for releasing additional sections of the revised model law for public comment but received an extension to continue work into 2026. The PPWG has indicated it intends to complete work on the revised regulation by the 2026 Summer National Meeting. Privacy protection has gained attention in state legislatures nationwide. There are now nineteen states with comprehensive privacy laws and multiple additional states with active bills. With the exception of California, these laws generally do not apply, or have limited applicability, to Jackson National Life and other financial institutions subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

See Item 1C. Cybersecurity - Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy in this Form 10-K.

Holding Company Regulation

We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. These laws and regulations vary by jurisdiction, but generally require each controlled insurance company to register with state regulatory authorities and file reports that provide information, including capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations.

Restrictions on Acquiring “Control”

Insurance holding company regulations generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each domiciliary state of our insurance subsidiaries, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not, in fact, exist. The state insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of voting securities.

These laws and regulations may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving us, including through unsolicited transactions that some of our shareholders might consider desirable.

Restrictions on Paying Dividends

As a holding company with no significant business operations of our own, we depend on dividends from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. State insurance statutes also typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies. Dividends in excess of prescribed limits and transactions above a specified size between an insurer and its affiliates require the approval of the insurance regulator in the insurer’s state of domicile. For example, under the Michigan Insurance Code of 1956, as amended, DIFS must approve insurance companies' requests to pay a dividend or distribution out of earned surplus. The insurance statutes of New York permit payment of ordinary dividends without regulatory approval if they meet one of two standards: (i) a domestic stock life insurer may pay an ordinary dividend out of earned surplus or (ii) an insurer may pay an ordinary dividend out of other than earned surplus if such insurer does not have sufficient positive earned surplus to pay an ordinary dividend. However, dividends in excess of prescribed limits, based on prior year’s earnings and surplus of the insurance company, are considered extraordinary transactions and require explicit approval from the applicable regulator. See Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Ratings, Liquidity and Capital Management -- As a holding company, Jackson Financial depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to meet its obligations and liquidity needs.”

Broker-Dealer, Investment Adviser, Mutual Fund and Securities Regulation

We and certain policies and contracts offered by us are subject to regulation under the federal and state securities laws and regulations. Regulators administering these laws and regulations may conduct examinations of our operations and make requests for information. The primary intent of these laws and regulations is to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply.

Governmental regulatory authorities may institute administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, trading prohibitions, the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or member, its officers, registered representatives or employees, or other similar sanctions.

Broker-Dealer Regulation

Jackson National Life Distributors LLC ("JNLD") is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is registered as a broker-dealer in all applicable states. JNLD is also a member of, and subject to regulation by, FINRA, a self-regulatory organization subject to SEC oversight. The SEC and FINRA also regulate the sales practices of broker-dealers. In recent years, both the SEC and FINRA have intensified their scrutiny of sales practices relating to variable annuities and variable life insurance. In addition, broker-dealers are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business, who may also conduct examinations and direct inquiries to broker-dealers.

Investment Adviser Regulation

Jackson National Asset Management LLC ("JNAM") is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser pursuant to the IA Act. The investment companies (mutual funds) for which JNAM serves as an investment adviser are subject to SEC registration and regulation pursuant to the Securities Act, and the IC Act. The mutual funds advised by JNAM comprise the investment options within the variable products offered by Jackson National Life. In addition, each variable annuity and variable life product is subject to SEC registration and regulation.

PPM America, Inc. ("PPM") is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the IA Act. PPM serves as the investment adviser to Jackson National Life and as the primary U.S. institutional investment adviser for certain other affiliated insurance company accounts as well as Jackson Financial. PPM also acts as a sub-adviser to certain U.S. mutual funds for which JNAM serves as investment adviser. In addition, PPM serves as an investment adviser and sub-adviser to certain former affiliates and other institutional clients primarily for U.S. focused portfolios. PPM has established a distribution function to further extend its investment advisory capabilities to the institutional marketplace with separate account and institutional product offerings. The U.S. mutual funds for which PPM serves as sub-adviser are subject to U.S. federal regulation, and similar vehicles organized outside of the U.S. are also subject to regulation under applicable local law.

The business of our investment adviser subsidiaries will be impacted by SEC regulatory initiatives with respect to the investment management business. In addition to rules discussed elsewhere, the SEC has adopted rules that include (i) new monthly and annual reporting requirements for certain U.S. registered funds; (ii) enhanced reporting regimes for investment advisers; (iii) implementing liquidity risk management programs for exchange-traded funds and open-end funds, other than money market funds; (iv) reforms relating to money market funds that require institutional and prime money market funds to use a floating net asset value ("NAV"), and permit money market funds to impose liquidity fees and redemption gates; (v) significant amendments to rules regarding advertisements by investment advisers; and (vi) significant changes to the regulations applicable to the use of derivatives by U.S. registered funds. These increased regulatory and compliance burdens could be costly and may impede the growth of our investment adviser subsidiaries.

Commodities Regulation

Jackson National Asset Management LLC ("JNAM") is registered as a “commodity pool operator” with the National Futures Association (the “NFA”) pursuant to the CFTC regulations and acts as a commodity pool operator with respect to the operation of certain of the mutual funds. The CFTC is a federal agency whose responsibilities include the regulation of commodity interests and enforcement of the Commodity Exchange Act of 1974. The NFA is a self-regulatory organization to which the CFTC has delegated, among other things, the administration and enforcement of commodity regulatory registration requirements and the regulation of its members. JNAM and the mutual funds have incurred additional regulatory compliance and reporting expenses as a result, which could reduce investment returns or harm the mutual fund’s ability to implement its investment strategy.

Corporate Responsibility

Jackson takes a balanced, long-term approach to serving its stakeholders, including shareholders, business partners, regulators, customers, associates and communities. Our commitments are described below and in more detail in our annual Corporate Responsibility Report. The Company’s annual Corporate Responsibility Report is not incorporated by reference in, and does not form a part of, this Form 10-K or any other of our SEC filings.

Sustainability

We are committed to doing our part to help create a more sustainable future for us all. To that end, we take thoughtful steps to consume energy more efficiently. In its fourth year, the on-site solar farm at our home office in Lansing, Michigan continues to generate renewable energy, thereby reducing our need for external power generation.

Valuing our Communities

We demonstrate our commitment to corporate responsibility with charitable donations that (i) generate impact in the communities we serve, (ii) engage associates in a culture of philanthropy, and (iii) grow awareness for our commitment to being a good corporate neighbor. We believe our community partnerships create shared value for Jackson, our associates and the communities in which we operate. We have a passionate and committed workforce that engages with the community and is generous with their time and resources. Jackson encourages community engagement by providing associates with paid time off for volunteering, nonprofit board training and placement, and matching gifts programs for associate charitable contributions and volunteer hours. Jackson’s philanthropic strategy aligns with its business purpose to build the foundation for financial freedom for all.

Strong Governance and Business Practices

We are committed to governance policies and practices that serve the interest of the Company and its stakeholders, starting with only independent directors serving on all Board committees. JFI's Board seeks directors with a broad range of professional attributes, skills, and experience who support our commitment to our corporate values and long-term value creation. Jackson also has a risk management framework embedded across the Company, supporting the effectiveness of risk management and the control environment including independent Board oversight of corporate responsibility risks. Our Company has an ownership culture that focuses on providing exceptional value to advisors, policyholders, and shareholders. While our primary focus is to achieve sustainable, competitive returns for our shareholders, our internal portfolio management team at PPM considers the broader impact of its investment decisions to strong governance and business practices. Our internal asset management team at JNAM oversees external managers on our variable annuity platform and performs a robust due diligence process that includes consideration of the impact of a broad array of governance factors.

Human Capital Resources

Our strength lies in the people we employ and values-based culture we foster. We offer significant career opportunities, competitive merit-based compensation, world-class facilities, and the ability to work for a purpose-driven organization. Our Company's four corporate values — Respect, Empower, Create, and Execute — guide our associate practices and decisions.

We had approximately 3,890 associates as of December 31, 2025, comprised of approximately 3,090 full-time associates and approximately 800 part-time associates, including our Strategic Support Program associates (a flexible, cost-efficient, part-time workforce that provides just-in-time scale). Each of our associates play an important role in delivering on our brand promise of clarity for a more confident future. We make it our priority to offer opportunities for personal growth, talent development, and rewarding career paths for all Jackson team members. We believe our collaborative culture is one of our greatest strengths and is a significant factor in our ability to continue to be an industry leader.

Talent Development

We have an established history of developing talent from within. Our senior management team has an average tenure of over 20 years with the Company. We also recruit talent from outside the organization, bringing different ideas, experience and opinions to the Company. Our collaborative culture of respect fosters an environment where people can come together to accomplish great things as a team. Through learning and development programs, succession and talent management processes, and competitive rewards and recognition, our high-performing associates are empowered to innovate and challenge one another to be their best selves.

In 2025, we launched our Skills Marketplace, an internal talent warehouse that provides insight into skills that exist internally for open roles and future needs, allowing us to source, develop, and deploy talent where we need it. The Skills Marketplace allows associates the ability to document, track, and assess their unique skills to personalize and enhance their career development and opportunities for growth. Associates can explore and select training based on the skills they want to develop to drive their career aspirations.

Our strategic approach to workforce enablement focuses on ways to attract and retain highly talented people and cultivates an environment where our associates are encouraged to bring their best selves to work every day. We recognize our associates’ backgrounds and unique experiences through our voluntary, associate-led Business Resource Associate Groups (“BRAGs”). Supported by executive leadership and aligned with our mission and core values, our BRAGs provide opportunities to empower all associates to share their unique experiences with each other.

We have acted in several ways to improve our recruiting process, including how we approach job postings, develop position requirements, conduct interviews, and evaluate candidates. We also work with partners who help us strengthen our talent pool and recruit high quality candidates. Through these efforts, we are developing stronger leaders who support a culture of innovative thought and fair and equal consideration.

A cross-functional team redesigned Jackson’s onboarding program to deliver a more inclusive and engaging experience from offer acceptance through a new associate’s first month. Key enhancements include a dedicated technology team, a balanced mix of classroom learning, team integration, and Jackson knowledge sessions, and the expansion of our Welcome Ambassador program to provide every new hire with a dedicated Ambassador beginning on day one. Through these efforts, Jackson continues to invest in an onboarding experience that reflects our values, fosters belonging and sets the foundation for long-term engagement and success.

Benefits and Rewards

We recognize the contributions our associates make to our future and their futures by offering competitive salaries, wages, and benefits. Our comprehensive benefits package includes medical, dental, vision, and paid time off along with more innovative benefits including associate and dependent tuition reimbursement programs, paid parental leave, adoption assistance, paid time off to volunteer, and associate charitable gift matching. Our associates are compensated based on their job performance. This performance-driven structure aligns performance incentives with our business productivity strategy, serving to both encourage our associates and satisfy our other key stakeholders. To ensure fair pay, we work actively with a third-party consultant to conduct pay studies related to similar positions in competitive markets. We also have rigorous governance processes in place to ensure that we promote fair pay practices, reinforce strong risk management, and maintain independent oversight of our executive compensation.

Associate Health and Well-Being

We believe it is important to support our associates and are committed to providing a safe and healthy workplace. These efforts cultivate a supportive and well-balanced corporate culture and help define the future of our success. Our "Living Life Well" program helps ensure that Jackson associates are provided supportive health, safety and financial wellness resources both at work and at home. These efforts cultivate a supportive and well-balanced corporate culture and help define our future success.

The health and safety of our associates is a top priority. Our ergonomics program supports associate wellness by promoting evidence-based ergonomic principles for associates working remotely or at our offices. At the office, associates also have access to a complete training system and highly qualified team of experts to help associates achieve their personal fitness, nutritional and lifestyle goals. We currently operate 24 Occupational, Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") related programs, including our standard air and water quality programs, in a comprehensive corporate health and safety effort to meet OSHA and American National Standards Institute Z10-02019 standards.

We offer programs that support the mental health of associates, including confidential support for more serious issues involving emotional stress and well-being. Our Employee Assistance Program offers online tools, as well as master's-level professionals available for confidential support around the clock. Additionally, we offer programs and educational tools to support associates’ financial well-being. These efforts help our associates build a more confident future for themselves, as well as for the long-term success of our Company and for our shareholders.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark, and internet domain laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We maintain a portfolio of trademarks, service marks, and internet domain names that we consider important to the marketing of our products and business, and that are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. These trademarks and service marks include those entity and product names, that appear in this Form 10-K, and our logo, names of our other products, advisor platforms, optional benefit annuity riders and marketing-related taglines.

Available Information

We make available free of charge, through our website, investors.jackson.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy and information statements, and any amendments to those reports or statements as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). The SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, contains financial reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

We use the investor relations page of our website, investors.jackson.com, as a primary channel for dissemination of important information, including news releases, analyst presentations, financial information, insider beneficial owner reports, and corporate governance information. We may use our website as a means of disclosing material, non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations. Accordingly, investors should monitor our investor relations website, in addition to following our press releases, filings with the SEC, public conference calls, presentations, and webcasts. We and certain of our senior executives may also use social media channels to communicate with our investors and the public about our Company and other matters, and those communications could be deemed to be material information. None of the content of Jackson’s website, jackson.com, the content of our social media channels or the content of our executives’ social media channels is incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K or in any other report or document filed with the SEC, and any references to Jackson’s website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Information about our Executive Officers

Below are the executive officers of Jackson Financial Inc. as of February 25, 20261, 2. Each executive officer serves until his or her successor has been elected or appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Name Age Positions and Offices Held and Principal Occupation
Craig A. Anderson 59 Senior Vice President and Controller of Jackson Financial Inc., a position held since June 2024. As Senior Vice President and Controller, Mr. Anderson oversees Financial Operations, Financial Reporting, and Investment Accounting. From September 2021 to June 2024, Mr. Anderson served as Vice President, Controller of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Jackson Financial Inc. Prior to joining Jackson, from February 2017 through September 2021, Mr. Anderson served as Senior Vice President, Life Controller, Life & Retirement Controller at American International Group Inc.'s (AIG) Life and Retirement business (now Corebridge Financial). Mr. Anderson is a Certified Public Accountant.
Savvas (Steve) P. Binioris 53 Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of Jackson Financial Inc., a position held since April 14, 2025. Previously, Mr. Binioris served as the Company's Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary beginning February 2020. Prior to coming to Jackson, Mr. Binioris held positions with Sun Life Financial and London Life. Mr. Binioris is a Fellow in the Society of Actuaries, a member of the American Academy of Actuaries, and is a designated Chartered Financial Analyst.
Carrie L. Chelko 52 Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Jackson Financial Inc., a position held since September 2021. As Executive Vice President and General Counsel, Ms. Chelko oversees Legal, Compliance, Enterprise Marketing and Communications, Shared Services & Operations (Legal), and Government Relations. From September 13, 2021 to August 2022, Ms. Chelko also served as Corporate Secretary of Jackson Financial Inc. From August 30, 2021 to September 13, 2021, Ms. Chelko was Executive Vice President of Jackson Financial Inc. Prior to joining Jackson, from April 2020 through August 2021, Ms. Chelko was Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Fidelity Investments, Personal Investing.
Don W. Cummings 62 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Jackson Financial Inc., a position held since June 2024. Previously Mr. Cummings served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer beginning December 2020. Previously, Mr. Cummings served as interim Chief Financial Officer at Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd. and Global Corporate Controller at American International Group, Inc.
Laura L. Prieskorn 58 Chief Executive Officer and President of Jackson Financial Inc., a position held since February 2021. Since February 2021, Ms. Prieskorn also is a member of Jackson Financial's Board of Directors. Ms. Prieskorn has been with Jackson National Life Insurance Company for more than 30 years, serving in roles of increasing responsibilities. Ms. Prieskorn's prior management positions include Chief Operating Officer from April 2019 through February 2021.
Christopher A. Raub 55 Executive Vice President of Jackson Financial Inc. and President of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a position held since April 14, 2025. Prior to that appointment, from April 2023 through April 2025, Mr. Raub served as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of Jackson Financial Inc. Between April 2019 to April 2023, Mr. Raub held various roles at PPM America, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of JFI, including Senior Managing Director of Insurance.

1 Scott E. Romine, age 60, ceased employment as of August 5, 2025. Mr. Romine served as Executive Vice President of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, since September 2022, and President and Chief Executive Officer of Jackson National Life Distributors LLC, a position held since December 2021.

2 On December 31, 2025, Craig D. Smith, age 58, retired as Executive Vice President of Jackson National Life Insurance Company, a role assumed in September 2022, and President and Chief Executive Officer of PPM America, Inc., a position held since January 2021.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risk factors below, in addition to the other information in this Form 10-K, when evaluating our Company. These risk factors are important to understanding this Form 10-K and other reports we file with the SEC, as well as understanding our business. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. We also more generally face risks faced by companies engaged in financial services, insurance and other businesses, including the effects of disasters, catastrophes, terrorist acts, epidemics and pandemics on us, our vendors and third parties; adverse outcomes from internal and external vendor operational risks; our ability to recruit, motivate and retain qualified and experienced employees in a market competing for key associates, senior managers and executive officers; and, our ability to meet customer, investor and regulator expectations with respect to corporate responsibility and governance.

The occurrence of one or more of these risks, or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial, could cause a material adverse effect on “our business” – meaning, when that phrase or a similar phrase is used in the descriptions below, a material adverse effect on one or more of “our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.” In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline. In addition, many of these risks are interrelated and could occur under similar business and economic conditions, and the occurrence of certain of them could, in turn, cause the emergence or exacerbate the effect of others.

This Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described in this Part 1A. See, also, “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in Part I. Business.

Risks Related to Conditions in Global Financial Markets and the Economy

General conditions in the global financial markets and the economy could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Volatility in global financial markets and general economic downturns could have a material adverse impact on us. Factors including the availability and cost of credit, economic policy and other U.S. government actions, Federal Reserve actions, prolonged periods of high interest rates and/or high inflation, supply chain issues, pandemics and related government responses, geopolitical conflicts (e.g., the Ukraine-Russia and Israel-Palestine conflicts), international trade disputes, and government shutdowns may contribute to increased volatility in global financial markets. These factors could impact businesses and consumer confidence and cause economic uncertainty, with a consequent slowdown in economic activity potentially impacting global financial markets, investment returns, and liquidity.

Those events and conditions could also have an adverse effect on the availability and cost of reinsurance protections and could affect the availability, cost and effectiveness of hedging instruments resulting in a material adverse impact on our profitability.

The economic environment may have an adverse effect on our business by decreasing the profitability of our existing business due to unexpected policyholder behavior. For example, in an economic downturn our customers may choose to utilize guaranteed benefits differently than we have assumed, such as taking partial withdrawals more regularly or closing their accounts at a lower rate than we expect, which could increase guaranteed benefits payable. Conversely, in a strong equity environment, more customers might close their annuity accounts than we expect, which could lead to the loss of expected fee or spread income. Unexpected policyholder behavior could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial well-being and financial performance.

Equity market movements could lead to financial loss related to: (i) when the market declines, higher payments on guaranteed benefits offered in our products, lower fee-based income, and losses from equity-related investments; (ii) when the market increases, higher costs on equity-linked interest credits offered in our products; and (iii) when the market is volatile, our hedging being less effective than we expect.

Our business is exposed to equity market risk through the guaranteed benefits sold within our variable annuities, and interest credited to fixed index annuities and registered index-linked annuities, which can manifest through increased reserves and capital requirements and, ultimately, policyholder payment claims associated with these guarantees and interest credits. In declining market environments, we are exposed to higher claims payable to variable annuity policyholders. In rising equity market environments, we are exposed to larger amounts of interest being credited to fixed index and registered index-linked annuity policyholders.

Our fee-based income streams are broadly proportional to the value of assets under management in our predominately equity-based separate account balances. As a result, declining equity markets result in lower fee income, earnings, and capital. A decline in the value of equity-related investments in our general account asset portfolio may also reduce our earnings and capital.

Our derivative-based hedging program is used to mitigate financial loss related to the equity market risk associated with guaranteed benefits and equity-linked interest credits. The hedging program could be less effective in mitigating risk during periods of high market volatility, which could have a negative impact on our financial performance. Further, we are exposed to basis risk, which results from our inability to purchase or sell hedge assets whose performance perfectly matches that of the mutual funds that drive the value of guaranteed benefits. Basis risk could result in reduced earnings and may be exacerbated in periods of elevated market volatility.

Interest rate movements could lead to financial loss related to: (i) in the case of prolonged declines, guaranteed benefits offered in our products, as well as lower investment income; (ii) in the case of prolonged increases, our interest-crediting products; and (iii) in the case of elevated volatility, our hedging being less effective than we expect.

Variable annuities are exposed to interest rate risk as lower rates lead to a higher present value of expected future guaranteed benefit payments. The sensitivity to interest rates could further increase due to a variety of factors, such as equity market underperformance, adverse policyholder behavior and increased policyholder longevity. Lower interest rates also generally negatively impact the amount of investment income earned on fixed income assets.

In rising interest rate environments, fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, variable annuities with a fixed fund option, registered index-linked annuities and institutional products could also expose us to the risk that our asset portfolio yield does not increase as fast as the rates that are credited to policyholders, thereby reducing earnings from those product lines. Decreasing interest rate environments could expose us to the risk that asset portfolio yields decrease faster than the rates credited to policyholders. For example, if the volume of suitable investment assets available in the market is insufficient, the resulting delay in investing new premiums could cause us to achieve lower investment yields than we expect, negatively impacting earnings.

High interest rates expose us to disintermediation risk. Higher rates may make current product offerings more attractive than what existing policyholders have purchased, while simultaneously reducing the market value of assets backing our liabilities. This creates an incentive for our policyholders to lapse their products in an environment where selling assets could cause realized losses or where we expect their variable annuity guarantees to be profitable. In addition, higher interest rates may contribute to lower separate account balances on variable annuity policies, which include interest rate sensitive funds, and lower income from fees that are proportional to the separate account balances.

Our derivative-based hedging program is used to mitigate financial loss related to the interest rate risk associated with guaranteed benefits and registered index-linked annuity account values. The hedging program could be less effective in mitigating risk during periods of high interest rate volatility, which could have a negative impact on our financial performance.

The level of interest rates also affects the cost of our equity hedges. Lower interest rates generally increase the cost of hedging the guaranteed benefits associated with variable annuities. Higher interest rates generally increase the cost of hedging the equity-linked interest crediting associated with registered index-linked annuities.

Our investment management business’ revenues and results of operations depend on the market value and the composition of our assets under management, which could fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including many factors outside of our control.

Most of our investment advisory subsidiaries’ revenues are derived from management and administration fees, which typically are calculated as a percentage of the value of assets under management. The value and composition of our assets under management could be adversely affected by several factors including market factors, client preferences, product trends, investment performance, and fee changes, any of which, alone or in the aggregate, could adversely impact our business revenues and results of operations.

Our former parent, Prudential plc, and its affiliates are significant clients of PPM, representing $29.8 billion or 32% of PPM’s total assets under management. PPM’s investment management agreements with its customers, including Prudential and its affiliates, are terminable at any time or on short notice by either party. Prudential and its affiliates are under no obligation to maintain any level of assets under management with PPM. If they were to terminate their investment management agreements, it could cause material disruption in the operations and investment advisory capabilities of PPM, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Disruptions or volatility in financial market conditions could limit our ability to buy or sell investments and derivative instruments or negatively impact our liquidity.

We rely on access to efficiently functioning financial markets for the trading of fixed income or equity investments and derivatives to acquire, rebalance or liquidate investment positions. Disruptions in the financial markets that limit our ability to execute these transactions could have a material impact on returns from our investment portfolio, the effectiveness of our hedging program, and our variable annuity customers’ ability to invest in or sell separate account funds. Disruptions in financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial well-being and financial performance.

We require a significant amount of liquidity to support our hedging program, satisfy variation margin requirements on hedging positions, and cover the initial cost of certain derivatives, such as equity and interest rate options. Volatile market environments have the potential to increase hedging-related liquidity requirements, as the amount of cash we need to pay out in variation margin each day is directly related to the magnitude of equity market and interest rate movements and the size of our current positions in those instruments. Additionally, as our over-the-counter bilateral hedging transactions become subject to initial margin requirements, we would need assets of sufficient quality to satisfy those requirements. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to curtail or limit our operations and our hedging program, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Volatility in credit spreads, or ratings downgrades, defaults, or impairments in our general or separate account assets, could negatively impact earnings and statutory capital.

Credit spread volatility

Tightening credit spreads would reduce the investment yields available on new asset purchases in our general account, impacting our investment income. Widening of the credit spreads on assets held in the general account could lead to lower market value of assets, or higher levels of other than temporary impairments or defaults, any of which would reduce regulatory capital. We may also experience lower fee-based income as a result of higher credit spreads that reduce variable annuity sub-account values invested in assets exposed to credit risk.

Asset ratings downgrades, defaults, or impairments

Credit rating downgrades of the issuers of debt instruments held in our general account would require us to hold more capital in support of these investments and reduce our statutory risk-based capital ratio (“RBC”), which is a key measure considered when regulators evaluate, among other things, an insurance company’s ability to make dividend distributions. Defaults or valuation impairments on debt securities and commercial mortgages held in our general account could result in investment losses and reduce earnings and capital.

We may also experience lower fee-based income as a result of defaults or impairments that reduce variable annuity sub-account values invested in assets exposed to credit risk.

Difficulties faced by other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

We have exposure to financial institutions in the form of unsecured bank accounts and debt instruments, unsecured money market and prime funds, and equity investments. Losses or impairments to the carrying value of these assets could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Ratings, Liquidity and Capital Management

An actual or potential downgrade in our financial strength or issuer credit ratings could result in a loss of business and cause a material adverse effect on our business.

Financial strength ratings, which various rating agencies publish as measures of an insurance company’s ability to meet obligations to its customers, are important to maintaining stakeholder confidence and our ability to distribute and sell products. A downgrade in any of our ratings could directly or indirectly lead to negative impacts on:

•our product sales and distribution relationships;

•the number or amount of surrenders and withdrawals by customers;

•our ability to obtain new reinsurance or obtain it on reasonable terms;

•our ability to maintain existing derivative contracts or purchase new derivative contracts, which are used to manage risk, on acceptable terms or at all;

•our need for increased liquidity due to increased collateral required by counterparties;

•our ability to compete for attractive acquisition opportunities; and

•our cost of and access to capital.

As a holding company, Jackson Financial depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to meet its obligations and liquidity needs.

Jackson Financial is a legal entity separate from its subsidiaries that conduct all of its operations. Dividends and other distributions from Jackson Financial’s subsidiaries, including payments on internal debt, are Jackson Financial’s principal sources of cash that fund payment of principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness, corporate operating expenses, shareholder dividends, common stock repurchases and other obligations. The inability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or provide other distributions could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and cash flows and restrict its ability to pay dividends to its shareholders or repurchase common stock.

The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to JFI depends on the impact such distributions may have on their financial strength ratings, their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards, and their ability to receive regulatory approvals to make such remittances. See “Item 1. Business–Regulation–State Insurance Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Distributions from our Insurance Company Subsidiaries.”

Failing to deliver on Jackson’s cash obligations, such as policyholder benefits and derivative margin requirements, could have a significant negative impact on its ability to continue to sell products and access derivative markets.

JFI and its subsidiaries have significant liquidity needs to support daily cash flows, including operating expenses, interest payments, derivative-based margin requirements and policyholder benefits and withdrawals. Jackson is exposed to liquidity risk primarily through its day-to-day business operations. Cash needs arise, in significant part, from the obligation to meet margin requirements resulting from certain daily-settled derivative positions and the obligation to pay policyholder claims. Failing to meet these cash obligations could result in negative reactions from rating agencies, investors and analysts, shareholders, customers and distributors, which could, in turn, lead to a decline in credit and financial strength ratings, share price and investor, distributor, and policyholder confidence.

We are subject to liquidity risks associated with sourcing a large concentration of our funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (“FHLBI”).

We use institutional funding agreements originating from FHLBI, which from time to time serve as a significant source of our liquidity. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of those funding agreements and related collateral requirements. Additionally, we use agreements with the FHLBI to meet near-term liquidity needs, augmenting our securities repurchase agreement capacity from other counterparties. If the FHLBI were to change its definition of eligible collateral, we could be required to post additional amounts of collateral in the form of cash or other assets. Also, if our creditworthiness were to fall below the FHLBI’s requirements, or if legislative or other political actions cause changes to the FHLBI’s mandate or to the eligibility of life insurance companies to be members of the FHLBI system, we could be required to find other sources to replace this funding, which may prove difficult and increase our liquidity risk.

Some of our investments are relatively illiquid and could be difficult to sell, or to sell in significant amounts at acceptable prices, to generate cash to meet our needs.

We hold certain investments that are relatively illiquid, such as privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, certain asset-backed securities and alternative investments. In the past, some of our high-quality investments experienced reduced liquidity during periods of market volatility or disruption. If we were required to liquidate these investments on short notice, we could have difficulty doing so and could be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our use of financial derivative transactions to hedge risks associated with our operations exposes us to counterparty credit risk that could lead to a financial loss.

We enter into derivative contracts with investment banks, creating an obligation for our counterparties to deliver on financial obligations to Jackson. The failure of a derivative counterparty to meet its obligations could potentially lead to a loss if collateral received is insufficient to cover the replacement cost of the defaulted position. Such a loss could also reduce available capital.

Our use of reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face exposes us to counterparty credit risk that could cause a material adverse impact on our business.

We use reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the financial, longevity and mortality risks inherent in some of our in force annuity and life insurance products. Under our reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of the obligation to pay claims and related expenses to which we are subject.

We remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks we reinsure and, therefore, are subject to the risk that a reinsurer is unable or unwilling to pay or reimburse claims in a timely manner, which could result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial well-being and financial performance. Our reinsurance agreement with Athene involves the majority of our in force fixed annuities and fixed index annuities, thereby exposing us to a large concentration of credit risk with respect to a single counterparty.

Jackson may make inefficient decisions regarding the use of capital to meet business objectives, fund strategic initiatives and return capital to shareholders.

We make capital deployment decisions on an ongoing basis, which include growing organically through sales and diversification of our products, growing inorganically through acquisitions, returning capital to shareholders, and increasing capital strength. Failure to make decisions about deploying or retaining capital efficiently or effectively could result in decreased shareholder value and confidence.

Risks Related to Product Design, Assumptions, and Models

The design and pricing of our products can impact our competitiveness in the marketplace, negatively affect our earnings and capitalization, and increase the volatility of our financial results.

Our failure to design or maintain products that provide competitive benefits and features or that do not conform to distributor requirements could result in short- or long-term loss of sales, loss of distributor motivation and selling agreements, and reputational risk that would adversely impact Jackson’s growth and profitability.

Improperly priced products may result in revenue streams that cannot support our liabilities, expenses, and hedging program, and could negatively impact our profitability. Any resulting need to modify or suspend products would impact our reputation in the marketplace. Products may not be priced appropriately due to poor assumptions or inputs to a pricing model that do not accurately capture a product’s material cash flows, regulatory requirements, or consumer decisions.

We could face unanticipated losses if there are significant deviations from our assumptions regarding the persistency, mortality rates, and benefit utilization related to our annuity contracts.

Our future profitability is based in part on expected patterns of premiums, expenses and benefits using a number of assumptions, including those related to the probability that a policy or contract will remain in force from one period to the next. It is not possible to precisely predict persistency (policyholder choosing to keep their policy) or mortality, and actual results may differ significantly from assumptions. Should actual experience deviate from our assumptions for persistency and mortality rates, this difference may have an adverse effect on our business.

Similarly, if policyholders with guaranteed benefits utilize them differently than our assumptions, the Company's reserves may be inadequate to cover its liabilities, resulting in losses affecting income and capital.

We rely on complex models to predict behavior, identify potential risks and estimate financial performance, and these models may be ineffective due to incomplete or inaccurate assumptions or errors in data collection, analysis or interpretation that could result in materially inaccurate model output.

We use complex models to predict customer behavior, identify risks and establish reserves. In addition, models are used to perform a range of operational functions, including calculating regulatory or internal capital requirements and determining hedging requirements. Some of these tools form an integral part of our decision-making framework. The use of inaccurate models, errors in data collection and analysis, or misuse of model results, could result in poor business and strategic decision-making that could have an adverse financial, regulatory, operational or reputational impact on our business.

The subjective determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

The manner of determining the amount of allowances and impairments varies by investment type and is based upon our evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with an asset class. Although management regularly updates its evaluations to reflect changes in allowances and impairments included in our financial statements, management’s judgments, as reflected in our financial statements, may not accurately estimate the ultimately realized value. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances. Further, we may need to take additional impairments or provide for additional allowances in the future, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial well-being and financial performance. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Risks Related to the Distribution of Our Products

Our failure to describe accurately the features and options of our annuities, failure to administer those features and options consistent with their descriptions or mishandling of customer complaints could adversely impact our business.

Our annuities contain many options and features, and we rely on our affiliate and/or third-party distributors to describe and explain our products to investors and our customers. There is a risk that we or our distributors fail to describe accurately and completely every feature and option in our contracts, forms, regulatory filings, marketing literature, and other written descriptions. Any such failure, or any intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products in advertising materials or other external communications, or inappropriate activities by our associates or third-party distributors, could adversely affect our reputation and business and lead to potential regulatory action or litigation.

We may directly receive, or regulatory agencies may receive, customer complaints about service or other issues relating to annuity contracts or insurance policies. Should we fail to review each complaint and investigate the potential causes, the complaint could evolve into a litigated matter, or we could face regulatory fines, penalties, or reputational damage.

If we do not design our products in accordance with applicable law, those products may not achieve the intended objectives and could adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal income tax law imposes requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, administration and investments that are conditions for beneficial tax treatment of such products under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. State and federal securities and insurance laws also impose requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, offering, distribution, and administration. Failure to administer product features in accordance with applicable law, or to meet any of these complex tax, securities or insurance requirements could subject us to administrative penalties imposed by a particular governmental or self-regulatory authority, unanticipated costs associated with remedying such failure or other claims, litigation, harm to our reputation or interruption of our operations. If legal proceedings were to occur, they could adversely impact our business, financial well-being and financial performance.

We could experience difficulties in distributing our products through third-party distribution partners, which are a primary source of our sales.

We distribute our products through a variety of third-party distribution partners under agreements that can be terminated by either party with or without cause. Failure to maintain an understanding of the changing market, what products our competitors are selling, and what channels have opportunity for growth can contribute to the loss of key distribution partners resulting in our inability to meet or exceed planned sales goals and is detrimental to our overall distribution strategy.

Key distributors could terminate their relationship with us, reduce their distribution contracts with us, or reduce the amount of sales they produce for us. Our key distribution partners could merge, consolidate, or change their business models in ways that affect how our products are sold, or new distribution channels could emerge and adversely impact the effectiveness of our distribution efforts. An increase in bank, wirehouse and broker-dealer consolidation activity could increase competition for access to distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market products through these channels. Any of these changes in distribution could materially and adversely impact our business.

Consolidation of distributors or other industry changes could also increase the likelihood that distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of any existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to us.

Competition could adversely affect our market share and financial results.

In some markets, we face competitors that are larger, have greater financial resources or greater market share, have better brand recognition, offer a broader range of products, or have higher crediting rates. Our competitors include major stock and mutual insurance companies, private equity-backed insurance companies, mutual fund organizations, banks, and other financial services companies. In recent years, increased private equity and venture capital investments as well as substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the insurance and financial services industries resulted in increased competition from large, well-capitalized insurance and financial services firms that market products and services similar to ours. These companies and firms compete with us for customers, distribution partners, and employees. Increased consolidation among banks and other financial services companies could create firms with stronger competitive positions, negatively impact the insurance industry’s sales, increase competition for access to third-party distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market our annuities to our current customer base or expand our customer base.

We face competition from other products, including non-insurance products such as mutual funds, certificates of deposit and newly developed investment products. These competitive product pressures could result in increased pricing pressures on our products and services and could harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.

We also face competition from new entrants into our markets or non-traditional or online competitors, many of whom leverage digital technology that could challenge us, a traditional financial service company, by providing new services or creating new distribution channels. Our ability to generate appropriate returns will depend significantly on our capacity to anticipate and respond appropriately to consumer demand, digital and other technological advances, the need for economies of scale and the consequential impact of consolidation, regulatory actions, and other factors. We may not continue to compete effectively, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters

Our businesses are heavily regulated and changes in regulation could reduce our profitability and limit our growth.

Our products and companies are subject to extensive and potentially conflicting state and federal tax, securities, broker-dealer and broker licensing, insurance and employee benefit plan laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change. We monitor known regulatory developments that could potentially impact our business; however, at this time, we cannot predict what form those developing regulations may take or their potential impact. The efforts of the current federal government administration to change the structure, role and focus of government adds to the uncertainty of policy and regulatory direction. Any of these laws and regulations, existing or in the future, could have an unknown or material adverse impact on our business. See, "Item 1. Business—Regulation" for additional discussion on the impact of such laws and regulations.

Moreover, these laws and regulations are administered and enforced by a number of different government and self- regulatory authorities, including state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, the SEC, FINRA, the DOL, the DOJ, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and state attorneys general, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude and differing or overlapping regulatory focus. Failure to adhere to these laws and regulations, or respond to changes in them, could result in regulatory action including fines, restrictions in our ability to sell our products, and reputational impact.

A decrease in the risk-based capital ("RBC") ratio (as a result of a reduction in statutory capital and surplus or increase in RBC requirements) of our insurance subsidiaries could result in increased scrutiny by insurance regulators and rating agencies, which could lead to corrective measures and ratings downgrades that would adversely affect our business.

NAIC model regulations provide minimum capitalization requirements for insurance companies based on RBC formulas. Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is subject to RBC standards or other minimum regulatory capital and surplus requirements under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of domicile. A failure to meet these requirements could subject our subsidiaries to further examination or corrective action imposed by insurance regulators, including limitations on our insurance subsidiaries' ability to write additional business, increased regulatory supervision, seizure or liquidation. Any corrective action imposed could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial well-being and financial performance.

A decline in the RBC ratio of one or more of our insurance subsidiaries, whether or not it results in a failure to meet applicable RBC requirements, could limit our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to make dividends or distributions to us, could result in a loss of customers or new business, or could influence ratings agencies to downgrade financial strength ratings, each of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

In any particular year, total adjusted capital amounts and RBC ratios could change due to a variety of factors, including:

•the amount of statutory earnings generated by the insurance subsidiary,

•the amount of additional capital that an insurer must hold to support business growth,

•equity, interest rate, and credit market conditions,

•the value and credit ratings of certain fixed income and equity securities in an insurance subsidiary's investment portfolio, or

•changes to the RBC formulas and the interpretation of the NAIC’s instructions with respect to RBC calculation methodologies.

In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their own internal ratings evaluation models, which differ from the NAIC's RBC capital model, that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of capital our insurance subsidiaries should hold relative to the rating agencies’ expectations. Under stressed or stagnant capital market conditions and with the aging of existing insurance liabilities, without offsets from new business, the amount of additional statutory reserves that an insurance subsidiary is required to hold could materially increase. Any of these events would decrease the total adjusted capital available for use in calculating an RBC ratio. To the extent that an insurance subsidiary’s RBC ratio is deemed to be insufficient, we may seek to take actions either to increase the insurance subsidiary’s capitalization or to reduce the capitalization requirements. If we were unable to accomplish those actions, the rating agencies could view that circumstance as a reason for a ratings downgrade.

Changes in U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws could affect sales of our products, cash flows, and profitability.

The annuity products that we market generally provide the customer with certain federal income tax advantages. For example, policyholders of annuity contracts funded with after-tax dollars (“non-qualified”) are able to defer federal income taxation on any gain until received. With other savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits are generally exempt from income tax.

Proposed tax law changes could, for example, eliminate all or a portion of the income tax advantages described above for annuities and life insurance. If legislation were enacted to reduce or eliminate the tax deferral for annuities, such a change would have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our annuities. Moreover, if the treatment of annuities were changed prospectively, and the tax-favored status of existing contracts was grandfathered, holders of existing contracts would be less likely to surrender or rollover their contracts. These tax law changes, if implemented, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In 2023, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) established a new 15 percent corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”) on large applicable corporations. The Company is a large applicable corporation and has been subject to the CAMT since 2023. The CAMT-related provisions contemplate that the U.S. Department of Treasury would issue final regulatory guidance. It remains difficult to predict the specific final guidance or the definition of adjusted financial statement income that is subject to the tax. In the absence of further guidance, despite our federal net operating loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards, we may be required to pay tax equal to 15 percent of our pre-tax financial statement income, as adjusted by the CAMT, which includes certain items that are non-economic and can fluctuate significantly based on the movement of interest rates and equity markets. The CAMT, including the potential impacts of pending regulatory guidance, and any potential future increase in the U.S. corporate income tax rate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Our investment advisory agreements with clients are subject to termination or non-renewal on short notice.

Our investment advisory subsidiaries’ investment management agreements with their clients are terminable without penalty at any time or upon relatively short notice by either party. Moreover, our investment advisory subsidiaries’ investment management agreements with SEC-registered investment companies (each, an “RIC”), including the RICs affiliated with Jackson that serve as the sole investment options for our variable annuities, may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by each RIC’s Board of Trustees (including a majority of the independent trustees) or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the RIC on not more than 60 days’ notice. The RIC investment management agreements must be renewed and approved by each RIC’s Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the RIC (including a majority of that RIC’s independent trustees) annually. A significant majority of each RIC’s trustees are independent. Consequently, the Board of Trustees of each RIC may not approve the investment management agreement each year or may condition its approval on revised terms that are materially adverse to us.

Also, as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “IC Act”), each investment advisory agreement with a RIC automatically terminates upon its assignment, although new investment advisory agreements may be approved by the RIC’s Board of Trustees and shareholders. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “IA Act”), also requires approval or consent of investment advisory agreements by clients in the event of an assignment of the agreement. An “assignment,” for purposes of both the IC Act and the IA Act, includes a sale of a controlling block of the voting stock of the investment adviser or its parent company, or a change in control of the investment adviser. If an assignment were to occur, clients may not approve it, which event could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes to comply with new and potential laws or regulations that impose fiduciary or best interest standards in connection with the sale of our products could materially increase our costs, decrease our sales and result in a material adverse impact on our business.

Regulators continue to propose and adopt fiduciary rules, best interest standards and other similar laws and regulations applicable to the sale of annuities. These rules, standards, laws, and regulations generally require financial professionals providing investment recommendations to act in the client’s best interest or put the client’s interest ahead of their own interest. We face uncertainty regarding the adoption of these rules and regulations and the SEC, the DOL, and state insurance departments could adopt potentially conflicting or overlapping standards. Changes in these standards, rules and laws could lead to changes to our compensation practices and product offerings and increase our litigation risk, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation—Federal Initiatives.”

Changes in accounting standards could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the principles of which are revised from time to time. Changes to U.S. GAAP could affect the way we account for and report significant areas of our business, impose special demands on us in areas of governance, associate training, internal controls and disclosures, and affect how we manage our business. To the extent that such changes affect income, expenses, assets, liabilities or shareholders’ equity, they could adversely affect rating agency metrics and could consequently adversely impact our financial strength ratings and our ability to incur new indebtedness or refinance our existing indebtedness. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recently adopted and pending changes in accounting principles.

Our operating insurance companies are also subject to Statutory Accounting Principles prescribed or permitted by their states of domicile, whose accounting practices are driven by the NAIC. Any changes in the method of calculating reserves for our products under Statutory Accounting Principles could result in increases in, and volatility of, reserve and capital requirements. For example, the NAIC has implemented new economic scenarios that are inputs to the calculation of statutory reserves and required capital for many insurance products. Those revisions took effect on January 1, 2026, and could result in a material impact on the level and volatility of our statutory surplus and required statutory capital.

Legal and regulatory investigations and actions are increasingly common in our industry and could result in a material adverse effect on our business.

We face risks of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our business, including the risk of class action lawsuits, arbitration claims, government subpoenas, regulatory investigations, examinations, actions, and other claims. Given the inherent unpredictability of litigation, the unfavorable resolution of one or more pending litigation matters, or future litigation or actions, inquiries, investigations or examinations, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we ultimately prevail in any litigation, arbitration, or any action or investigation by governmental authorities or regulators, we could suffer significant reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial well-being and financial performance. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Security, Artificial Intelligence, and Data

Our information technology systems could fail, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business operations depend on the ability to process efficiently and effectively large numbers of analytical models and transactions for numerous and diverse products. We employ a large number of complex and interconnected information technology and finance systems, models, and user developed applications in our processes to support our business operations. We also have arrangements in place with third-party suppliers and other service providers with whom we share and receive information. We could experience significant impacts to our business operations if our technology lacks sufficient system capacity, scalability, stability, or if they underperform, or if our data or technology systems suffer an outage impacting availability, due to a disaster or cyberattack. Our systems change management controls may not work as designed, which could result in an unintended change being introduced into an active production environment and cause unexpected effects on functionality. We could experience limited availability of one or more systems or devices, or our ability to recover data might be hindered by the impact of a ransomware attack. Any or all of the foregoing could cause material disruption to our normal business operations.

Our information technology systems, and those of our third-party vendors and service providers, are vulnerable to physical or electronic intrusions, computer viruses, ransomware or other attacks potentially exposing confidential customer or associate data or proprietary business information.

We are exposed to continuously evolving risks of attempts to disrupt the availability, confidentiality and integrity of our information technology systems, which could result in disruption to key operations or loss of the availability, confidentiality or integrity of customer, associate, or other data. Artificial intelligence (“AI”) developments and availability have increased the scale, sophistication, and unpredictability of those attempts, and the nature and costs of efforts to thwart them. We have been, and likely will continue to be, subject to potential damage from computer viruses, attempts to access confidential information, including customer data, and cybersecurity attacks such as “denial of service” attacks, phishing, sophisticated and automated attacks, and other disruptive software campaigns. Our security measures, including information security policies, standards, administrative, technical, and physical controls, associate training and other preventative actions may not fully protect us from such events, especially if critical vendors are compromised.

Customer, associate or representative data, or strictly confidential or proprietary non-public business information could be disclosed to unauthorized parties due to associate error, a cyberattack (e.g., hacking, phishing, malware, etc.), or through a third-party relationship, resulting in financial losses, regulatory penalties, customer attrition, and reputational damage.

Increased cybersecurity threats and computer crime also pose a risk of litigation, regulatory investigations, and other penalties. Data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations regarding the handling of personal data. Any breach in the security of our information technology systems could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary business information, including sensitive customer, supplier, or associate data maintained in the ordinary course of our business. Any such event, or any failure to comply with these data privacy requirements or other laws in this area, could cause damage to our reputation, customer attrition, loss of revenue, and could result in legal liability or penalties. In addition, we could incur large expenditures to investigate, remediate, and recover networks or information systems and protect against similar future events.

We retain confidential information in our information systems and in cloud-based systems (including customer transactional data and personal data about our distribution partners, customers, and our own associates). We rely on commercial technologies and third parties to maintain the security of those systems, yet even strong internal safeguards cannot offset exposure if critical third parties’ systems are compromised. Anyone who circumvents our security measures and penetrates our information systems, or the cloud-based systems we use, has and could access, view, misappropriate, alter or delete any information in the systems, including customer data and proprietary business information. It is possible that an associate, contractor, or representative could, intentionally or unintentionally, disclose or misappropriate personal data or other confidential information. Our associates, distribution partners and other third-party partners use portable computers or mobile devices that could contain similar information to that in our information systems, and these devices have been and could be lost, stolen or damaged.

Any compromise of our information technology systems or of the third-party partners' systems that results in the unauthorized access or disclosure of personal data or proprietary business information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, deter customers from purchasing our products, subject us to civil and criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses, any of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

Jackson is exposed to the risk of incomplete, inaccurate, or misinterpreted data being utilized for reporting or decision-making purposes.

Our business depends on the performance of complex information technology systems and the effective management and use of quality and reliable data. This data could become incomplete, inaccurate, or misinterpreted due to inadequate or failed internal and external processes, systems or deliberate human actions, inactions, or error, resulting in misinterpretation of the data or inability to make strategic or timely decisions, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business.

The use of artificial intelligence may result in errors in analysis and decision-making that could cause adverse effects on our business.

Artificial intelligence (“AI”) is a rapidly evolving technology that potentially offers opportunities for businesses to gain efficiencies, pursue growth, or improve customer, employee or other stakeholder experiences. We are selectively exploring the use of AI where it can provide meaningful benefit to our business and have established processes to review and help detect AI newly introduced in existing technology platforms and services; however, the risk remains that there could be embedded AI features that remain undisclosed or undetected. The use of AI could result in unintended consequences such as biased, discriminatory or otherwise unfair decision-making, misrepresent data leading to negative impacts on decision-making, or AI-amplified cyberattacks. Should any such consequences materialize, they could result in a material adverse effect on our business, regulatory fines and an impact on our reputation. In addition, new and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues could also arise due to the developing and uncertain regulatory environment around AI.

General Risk Factors

We could face direct or indirect effects of, or responses to, climate change.

Climate change regulation may affect the prospects of companies and other entities whose securities we hold, the value of those securities, or our willingness to continue to hold those securities. Climate change may also influence investor sentiment with respect to the Company and investments in our portfolio, including real estate investments. We cannot predict the long-term impacts on us from climate change or related regulation. A failure to identify and address these global climate issues and related impacts could cause a material adverse effect on the achievement of our business objectives.

We face risks arising from acquisitions or other complex strategic transactions.

We have made acquisitions and other strategic transactions in the past and may pursue further acquisitions or other strategic transactions, including reinsurance, dispositions, and joint ventures, in the future. We face a number of risks arising from such transactions, including difficulties in assimilating and retaining associates and intermediaries, incurring unforeseen liabilities that arise in connection with such transactions, or facing unfavorable market conditions that could negatively impact our expectations for such transactions. Further, strategic transactions could require us to increase our leverage or, if we issue shares to fund an acquisition, to dilute holdings of existing shareholders. These risks could prevent us from realizing the expected benefits from acquisitions and could result in the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets recognized at the time of acquisition. In addition, should we pursue a strategy to complement our organic growth by exploring opportunities for acquisitions, it could be materially and adversely affected by the increasingly competitive nature of the life insurance and annuity merger and acquisition market and the increased participation of non-traditional buyers in the life insurance and annuity merger and acquisition market.

Applicable insurance laws could make it difficult to effect a change of control of our Company.

The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized could delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions could delay, deter, or prevent a potential merger or sale of our company, even if JFI's Board of Directors decides that it is in the best interests of shareholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also could delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our insurance subsidiaries.

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our Company and could affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws contain provisions that could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in our management or control over us, which shareholders consider to be favorable. For example, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws collectively:

•authorize the issuance of shares of common stock that could be used to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or gain control;

•authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

•provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our Board of Directors, may be filled only by a majority vote of Directors then in office;

•prohibit shareholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders; and

•establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders.

These provisions could prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could also make it difficult for shareholders to replace or remove our management. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions could facilitate management entrenchment that could delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our shareholders.

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal courts, as applicable, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or shareholders.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

•any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf,

•any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our shareholders by any of our current or former directors, officers, other associates, agents or shareholders,

•any action asserting a claim arising out of or under the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws), or

•any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Unless we consent to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the U.S. will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Neither this provision nor the exclusive forum provision will mean that shareholders have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The choice of forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation will limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other associates, agents or shareholders, which could discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Or, a court could determine that the exclusive forum provision is unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more specified types of actions and proceedings, we could incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have an enterprise-wide risk management framework for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring, and reporting our material risks, including cybersecurity risks. Our risk identification and risk and control self-assessment process assesses the potential likelihood and impact of, among other things, cybersecurity risks to the Company, and the control environment in place to mitigate identified risks. See Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Information Technology, Security, Artificial Intelligence, and Data” for a description of the cybersecurity risks we face.

The Company is committed to attaining the highest standards for information security and data privacy programs through disciplined governance and risk management practices.

We have a written JFI Information Security Policy setting forth our expectations with respect to the receipt, handling and management of information, and setting forth our process, procedures and standards for achieving those expectations. Our Information Security Policy is reviewed and updated by management at least annually, to align with multiple industry standards, including the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security Framework and relevant state regulations, including New York’s Department of Financial Services Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies, and federal regulatory requirements. The JFI Privacy Policy is also annually reviewed and updated by management to align with industry best practices and state and federal regulatory requirements.

Our cybersecurity program includes a threat and vulnerability management program to identify, assess, prevent, detect, monitor and remediate internal and external threats to, and vulnerabilities of, the Company’s electronic systems, applications and data. Key components of this security program include a 24/7 Security Operations Center, which is managed internally at Jackson, with staff augmentation from third-party service vendors. The Security Operations Center monitors threats and attacks and initiates the incident response management process and associated notifications, as needed. In addition to monitoring threats and attacks, our internal management team reviews daily external threat intelligence and oversees, at least quarterly, external penetration testing of our Company’s electronic systems. We provide training to all associates and regularly audit and assess our program with both internal and external resources, and through benchmarking studies and assessments against our Information Security and Privacy Policies and Standards.

We have a third-party vendor management program that oversees the identification and assessment of cybersecurity risk for the Company’s use of all third-party service providers. This program evaluates third-party vendors based on their level of access to the Company’s data and the level of potential risk the third-party service providers create for the organization through reviews of their security program and systems architecture. The Company identifies monitoring and mitigating controls and implements such controls where appropriate for any identified risks, including adding robust security terms in agreed contracts. We also monitor and periodically reassess third-party service vendors to ensure controls are maintained to expectations.

Cybersecurity Incidents

We are not aware of any material cybersecurity events that are likely to have a material effect on our business strategy, results of operation or financial condition.

Governance

JFI’s Board Oversight of Risks from Cybersecurity Threats: JFI’s Board approved both the Company’s initial JFI Information Security Policy and the JFI Privacy Policy. Our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) regularly updates our Board on cybersecurity threats, risks, policy updates, incidents, and remediation actions.

The Finance and Risk Committee of the JFI Board assists the Board with oversight of the Company’s risk framework and its effectiveness. The Finance and Risk Committee regularly reviews top risks identified by management, the Company’s Risk Appetite, and financial and non-financial risks, including information security and cybersecurity. The committee also reviews activity reports on the status of our cybersecurity program, including material policy changes, breaches, and remediation actions. Our chief risk officer provides a risk report quarterly to the committee that includes reporting on cybersecurity as a non-financial/operational risk.

JFI’s Board of Directors receives periodic reports from its Finance and Risk Committee regarding the committee’s actions in respect of cybersecurity and related regulatory developments.

Management’s Role in Assessing and Managing Material Risks from Cybersecurity Threats: Our CISO is a member of the senior leadership team and oversees our Information Security and Privacy Team. The CISO provides updates to the Board on cybersecurity threats facing the organization, including developments in our ongoing information security and privacy programs. The CISO also meets in dedicated sessions with the Finance and Risk Committee to review and discuss in-depth cybersecurity risks facing the Company.

Our Information Security and Privacy Team includes over 70 full-time positions with at least 50% of our associates holding relevant industry certifications, such as the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP), Certified Information Security Manager (CISM), and Certified Information Privacy Professional (CIPP). All associates and contractors with access to our Company’s systems receive comprehensive initial and ongoing annual training on responsible information security, data security, and cybersecurity practices and how to protect against cyber threats.

Regular independent third-party assessments, penetration testing, and internal audits are conducted to validate controls and to position our cybersecurity maturity level at or ahead of industry trends in meeting stringent security standards. We regularly assess our security program internally and externally, through benchmarking studies and assessments against our Information Security and Privacy Policies and Standards and conduct assessments of the effectiveness of relevant internal control activities designed to restrict inappropriate access to our IT systems, support data integrity within our IT systems, and ensure ongoing availability of our IT systems. Certain of these control activities are also subject to an assessment by our external auditor to support its opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 2. Properties

We currently own and occupy the buildings comprising our corporate headquarters campus and related properties in Lansing, Michigan as well as our regional headquarters in Franklin, Tennessee. We also have leases for the following offices:

•District of Columbia under a lease that expires in 2029;

•Chicago, Illinois under a lease that expires in 2038;

•East Lansing, Michigan under a lease that expires in 2029; and

•Lansing, Michigan under a lease that expires in 2028.

We believe our properties are adequate and suitable for our business as currently conducted and are adequately maintained. All of our offices include operations across all of our reportable segments.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

For a discussion of legal proceedings, see Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Jackson Financial's common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol, "JXN", and began trading on September 20, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. As of February 18, 2026, the approximate number of shareholders of record at the close of business on that date was 880, and the approximate number of beneficial owners was 98,500.

Equity Compensation Plans

Our table of equity compensation plans is incorporated from Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters in this Form 10-K.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program (1) Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program (in millions) (1)
October 1, 2025 - October 31, 2025
Share repurchase program 463,524 $ 99.26 463,524 $ 1,105
Employee transactions (2) N/A N/A
November 1, 2025 - November 30, 2025
Share repurchase program 495,190 94.93 495,190 1,058
Employee transactions (2) N/A N/A
December 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025
Share repurchase program 548,664 104.26 548,664 1,001
Employee transactions (2) 6,292 91.82 N/A N/A
Totals
Share repurchase program 1,507,378 1,507,378
Employee transactions (2) 6,292 N/A
1,513,670 1,507,378

(1) On September 18, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized an increase of $1 billion in our existing authorization to repurchase shares of our outstanding common stock as part of the Company's share repurchase program. As of February 18, 2026, the Company had remaining authorization to purchase $903 million of its common shares. For more information on common stock repurchases, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 23 - Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

(2) Includes shares withheld pursuant to the terms of awards under the Company's 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan to cover tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of shares, which are treated as share repurchases. The value of the shares withheld is the closing price of common stock of Jackson Financial on the date the relevant vesting date occurs; or, if the shares vest on a non-trading day, then the value of the shares withheld is based on the closing stock price from the trading day immediately prior to the vesting date.

Common Stock Performance Graph

The graph and table, below, compare the total return on our common stock with the total return on the S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) 500, S&P 500 Insurance, S&P 500 Financials, and S&P Insurance Index Select Industry Total Return indices, respectively, between September 20, 2021 (the date that our common stock commenced regular way trading on the NYSE) through December 31, 2025. The graph and table show the total return on a hypothetical $100 investment in (i) our shares of common stock on September 20, 2021, including the reinvestment of all dividends and (ii) each index on September 20, 2021.

Performance_Graph.jpg

9/20/2021 12/31/2021 12/31/2022 12/31/2023 12/31/2024 03/31/2025 06/30/2025 09/30/2025 12/31/2025
Jackson Financial Inc. $ 100.00 $ 162.50 $ 141.65 $ 226.00 $ 398.78 $ 388.26 $ 415.45 $ 477.57 $ 506.17
S&P 500 Index 100.00 109.37 88.11 109.46 134.97 128.78 142.39 153.48 157.09
S&P 500 Insurance Index 100.00 107.51 116.26 124.78 155.81 173.26 164.22 162.25 159.38
S&P 500 Financial Index 100.00 106.77 93.58 102.88 132.13 136.24 143.22 147.31 149.73
S&P Insurance Index Select Industry Total Return 100.00 109.16 113.34 127.55 162.63 175.24 173.50 172.96 176.34

Item 6. [Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

The following executive summary of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation highlights selected information and may not contain all the information that is important to current or potential investors in our securities. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (the "Form 10-K") in its entirety for a more detailed description of events, trends, uncertainties, risks and critical accounting estimates affecting us.

Discussion related to the Company's comparison of 2024 results to 2023 results of operations has been omitted in this Form 10-K. The Company's comparison of 2024 results to 2023 results is included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the SEC on February 26, 2025, (the "2024 Annual Report"), under Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Jackson Financial Inc. (“Jackson Financial” or “JFI”), along with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” which also may be referred to as “we,” “our” or “us”), is a financial services company. Jackson Financial, domiciled in the state of Delaware, United States (“U.S.”), became an independent public company on September 13, 2021. Jackson National Life Insurance Company ("Jackson") is licensed to sell group and individual annuity products (including immediate, registered index-linked, deferred fixed, fixed index, fixed and variable annuities), and various protection products, primarily whole life, universal life, variable universal life and term life insurance products, in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

Executive Summary

We help Americans in the U.S. grow and protect their retirement savings and income to secure their financial future. We believe that we are uniquely positioned in our markets because of our differentiated products, well-known brand and disciplined risk management. Our market position is supported by our efficient and scalable operating platform and industry-leading distribution network. We believe these core strengths will enable us to grow profitably as an aging U.S. population transitions into retirement.

We earn revenues predominantly from fee income, spread income resulting from what we earn on investments versus the interest we credit to contract holders, and margins on other insurance products. Our profitability is dependent on our ability to properly price and manage risk on insurance and annuity products, manage our portfolio of investments effectively, and control costs through expense discipline.

Due to funds withheld reinsurance arrangements, including the Athene Reinsurance Transaction, we hold significant assets whose investment performance accrues to the benefit of the related reinsurer.

We experience net income volatility because we do not directly use hedging to offset the movement in our U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") market risk benefit liabilities as market conditions change from period to period. Our core dynamic hedging program seeks to offset impacts of equity market and interest rate movements on the economic liabilities associated with variable annuity guaranteed benefits and with annuities subject to index interest crediting (RILA and FIA), while our macro hedging program seeks to provide additional liquidity and statutory capital protection as needed. As a result, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as part of our overall hedging program are not expected to match the movements in the market risk benefit liabilities resulting in volatility from changes in fair value recorded to net income. Accordingly, we evaluate and manage the performance of our business using Adjusted Operating Earnings, a non-GAAP financial measure, which reduces the impact of market volatility by excluding changes in fair value of freestanding and embedded derivative instruments, market risk benefits and other items. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding our non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measures.

We manage our business through three reportable segments: Retail Annuities, Institutional Products, and Closed Life and Annuity Blocks. We report in Corporate and Other items that are not included in those three segments, including the results of PPM Holdings, Inc., the parent holding company of PPM America Inc. ("PPM") that manages the majority of our general account investment portfolio. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 3 - Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our segments.

An understanding of several key operating measures, including sales, account value, net flows, benefit base and assets under management ("AUM"), is helpful in evaluating our results. See “Key Operating Measures” below. Finally, we are affected by various economic, industry and regulatory trends, which are described below under “Macroeconomic, Industry and Regulatory Trends.”

The table below presents selected financial and operating measures:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions, except percentages)
Operating Metrics:
Total Sales $ 23,211 $ 19,849
Assets Under Management ("AUM") 351,059 324,718
Income Metrics:
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders (17) 902
Adjusted Operating Earnings (1) 1,614 1,443
Return on Equity ("ROE") Attributable to Common Shareholders (0.2) % 9.4 %
Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders on average adjusted book value (1) 14.7 % 12.9 %
Capital Metrics:
Amount of common shares repurchased under share repurchase program 634 415
Dividends on common shares 228 216
Jackson Financial, Inc. Net cash provided by operating activities (Parent Company Only) 12 51
Free cash flow (1) 838 767
Jackson statutory risk-based capital ratio(2) 567 % 572 %

(1) Non-GAAP Financial Measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding our non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measures.

(2) Based on a Company Action Level basis.

Recent Events of Note

•Capital Returned to Common Shareholders: During 2025, we returned $862 million to our common shareholders consisting of $228 million in dividends and $634 million in common share repurchases. Our capital return target for common shareholders for 2026 is $900 million - $1.1 billion. Share repurchases, net of issuances for our share-based compensation, have reduced our outstanding shares of common stock from 73,380,643 at December 31, 2024 to 66,825,632 at December 31, 2025. See Item 8. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data — Note 23 - Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our share repurchases and Note 25 – Subsequent Events for information regarding a first quarter 2026 share issuance.

•Free Capital Generation and Free Cash Flow:

◦Our free capital generation during 2025 was $1.4 billion, meeting our expectation to exceed $1 billion in 2025, under normal market conditions. Free capital generation represents Jackson’s aggregate statutory basis after-tax income from operations, realized gains (losses), unrealized gains (losses), and other surplus adjustments, adjusted for the change in Company Action Level required capital (CAL) for Jackson calibrated to a 425% RBC ratio. We expect free capital generation in 2026 to be at or above $1.2 billion, assuming 5% equity market total return and rates following the year-end forward curve. As explained below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Holding Company Liquidity” and “-

Distributions from Our Insurance Subsidiaries,” the payment of dividends or distributions from our capital generation is limited by applicable laws and regulations.

◦The free cash flow at Jackson Financial (Parent Company only) during 2025 was $838 million. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure calculated as the difference between cash received by Jackson Financial from its subsidiaries less holding company expenses and other, net. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for information regarding our non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliation to the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure.

•Brooke Life Reinsurance Company (“Brooke Re”): During the first quarter of 2024, Jackson entered into a 100% coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance transaction with Brooke Re with all economics of the transaction effective as of January 1, 2024. The transaction primarily provides for the cession from Jackson to Brooke Re of liabilities associated with certain guaranteed benefit riders under variable annuity contracts and similar products of Jackson (“market risk benefits”), both in-force on the transaction effective date and written in the future (i.e., on a “flow” basis) as well as related future fees, claims and other benefits, and maintenance expenses in exchange for a $1.2 billion ceding commission for the in-force business. Jackson retains the variable annuity base contract, the annuity contract administration of the ceded business, and responsibility for investment management of the assets in the funds withheld account supporting the ceded liabilities. The reinsurance transaction eliminates upon consolidation at JFI. Holding company liquidity at JFI was not impacted by the transaction.

Brooke Re is a Michigan captive insurer regulated by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services and created for the express purpose of serving as the counterparty to the reinsurance transaction with Jackson described above. Brooke Re was capitalized with assets contributed from Brooke Life of approximately $1.9 billion originating from Jackson as a return of capital to Brooke Life. Brooke Re utilizes a modified U.S. GAAP approach for regulatory reporting purposes primarily related to market risk benefits, with the intent to increase alignment between assets and liabilities in response to changes in economic factors. The modifications include a fixed, long-term volatility assumption and adjustments to discount rates, guarantee fees and administrative expenses.

The transaction and related modified U.S. GAAP approach enable us to largely moderate the impact of the cash surrender value floor on Jackson’s total adjusted capital, statutory required capital, and RBC ratio and enable more efficient economic hedging of the underlying risks of Jackson’s business. This outcome serves the interests of policyholders by protecting statutory capital through diminished non-economic hedging and related costs. Overall, this transaction allows us to optimize our hedging, stabilize capital generation, and produce more predictable financial results going forward.

•Long-term Strategic Partnership with TPG Inc ("TPG") and formation of Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company (“Hickory Re”): On January 6, 2026, Jackson announced that it entered an agreement providing for a long-term strategic partnership with TPG, combining the strength of Jackson’s annuity product expertise and broad distribution network with TPG’s best-in-class, scaled private credit platform. The partnership aims to expand Jackson’s spread-based product sales and to provide flexibility for future innovative insurance solutions. The benefits of this strategic partnership include increased opportunities for new business and earnings diversification, enhanced profitability and greater long-term value for Jackson stakeholders.

Upon the transaction closing on February 11 2026, subsidiaries and affiliates of Jackson Financial and TPG entered into a non-exclusive investment management arrangements with a 10-year initial term with automatic 1-year renewals through year 15, subject to various termination provisions, with TPG providing Investment Grade Asset Based Finance and Direct Lending investment capabilities to complement the asset management capabilities of PPM America, Inc. ("PPM"), a Jackson subsidiary. The partnership is expected to strengthen investment capabilities within Jackson’s general account with a focus on maintaining a well-diversified investment strategy that appropriately balances risk and returns to support annuity product sales in various market environments. PPM will continue to manage the majority of Jackson’s general account and both Jackson and PPM will retain oversight of Jackson’s investment portfolio. The combination of PPM and TPG’s complementary investment capabilities is expected to enhance Jackson’s profitability and competitive position.

As part of the closing, TPG Operating Group II, L.P. ("TPG Partnership") acquired an approximate 6.5% equity stake for $500 million in Jackson Financial consisting of 4,715,554 shares of JFI common stock. Additionally, TPG issued to Jackson Brooke LLC ("JBLLC"), a wholly owned, indirect subsidiary of Jackson Financial, $150 million equity stake in TPG representing 2,279,109 shares of TPG common stock. Under the terms of the agreement, TPG Partnership and JBLLC have agreed to certain limitations on their ability to divest their respective ownership stakes over time.

During the fourth quarter of 2025, Jackson entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hickory Re, on a quota-share coinsurance basis on certain fixed annuities and fixed index annuities issued by Jackson, including the annuitization of these contracts, with all economics of the transaction effective as of December 1, 2025. In consideration for the ceded contracts, Jackson transferred to Hickory Re an initial reinsurance premium consisting of assets with a market value equal to the estimated statutory reserve amount of the ceded contracts in the amount of $1.2 billion. In addition, Hickory Re, will reinsure new sales by Jackson of fixed annuities and fixed index annuities. The reinsurance transaction eliminates upon consolidation at JFI.

Hickory Re is a Michigan captive insurer regulated by the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services and was capitalized with a $150 million capital contribution in excess cash from Jackson Financial. The $500 million received at the close of the transaction, from TPG’s investment in Jackson Financial, was used to make a further capital contribution to Hickory Re. Hickory Re has been established to serve as a capital-efficient way to accelerate further sales growth of Jackson’s fixed and fixed index annuity products as we grow our spread-based business. For regulatory reporting purposes, Hickory Re measures the liabilities for assumed contracts using a modified U.S. GAAP methodology which is intended to increase alignment between assets and liabilities in response to changes in economic factors.

The combination of these transactions is expected to increase Jackson’s future profitability, general account asset growth and capital generation, supporting growth in free cash flows and capital return to shareholders.

•2025 Annual Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements: Consistent with prior years, we completed our annual actuarial assumptions review in the fourth quarter of 2025. See “Policy and Contract Liabilities – Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements” below and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data -- Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the notable assumption updates included in the MRB calculation.

The following table reflects the impacts from our annual assumption review to Pretax Income (Loss) for the periods presented:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Assumption Review Impact:
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments $ 23 $ 15 $ (8)
Total assumption review impact on Total Revenues 23 15 (8)
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals $ (28) $ (4) $ 21
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net 9 30 41
Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net 383 434 398
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 1 (2)
Total assumption review impact on Total Benefits and Expenses 365 460 458
Total assumption review impact on Pretax Income (Loss) $ (342) $ (445) $ (466)

The following table reflects the impacts from our annual assumption review to segment Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings for the periods presented:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Assumption Review Impact on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings by Segment:
Retail Annuities $ 16 $ 42 $
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 2 (68) (60)
Total assumption review impact on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 18 $ (26) $ (60)

Key Operating Measures

We use a number of operating measures, discussed below, which management believes provide useful information about our businesses and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.

Sales

Sales of annuities and institutional products include all money deposited by customers into new and existing contracts. We believe sales statistics are useful to gaining an understanding of, among other things, the attractiveness of our products, how we can best meet our customers’ needs, evolving industry product trends and the performance of our business from period to period.

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Sales
Variable annuities (1) $ 10,853 $ 10,561 $ 9,540
RILA 6,926 5,674 2,890
Fixed Annuities 1,084 1,433 193
Fixed Index Annuities 816 181 210
Total Retail Annuity Sales 19,679 17,849 12,833
Total Institutional Product Sales 3,532 2,000 1,065
Total Sales $ 23,211 $ 19,849 $ 13,898
(1) Excludes certain internal exchanges.

Higher retail annuity sales for the year ended December 31, 2025, were primarily due to increased RILA and fixed index annuity sales. Sales of our fixed annuities remained strong as PPM added capabilities during 2025 to source higher yielding assets supporting our spread based products. In addition, sales of our institutional products were higher for the year ended December 31, 2025, reflecting our opportunistic approach to this business, which depends on both the risk-adjusted return on investment opportunities available and the prevailing cost of funding required by purchasers.

Account Value

Account value ("AV") generally refers to the account value of our variable annuities, RILA, fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, interest sensitive life, and institutional products. It reflects the total amount of customer invested assets that have accumulated within a respective product and equals cumulative customer contributions, which includes gross deposits or premiums, plus accrued credited interest plus or minus the impact of equity market movements, as applicable, less withdrawals and various fees. We believe account value is a useful metric in providing an understanding of, among other things, the sources of potential fee and spread income generation, potential benefit obligations and risk management priorities.

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Account Value
GMWB For Life $ 174,293 $ 171,745
GMWB 6,080 6,165
GMIB 1,138 1,218
GMAB 366 35
No Living Benefits 60,880 56,894
Total Variable Annuity Account Value 242,757 236,057
RILA 20,282 11,685
Fixed Annuity (1) 3,432 2,515
Fixed Index Annuity (1) 1,517 816
Total Fixed & Fixed Index Annuity Account Value (1) 4,949 3,331
Payout Annuity(1) $ 595 $ 592
Total Retail Annuities Account Value(1) $ 268,583 $ 251,665
Total Institutional Products Account Value $ 11,021 $ 8,384
Total Closed Life and Annuity Blocks Account Value (1) $ 7,357 $ 7,692
(1) Net of reinsurance

Net Flows

Net flows represent the net change in customer account balances during a period, reflecting gross premiums received and surrenders, withdrawals and benefits payments. Net flows exclude investment performance, interest credited to customer accounts, transfers between fixed and variable benefits for variable annuities and policy charges. We believe net flows is a useful metric in providing an understanding of, among other things, sales, ongoing premiums and deposits, the changes in account value from period to period, sources of potential fee and spread income and policyholder behavior.

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Net Flows:
Variable Annuity $ (18,984) $ (18,615) $ (9,277)
RILA 6,527 5,481 2,820
Fixed Annuity (1) 870 1,302 (11)
Fixed Index Annuity (1) 764 143 199
Payout Annuity (1) (16) (55) (69)
Total Retail Annuities Net Flows (1) (10,839) (11,744) (6,338)
Net flows ceded (2,723) (3,830) (4,063)
Total Retail Annuities Net Flows, gross of reinsurance (13,562) (15,574) (10,401)
Total Institutional Products Net Flows 1,511 (270) (985)
Total Closed Life and Annuity Blocks Net Flows (1) (277) (309) (273)
Total Net Flows (1) $ (9,605) $ (12,323) $ (7,596)
(1) Net of reinsurance

Net flows, net of reinsurance, improved for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Improved net flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 were primarily driven by increased RILA, fixed index annuity, and institutional sales. Elevated variable annuity surrenders and withdrawals were driven by mature policies from higher sales years coming out of their surrender charge period, along with higher surrenders as guaranteed benefits are less in the money during times of strong equity market performance. The more recent environment of higher interest rates and attractive annuity alternatives, such as RILA, combined with Jackson’s seasoned “out-of-the-money” book heightens exchange activity for us and the industry.

Benefit Base

Benefit base refers to a notional amount representing the value of a customer’s guaranteed benefit and, therefore, may be a different value from the invested assets in that customer’s account value. The benefit base may be used to calculate the fees for a customer’s guaranteed benefits within an annuity contract. The guaranteed death benefit and guaranteed living benefit within the same contract may not have the same benefit base. We believe benefit base is a useful metric for our variable annuity policies in providing an understanding of, among other things, fee income generation, potential optional guarantee benefit obligations and risk management priorities. The following table shows variable annuity account value and benefit base as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Account Value Benefit Base Account Value Benefit Base
(in millions)
No Living Benefits $ 60,880 N/A $ 56,894 N/A
By Guaranteed Living Benefits:
GMWB for Life 174,293 174,976 171,745 181,379
GMWB 6,080 4,768 6,165 5,076
GMIB (1) 1,138 1,396 1,218 1,561
GMAB 366 343 35 35
Total $ 242,757 $ 181,483 $ 236,057 $ 188,051
By Guaranteed Death Benefit:
Return of AV (No GMDB) $ 32,326 N/A $ 29,519 N/A
Return of Premium 185,237 128,793 181,132 132,612
Highest Anniversary Value ("HAV") 13,157 12,367 13,233 12,857
Rollup 3,095 3,774 3,234 4,108
Combination HAV/Rollup 8,942 9,308 8,939 9,682
Total $ 242,757 $ 154,242 $ 236,057 $ 159,259
(1) Substantially all our GMIB benefits are reinsured.

Assets Under Management

AUM, or assets under management, includes: (i) investment assets managed by one of our subsidiaries, PPM, including our investment portfolio (but excluding assets held in funds withheld accounts for reinsurance transactions) and assets of other institutional clients and (ii) the separate account investment assets of our Retail Annuities segment managed and administered by another Company subsidiary, JNAM. Total AUM reflects exclusions between segments to avoid double counting. We believe AUM is a useful metric for understanding, among other things, the sources of our earnings, net investment income and performance of our invested assets, customer directed investments and risk management priorities.

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Jackson Invested Assets $ 58,440 $ 46,143
Third Party Invested Assets (including CLOs) 35,294 28,278
Total PPM AUM 93,734 74,421
Total JNAM AUM 257,325 250,297
Total AUM $ 351,059 $ 324,718

Sales of RILA, fixed and fixed index annuities, and institutional products, along with a focus on growing its institutional client assets, contributed to the increase in PPM AUM. The increase in JNAM AUM primarily reflects favorable equity market performance.

Macroeconomic, Industry and Regulatory Trends

We discuss a number of trends and uncertainties below that we believe could materially affect our future business performance, including our results of operations, our investments, our cash flows, and our capital and liquidity position. See Part IA. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Conditions in Global Financial Markets and the Economy” and “Risks Related to Legal, Tax and Regulatory Matters” in this Form 10-K.

Macroeconomic and Financial Market Conditions

Our business and results of operations are affected by macroeconomic factors. The level of interest rates and shape of the yield curve, credit and equity market performance and equity volatility, regulation, tax policy, the level of U.S. employment, inflation and the overall U.S. economic growth rate can affect both our short- and long-term profitability. Monetary and fiscal policy in the U.S., or similar actions in foreign nations, could result in increased volatility in financial markets, including interest rates, currencies and equity markets, and could impact our business in both the short- and medium-term. Government actions, including tariffs, sanctions or other barriers to international trade, restructuring of government services, responses to future pandemics, civil unrest, and geographic conflicts, and the effects that these or other government events could have on levels of U.S. economic activity, could also impact our business through any of their individual impacts on consumers’ behavior or on financial markets.

In the short- to medium-term, increased volatility could pressure sales and reduce demand for our products as consumers consider purchasing alternative products to meet their objectives. Our financial performance can be adversely affected by market volatility and equity market declines if fees assessed on the account value of our annuities fluctuate, hedging costs increase, or revenues decline due to reduced sales and increased outflows.

Equity Market Environment

Our financial performance is impacted by equity market performance.

•Variable Annuity Fees: Fees we earn that are not associated with guaranteed benefits are mainly based on the account value, which increases as equity market levels increase.

•Index Interest Crediting on RILA and FIA Contracts: RILA and FIA products feature a crediting rate formulaically linked to the performance of an external equity index. The interest credited to the contract increases as equity market levels increase.

•Hedge Effectiveness in Face of Volatility: Our hedges could be less effective in periods of large directional movements, or we could experience more frequent or more costly rebalancing in periods of high volatility. This could lead to adverse performance versus our hedge targets and increased hedging costs.

•Basis Risk: We are exposed to basis risk, which results from our inability to purchase or sell hedge assets whose performance fully correlates to the performance of the funds into which customers allocate their assets. We make available to customers funds where we believe we can transact in sufficiently correlated hedge assets, yet we anticipate some variance in the performance of our hedge assets relative to customer funds. This variance may result in our hedge assets outperforming or underperforming the customer assets they are intended to match. This variance may be exacerbated during periods of high volatility, leading to a mismatch in our hedge results relative to our hedge targets, and potentially an adverse effect on our U.S. GAAP results.

Interest Rate Environment

The interest rate environment has affected, and will continue to affect, our business and financial performance for the following reasons:

•Our hedges could be less effective in periods of large directional interest rate movements, or we could experience more frequent or more costly rebalancing in periods of high interest rate volatility. This could lead to adverse performance versus our hedge targets and increased hedging costs.

•Pricing actions we take in response to decreasing interest rates may reduce the attractiveness of crediting rates, guaranteed benefits, and other product features. This in turn may lead to reduced sales volumes.

•Low interest rate environments could also subject us to increased hedging costs or an increase in the amount of regulatory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for optional guaranteed benefits, decreasing regulatory surplus, which would adversely affect our insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends. In addition, low interest rates could also increase the perceived value of optional guaranteed benefit features to our customers, which in turn could lead to a higher utilization of withdrawal or annuitization features of annuity policies and higher persistency of those products over time.

•Some of our annuities have guaranteed minimum interest crediting rates (“GMICRs”) that limit our ability to reduce crediting rates. If earnings on our investment portfolio decline, those GMICRs may result in net investment spread compression that negatively impacts earnings. Many of our annuities have GMICRs that reset at contractually specified times after issue, subject to a contractually specified MICR. In a rising interest rate environment, these GMICRs can increase over time. Conversely, in a falling interest rate environment, the interest crediting rate will eventually decrease; however, there may be a lag between interest rate movements and the GMICR reset, temporarily limiting our ability to lower crediting rates. When policies have comparatively high GMICRs, in a subsequent low interest rate environment more customers are expected to hold on to their policies, which may result in lower lapses than previously expected.

•Periods of rising interest rates impact investment-related activity, including investment income returns, net investment spread results, new money rates, mortgage loan prepayments, and bond redemptions. Rising interest rates also impact the hedging results of our variable annuity business as the market values of interest rate hedges decline, thereby driving hedging losses. Further, we expect near-term hedging losses from rising rates may be more than offset by changes in the fair value of the related guaranteed benefit liabilities, which are reduced with an increase in interest rates.

•Interest rate increases also expose us to disintermediation risk, where higher rates make currently sold fixed annuity products more attractive while simultaneously reducing the market value of assets backing our liabilities. This creates an incentive for our customers to lapse their products in an environment where selling assets causes us to realize losses.

•Additionally, rising interest rates decrease the value of bond funds held by variable annuity clients. This in turn decreases the volume of fees we collect based on the account value and increases the value of any guaranteed benefits.

•Increasing interest rates also increase the cash surrender values of some of our RILAs. This increases the amount of regulatory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold, decreasing regulatory surplus, which could adversely affect our insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends.

Credit Market Environment

Conditions in fixed income markets impact our financial performance. As credit spreads widen, the fair value of our existing investment portfolio generally decreases, although we generally expect the widening spreads to increase the yield on new fixed income investments. Conversely, as credit spreads tighten, the fair value of our existing investment portfolio generally increases, and the yield available on new investment purchases decreases. While changing credit spreads impact the fair value of our investment portfolio, this revaluation is generally reflected in our accumulated other comprehensive income, or accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). The revaluation will impact net income in the cases of realized gains or losses from the sale of securities, changes in fair value of trading securities or securities carried at fair value under the fair value election, or potential changes in the allowance for credit loss ("ACL"). In addition, if credit conditions deteriorate due to a recession or other negative credit events in capital markets, we could experience an increase in defaults and other-than-temporary-impairments (“OTTI”).

OTTI in our underlying investments would reduce our insurance company subsidiaries' regulatory capital. Also, shifts in the credit quality or credit rating downgrades of our investments as a result of stressed credit conditions may impact the level of regulatory required capital for our insurance company subsidiaries. As such, significant credit rating downgrades along with elevated defaults and OTTI losses would negatively impact our RBC ratio, which could impact available dividends from our insurance subsidiaries.

Additionally, widening credit spreads decrease the value of bond funds held by variable annuity clients. This in turn decreases the volume of fees we collect based on the account value and increases the value of any guaranteed benefits.

Brooke Re

With the execution of the Brooke Re transaction in the first quarter of 2024, we are now able to largely moderate the impact of the cash surrender value floor going forward. In the past, our statutory total adjusted capital ("TAC") has been negatively impacted by rising equity markets or rising interest rates due to minimum required reserving levels (i.e., the cash surrender value floor) when reserve releases are limited and unable to offset equity or interest rate hedging losses. The risk-based capital, or RBC, ratio increased or decreased depending on the interaction between movements in TAC and movements in statutory required capital (the company action level, or "CAL”). See “Recent Events of Note” above for more information regarding Brooke Re.

Consumer Behavior

We believe that many retirees look to tax-efficient savings products as a tool for addressing their unmet need for retirement planning. We believe our products are well-positioned to meet this increasing consumer demand. However, consumer behavior may be impacted by increased economic uncertainty, unemployment rates, inflation rates, declining equity markets, significant changes in interest rates and increased volatility of financial markets. In recent years, we have introduced or reintroduced products, such as RILA or fixed annuities, to better address changes in consumer demand and targeted distribution channels that meet changes in consumer preferences.

Demographics

We expect demographic trends in the U.S. population, in particular the increase in the number of retirement age individuals, to generate significant demand for our products. In addition, the potential risk to government social safety net programs and shifting of responsibility for retirement planning and financial security from employers and other institutions to employees, highlight the need for individuals to plan for their long-term financial security and will create additional opportunities to generate sustained demand for our products. We believe we are well-positioned to capture the increased demand generated by these demographic trends.

Regulatory Policy

We operate in a highly regulated industry. Our insurance company subsidiaries are regulated primarily at the state level, with some policies and products also subject to federal regulation. New federal and state regulations could impact our business model, including regulatory reserve and capital requirements. Our ability to respond to changes in regulation and other legislative activity is critical to our long-term financial performance. The following regulations could materially impact our business:

Department of Labor Fiduciary Advice Rule

In April 2024, the Department of Labor (the "DOL") revised the definition of “fiduciary” and related Prohibited Transaction Exemptions ("PTE") (the “2024 Fiduciary Advice Rule”), redefining what constitutes fiduciary “investment advice” to Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA") plans and individual retirement accounts ("IRAs"). See Part I, Business – Regulation – “Federal Initiatives Impacting Insurance Companies – Department of Labor’s Fiduciary Advice Rule” for more information regarding the 2024 Fiduciary Advice Rule. The 2024 Fiduciary Advice Rule is currently being challenged in two separate litigation matters and the DOL has been stayed from enforcing the rule. In these cases, it does not appear that the government will ultimately oppose the relief sought by the plaintiffs, making it likely that the 2024 Fiduciary Advice rule will be permanently vacated.

While we cannot predict the final rule’s impact, it could have an adverse effect on sales of annuities through our distribution partners and result in increased compliance costs to Jackson.

Legislative Reforms

In recent years, Congress approved legislation beneficial to our business model. The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019 (the "SECURE Act"), approved by Congress on December 20, 2019, provides individuals with greater access to retirement products. Namely, it made it easier for 401(k) programs to offer annuities as an investment option by, among other things, creating a statutory safe harbor in ERISA for a retirement plan’s selection of an annuity provider. On December 29, 2022, Congress signed into law the SECURE 2.0 Act of 2022 (“SECURE 2.0”). SECURE 2.0 expands automatic enrollment programs, increases the age for required minimum distributions, and eliminates age requirements for traditional IRA contributions. These changes are intended to expand and increase Americans’ retirement savings.

Tax Laws

Our annuities offer investors the opportunity to benefit from tax deferrals. If U.S. tax laws change such that our annuities no longer offer tax-deferred advantages, demand for our products could materially decrease.

Changes to individual income tax rates and other elements of tax policy can make the tax deferral aspects of our products more or less attractive to consumers, affecting demand for our products.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to presenting our results of operations and financial condition in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we use and report selected non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures, together with relevant U.S. GAAP financial measures, provides a better understanding of our results of operations, financial condition and the underlying performance drivers of our business. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered supplementary to our results of operations and financial condition that are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Consequently, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as substitutes for the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Adjusted Operating Earnings

Adjusted Operating Earnings is an after-tax non-GAAP financial measure, which we believe should be used to evaluate our financial performance on a consolidated basis by excluding certain items that may be highly variable from period to period due to accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP or that are non-recurring in nature, as well as certain other revenues and expenses that we do not view as driving our underlying performance. Adjusted Operating Earnings should not be used as a substitute for net income as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we believe the adjustments to net income are useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations.

Adjusted Operating Earnings equals our Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc.'s common shareholders (which excludes income attributable to non-controlling interest and dividends on preferred stock) adjusted to eliminate the impact of the items described in the following numbered paragraphs. These items are excluded as they may vary significantly from period to period due to near-term market conditions or are otherwise not directly comparable or reflective of the underlying performance of our business. We believe these exclusions provide investors a better picture of the drivers of our underlying performance.

1.Net Hedging Results: Comprised of: (i) fees attributed to guaranteed benefits; (ii) net gains (losses) on hedging instruments which includes: (a) changes in the fair value of freestanding derivatives, and related commissions and expenses, used to manage the risk associated with market risk benefits and other guaranteed benefit features, excluding earned income from periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals on cross-currency swaps; and (b) investment income and change in fair value of certain non-derivative assets used to manage the risk associated with market risk benefits and other guaranteed benefit features; and (iii) the movements in reserves, market risk benefits, guaranteed benefit features accounted for as embedded derivative instruments, and related claims and benefit payments (excluding impacts of actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements). We believe excluding these items removes the impact to both revenue and related expenses associated with Net Hedging Results.

2.Amortization of DAC Associated with Non-operating Items at Date of Transition to LDTI: Amortization of the balance of unamortized deferred acquisition costs, at January 1, 2021, the date of transition to current Long Duration Targeted Improvements ("LDTI") accounting guidance, associated with items excluded from pretax adjusted operating earnings prior to transition.

3.Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements: The impact on the valuation of MRBs and embedded derivatives arising from our annual actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements review.

4.Net Realized Investment Gains and Losses: Comprised of: (i) realized investment gains and losses associated with the periodic sales or disposals of securities, excluding those held within our trading portfolio; (ii) impairments of securities, after adjustment for the non-credit component of the impairment charges; and (iii) foreign currency gain or loss on foreign denominated funding agreements and associated cross-currency swaps.

5.Change in Value of Funds Withheld Embedded Derivative and Net Investment Income on Funds Withheld Assets: Composed of: (i) the change in fair value of funds withheld embedded derivatives; and (ii) net investment income on funds withheld assets related to funds withheld reinsurance transactions.

6.Other Items: Comprised of: (i) the impact of investments that are consolidated in our financial statements due to U.S. GAAP accounting requirements, such as our investments in collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"), but for which the consolidation effects are not consistent with our economic interest or exposure to those entities; (ii) impacts from derivatives not included in Net Hedging Results or Net Realized Investment Gains or Losses (see 1. and 4. above), excluding earned income from periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals on cross-currency swaps; and (iii) one-time or other non-recurring items.

Operating income taxes are calculated using the prevailing corporate federal income tax rate of 21% while taking into account any items recognized differently in our financial statements and federal income tax returns, including the dividends received deduction and other tax credits. For interim reporting periods, the Company uses an estimated annual effective tax rate (“ETR”) in computing its tax provision including consideration of discrete items.

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted Operating Earnings to net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial common shareholders, the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899
Add: dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Add: income tax expense (benefit) (186) 46 4
Pretax income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc (159) 992 938
Non-operating adjustments (income) loss:
Guaranteed benefits and hedging results:
Fees attributable to guarantee benefit reserves (3,060) (3,122) (3,125)
Net (gains) losses on hedging instruments 1,213 5,856 4,651
Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net 222 (4,243) (4,295)
Net reserve and embedded derivative movements 2,286 1,224 779
Total net hedging results 661 (285) (1,990)
Amortization of DAC associated with non-operating items at date of transition to LDTI 503 541 591
Actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements 360 419 406
Net realized investment (gains) losses 44 11 554
Net realized investment (gains) losses on funds withheld assets 1,304 1,052 1,801
Net investment income on funds withheld assets (855) (1,024) (1,174)
Other items 24 (28) 39
Total non-operating adjustments 2,041 686 227
Pretax adjusted operating earnings 1,882 1,678 1,165
Less: operating income tax expense (benefit) 224 191 57
Adjusted operating earnings before dividends on preferred stock 1,658 1,487 1,108
Less: dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Adjusted operating earnings $ 1,614 $ 1,443 $ 1,073

Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders and Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders

We use Adjusted Operating Return on Equity ("ROE") Attributable to Common Shareholders to manage our business and evaluate our financial performance that: (i) excludes items that vary from period to period due to accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP or that are non-recurring in nature, as such items may distort the underlying performance of our business; and (ii) is calculated by dividing our Adjusted Operating Earnings by average Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders.

Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders excludes Preferred Stock and AOCI attributable to Jackson Financial, which does not include AOCI arising from investments held within the funds withheld account related to the Athene Reinsurance Transaction.

We exclude AOCI attributable to Jackson Financial from Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders because our invested assets are generally invested to closely match the duration of our liabilities, which are longer duration in nature, and therefore we believe period-to-period fair market value fluctuations in AOCI to be inconsistent with this objective. We believe excluding AOCI attributable to Jackson Financial is more useful to investors in analyzing trends in our business because it removes those short-term fluctuations. Changes in AOCI within the funds withheld account related to the Athene Reinsurance Transaction offset the related non-operating earnings from the Athene Reinsurance Transaction resulting in a minimal net impact on Adjusted Book Value of Jackson Financial.

Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders and Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders should not be used as substitutes for total shareholders’ equity and ROE as calculated using annualized net income and average equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we believe the adjustments to equity and earnings are useful to gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations.

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders to total shareholders’ equity and a comparison of Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders to ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders, the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure:

2024 2023
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders (17) $ 902 $ 899
Adjusted Operating Earnings 1,443 1,073
Total shareholders' equity 9,953 $ 9,764 $ 10,170
Less: Preferred stock 533 533
Total common shareholders' equity 9,231 9,637
Adjustments to total common shareholders’ equity:
Exclude AOCI attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. (1) 1,925 1,196
Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders 10,621 $ 11,156 $ 10,833
ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders % 9.4 % 10.3 %
Adjusted Operating ROE Attributable to Common Shareholders on average equity % 12.9 % 10.6 %
(1) Excludes (1,269) million, (1,597) million and (1,612) million related to the investments held within the funds withheld account related to the Athene Reinsurance Transaction as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which are not attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. and are therefore not included as an adjustment to total shareholders’ equity in the reconciliation of Adjusted Book Value Attributable to Common Shareholders to total shareholders’ equity.

All values are in US Dollars.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is Jackson Financial Inc. (Parent Company only) net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less preferred stock dividends and capital contributions to PPM or other subsidiaries, plus the return of capital from subsidiaries. Free cash flow should not be used as a substitute for Jackson Financial’s (Parent Company only) net cash provided by (used in) operating activities calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we believe these adjustments are useful to gaining an understanding of our overall available cash flow at Jackson Financial for return of capital to common shareholders and other corporate initiatives.

2024
Dividends and distributions to parent (1) 1,115 $ 875
Capital contributed to Hickory Re
Jackson Financial expenses and other, net (108)
Free Cash Flow 838 $ 767
(1) Cash distributed to Jackson Financial includes cash dividends and distributions of 1,025 million and interest payments on surplus notes of 90 million to Jackson Financial from its subsidiaries for the year-ended December 31, 2025 and includes cash dividends and distributions of 785 million and interest payments on surplus notes of 90 million to JFI from its subsidiaries for the year-ended December 31, 2024.

All values are in US Dollars.

The following is a reconciliation of Jackson Financial net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (Parent Company only), the most comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to Free Cash Flow:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Jackson Financial, Inc. Net cash provided by operating activities (Parent Company Only) $ 12 $ 51
Adjustments from net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow:
Capital distributions from subsidiaries 1,025 785
Capital contributed to subsidiaries (155) (25)
Dividends on preferred stock (44) (44)
Total adjustments 826 716
Free cash flow $ 838 $ 767
Free Cash Flow Comprised of:
Capital distributions from subsidiaries $ 1,025 $ 785
Interest on surplus note from subsidiary 90 90
Cash distributed to Jackson Financial 1,115 875
Capital contributed to Hickory Re (150)
Parent company expenses (119) (124)
Net investment income and other income 28 24
Other, net (36) (8)
Jackson Financial expenses and other, net (127) (108)
Free cash flow $ 838 $ 767

Consolidated Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, certain data from our Consolidated Income Statements. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes elsewhere in this Form 10-K:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Revenues
Fee income $ 7,983 $ 8,083 $ 7,680
Premiums 149 146 147
Net investment income:
Net investment income excluding funds withheld assets 2,296 1,838 1,680
Net investment income on funds withheld assets 855 1,024 1,174
Total net investment income 3,151 2,862 2,854
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments:
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (3,357) (6,812) (5,864)
Net gains (losses) on funds withheld reinsurance treaties (1,304) (1,052) (1,801)
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (4,661) (7,864) (7,665)
Other income 61 44 67
Total revenues 6,683 3,271 3,083
Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 927 868 965
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net 44 46 102
Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net 605 (3,809) (3,897)
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization 1,221 1,110 1,145
Interest expense 100 101 109
Operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals 2,797 2,825 2,549
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 1,103 1,108 1,152
Total benefits and expenses 6,797 2,249 2,125
Pretax income (loss) (114) 1,022 958
Income tax expense (benefit) (186) 46 4
Net income (loss) 72 976 954
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 45 30 20
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. 27 946 934
Less: Dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899

Year Ended December 31, 2025 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Pretax Income (Loss)

Our pretax income (loss) decreased by $1,136 million to a pretax loss of $(114) million for the year ended December 31, 2025, from pretax income of $1,022 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to:

•$4,414 million unfavorable movements in market risk benefits (gains) losses, net, primarily due to less favorable movements in interest rates and unfavorable movements in equity volatility in 2025, compared to the prior year;

•$111 million increase in interest credited on contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization, primarily due to higher average institutional account balances in 2025 and increased retail new business, compared to the prior year;

•$100 million decrease in fee income primarily due to decreases in benefit-based guarantee fee income during 2025, and decreases in variable fee income driven by market volatility in the first half of 2025, which was partially offset by increase in separate account values in the second half of the year;

•$57 million increase in death, other policy benefits, and change in policy reserves, net of (gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, primarily due to changes in mortality and higher other policyholder benefits, partially offset by the impact of actuarial assumption updates. See "Policy and Contract Liabilities" below for further information regarding our actuarial assumption updates.

These movements were partially offset by:

•$3,203 million improvement in total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments as discussed below:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 Variance
(in millions)
Net gains (losses) excluding derivatives and funds withheld assets $ (116) $ (11) $ (105)
Net gains (losses) on freestanding derivatives (1,184) (5,817) 4,633
Net gains (losses) on embedded derivatives (excluding funds withheld reinsurance) (2,057) (984) (1,073)
Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments (3,241) (6,801) 3,560
Net gains (losses) on funds withheld reinsurance (1,304) (1,052) (252)
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments $ (4,661) $ (7,864) $ 3,203

•Volumes of freestanding derivatives can vary significantly period over period and movements in those derivatives are subject to interest rate or market movements. The movements in interest rate hedges during 2025 were primarily driven by a decrease in interest rates in the current year compared to an increase in interest rates in the prior year. The movements in equity hedges during 2025 were primarily driven by smaller increases in equity markets in the current year compared to larger increases in equity markets during 2024; and

•Embedded derivative movements were unfavorable largely due to equity market increase impacts on our growing RILA block during 2025, compared to the prior year.

•$289 million increase in net investment income as a result of higher income on bonds, lower expenses, and higher income on limited partnerships, which are recorded on a one quarter lag, partially offset by lower income on funds withheld assets during 2025; and

•$28 million decrease in operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals, primarily due to lower incentive and deferred compensation expenses during 2025, partially offset by higher other commissions expenses, net of deferrals, driven by higher retail sales, compared to prior year.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) decreased $232 million to a benefit of $186 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, from an expense of $46 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.

The provision for income tax in the current period led to an effective tax rate ("ETR") of 117% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to an ETR of 5% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The year-over-year change in the ETR was due to the relationship of the taxable income to the consolidated pre-tax income (loss), the valuation allowance expense in the current year compared to a prior year benefit, and the interest benefit on IRS refund claims. The ETR differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the dividends received deduction, utilization of foreign tax credits, valuation allowance and the interest benefit on IRS refund claims.

Segment Results of Operations

We manage our business through three reportable segments: Retail Annuities, Institutional Products, and Closed Life and Annuity Blocks. We report certain activities and items that are not included in these segments, including the results of PPM Holdings, Inc., the holding company of PPM, within Corporate and Other. The following tables and discussion represent an overall view of our results of operations for each segment.

Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings by Segment

The following table summarizes pretax adjusted operating earnings (non-GAAP) from the Company's business segment operations and also provides a reconciliation of the segment measure to net income on a consolidated U.S. GAAP basis. As part of the Company’s asset liability management program, management monitors the allocation of invested assets supporting the Company’s contractual liabilities. During the first quarter of 2025, that monitoring resulted in the reallocation of certain invested assets across reportable segments and Corporate and Other. The results of this reallocation are reflected in reported net investment income starting the second quarter of 2025. The impact of the reallocation was not material to the prior period financial results and prior period financial figures were not recast to reflect the reallocated basis. Also, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 3 - Segment Information of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the calculation of pretax adjusted operating earnings:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings by Segment:
Retail Annuities $ 1,863 $ 1,855 $ 1,364
Institutional Products 92 96 69
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 70 (9) (95)
Corporate and Other (143) (264) (173)
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings 1,882 1,678 1,165
Pre-tax reconciling items from adjusted operating income to net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc.:
Guaranteed benefits and hedging results:
Fees attributable to guarantee benefit reserves 3,060 3,122 3,125
Net gains (losses) on hedging instruments (1,213) (5,856) (4,651)
Market risk benefits gains (losses), net (222) 4,243 4,295
Net reserve and embedded derivative movements (2,286) (1,224) (779)
Total net hedging results (661) 285 1,990
Amortization of DAC associated with non-operating items at date of transition to LDTI (503) (541) (591)
Actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements (360) (419) (406)
Net realized investment gains (losses) (44) (11) (554)
Net realized investment gains (losses) on funds withheld assets (1,304) (1,052) (1,801)
Net investment income on funds withheld assets 855 1,024 1,174
Other items (24) 28 (39)
Total pre-tax reconciling items (2,041) (686) (227)
Pretax income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. (159) 992 938
Income tax expense (benefit) (186) 46 4
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. 27 946 934
Less: Dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899

Retail Annuities

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, certain data underlying the pretax adjusted operating earnings results for our Retail Annuities segment. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Retail Annuities:
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 4,448 $ 4,460 $ 4,036
Premiums 67 52 21
Net investment income 935 725 436
Other income 28 32 37
Total Operating Revenues 5,478 5,269 4,530
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 111 67 43
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net (20) (54) (4)
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization 420 362 374
Interest expense 22 23 24
Asset-based commission expenses 1,153 1,137 1,022
Other commission expenses 1,111 891 691
Sub-advisor expenses 316 334 318
General and administrative expenses 786 788 677
Deferral of acquisition costs (876) (693) (530)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 592 559 551
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 3,615 3,414 3,166
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 1,863 $ 1,855 $ 1,364

The following table summarizes a roll-forward of activity affecting account value for our Retail Annuities segment for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Retail Annuities Account Value:
Balance as of beginning of period $ 251,665 $ 235,465 $ 209,967
Premiums and deposits (1) 19,849 17,994 13,015
Surrenders, withdrawals, and benefits (1) (30,688) (29,738) (19,353)
Net flows (10,839) (11,744) (6,338)
Investment performance 28,278 29,532 33,807
Change in value of equity option 2,035 985 509
Interest credited 420 362 372
Policy charges and other (2,976) (2,935) (2,852)
Balance as of end of period, net of ceded reinsurance 268,583 251,665 235,465
Ceded reinsurance 12,750 15,051 18,370
Balance as of end of period, gross of reinsurance $ 281,333 $ 266,716 $ 253,835

(1) Excludes certain internal exchanges.

Year Ended December 31, 2025 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings

Pretax adjusted operating earnings increased $8 million to $1,863 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $1,855 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to:

•$152 million increase in spread income primarily due to $210 million higher net investment income, partially offset by $58 million higher interest credited on contract holder funds. The increase in investment income was driven by higher debt securities income primarily due to higher invested asset balances. Increased interest credited on contract holder funds was primarily due to increased retail new business, compared to the prior year.

These movements were mostly offset by:

•$78 million increase in death, other policy benefits, and change in policy reserves, net of (gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, primarily due to higher other policyholder benefits and the impact of actuarial assumption updates. See "Policy and Contract Liabilities" below for further information regarding our actuarial assumption updates;

•$33 million increase in commissions and general expenses, net of deferrals, reflecting higher other commissions expenses, net of deferrals, of $37 million during 2025, driven by higher retail sales compared to prior year; and

•$12 million decrease in fee income driven by market volatility in the first half of 2025 which resulted in lower fee income compared to the prior year. Separate account values increased in the second half of 2025, which partially offset this impact.

Account Value

Retail annuities account value, net of reinsurance, increased $16.9 billion over the prior year primarily due to positive variable annuity separate account returns driven by favorable market performance in 2025, as well as positive RILA and fixed index annuity net flows over the period.

Institutional Products

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, certain data underlying the pretax adjusted operating earnings results for our Institutional Products segment. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Institutional Products:
Operating Revenues
Net investment income $ 535 $ 438 $ 408
Total Operating Revenues 535 438 408
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization 438 338 334
General and administrative expenses 5 4 5
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 443 342 339
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 92 $ 96 $ 69

The following table summarizes a roll-forward of activity affecting account value for our Institutional Products segment for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Institutional Products:
Balance as of beginning of period $ 8,384 $ 8,406 $ 9,019
Premiums and deposits 3,532 2,000 1,065
Surrenders, withdrawals, and benefits (2,021) (2,270) (2,050)
Net flows 1,511 (270) (985)
Interest credited 438 338 334
Policy charges and other (1) 688 (90) 38
Balance as of end of period $ 11,021 $ 8,384 $ 8,406

(1) Includes net deposit and withdrawal activity for FABCP funding agreements, which are generally short-term in nature. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere in this Form 10-K for information regarding FABCP funding agreements.

Year Ended December 31, 2025 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings

Pretax adjusted operating earnings decreased $4 million to $92 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $96 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, reflecting a $3 million decrease in spread income primarily due to a $100 million increase in interest credited on contract holder funds, due to increased account values, partially offset by a $97 million increase in investment income, due to higher invested asset balances.

Account Value

Institutional product account value increased from $8,384 million at December 31, 2024 to $11,021 million at December 31, 2025. The increase in account value was primarily driven by an increased amount of FABN funding agreements and FABCP funding agreements in 2025. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding FABN and FABCP funding agreements.

Closed Life and Annuity Blocks

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, certain data underlying the pretax adjusted operating earnings results for our Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks:
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 422 $ 443 $ 457
Premiums 91 103 136
Net investment income 724 659 644
Other income 23 31 25
Total Operating Revenues 1,260 1,236 1,262
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 610 573 641
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net 64 104 106
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization 363 410 437
Other commission expenses 33 37 29
General and administrative expenses 112 106 115
Deferral of acquisition costs 7 19
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 8 8 10
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 1,190 1,245 1,357
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 70 $ (9) $ (95)

Year Ended December 31, 2025 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings

Pretax adjusted operating earnings increased $79 million to $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $(9) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily due to:

•$112 million increase in spread income due to a $65 million increase in net investment income, and a $47 million decrease in interest credited on contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization, resulting from the continued run off of the closed block of business; and

•$3 million decrease in death, other policy benefits, and change in policy reserves, net of (gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, primarily due to the impact of actuarial assumption updates and lower other policyholder benefits, mostly offset by changes in mortality. See “Policy and Contract Liabilities” below for further information regarding our actuarial assumption updates.

These movements were partially offset by:

•$21 million decrease in fee income resulting from the continued run off of the closed block of business.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other includes the operations of PPM Holdings, Inc., the parent holding company of PPM, and unallocated corporate revenue and expenses, as well as certain eliminations and consolidation adjustments. The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, certain data underlying the pretax adjusted operating earnings results for Corporate and Other. The information contained in the table below should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Corporate and Other:
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 44 $ 49 $ 52
Net investment income 38 (2) 58
Other income 10 (19) 5
Total Operating Revenues 92 28 115
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Interest expense 78 78 85
Sub-advisor expenses (7) (8) (7)
General and administrative expenses 164 222 210
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 235 292 288
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ (143) $ (264) $ (173)

Year Ended December 31, 2025 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024

Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings

Pretax adjusted operating earnings increased $121 million to $(143) million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $(264) million for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily driven by a $58 million decrease in general and administrative expenses, due to lower incentive and deferred compensation expenses, a $29 million increase in other income primarily due to a one-time reinsurance related adjustment in 2024, and a $40 million increase in net investment income.

Investments

Our investment portfolio primarily consists of fixed-income securities and loans, publicly-traded corporate and government bonds, private securities and loans, asset-backed securities and mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities include mortgage-backed and other structured securities. The fair value of these and our other invested assets fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment and is affected by other economic factors.

Investment Strategy

Our overall investment strategy seeks to maintain a diversified and largely investment grade fixed income portfolio that is capital efficient, achieves risk-adjusted returns that support competitive pricing for our products, generates profitable growth of our business and maintains adequate liquidity to support our obligations. We utilize repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions as a part of our overall portfolio management program to assist with collateral requirements associated with our hedging program and other liquidity needs of our insurance subsidiaries.

Our investment program seeks to generate a competitive rate of return on our invested assets to support the profitable growth of our business, while maintaining investment portfolio allocations within the Company’s risk tolerance. This means maximizing risk-adjusted return within the context of a largely fixed income portfolio while also managing exposure to downside risk in a stressed environment, regulatory and rating agency capital models, overall portfolio yield, diversification and correlation with other investments and company exposures.

The investments within our investment portfolio are primarily managed by PPM, our wholly-owned registered investment advisor. Our investment strategy benefits from PPM’s ability to originate investments directly, as well as participate in transactions originated by banks, investment banks, commercial finance companies and other intermediaries. Certain investments held in funds withheld accounts for reinsurance transactions are managed by Apollo Insurance Solutions Group LP ("Apollo"), an Athene affiliate. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 8 - Reinsurance of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. We use other third-party investment managers for certain niche asset classes. As of December 31, 2025, Apollo managed $11.6 billion of cash and investments and other third-party investment managers managed approximately $312 million of investments.

Our Investment Committee has specified a target strategic asset allocation (“SAA”) that is designed to deliver the highest expected return within a defined risk tolerance while meeting other important objectives such as those mentioned in the second preceding paragraph. The fixed income portion of the SAA is assessed relative to a customized index of public corporate bonds that represents a close approximation of the maturity profile of our liabilities and a credit quality mix that is consistent with our risk tolerance. PPM’s objective is to outperform this index on a number of measures including portfolio yield, total return and capital loss due to downgrades and defaults. While PPM has access to a broad universe of potential investments, we believe grounding the investment program with a customized public corporate index that can be easily tracked and monitored helps guide PPM in meeting the risk and return expectations and assists with performance evaluation

Recognizing the trade-offs between the level of risk, required capital, liquidity and investment return, the largest allocation within our investment portfolio is to investment grade fixed income securities. As previously mentioned, our investment manager accesses a broad universe of potential investments to construct the investment portfolio and considers the benefits of diversification across various sectors, collateral types and asset classes. To this end, our SAA and investment portfolio includes allocations to public and private corporate bonds (both investment grade and high yield), mortgage loans, structured securities, private equity and U.S. Treasury securities. These U.S. Treasury securities, while lower yielding than other alternatives, provide a higher level of liquidity and play a role in managing our interest rate exposure.

Portfolio Composition

The following table summarizes the carrying values of our investments:

December 31,
2025 2024
Investments excluding Funds Withheld Funds Withheld Total Investments excluding Funds Withheld Funds Withheld Total
(in millions)
Debt Securities, available-for-sale, net of allowance for credit losses $ 39,374 $ 7,947 $ 47,321 $ 31,231 $ 9,058 $ 40,289
Debt Securities, at fair value under fair value option 3,464 6 3,470 2,930 116 3,046
Equity securities, at fair value 84 88 172 72 125 197
Mortgage loans, net of allowance for credit losses 7,785 2,102 9,887 6,851 2,611 9,462
Mortgage loans, at fair value under fair value option 324 324 449 449
Policy loans 878 3,548 4,426 902 3,501 4,403
Freestanding derivative instruments 452 (4) 448 252 45 297
Other invested assets 2,473 712 3,185 2,087 777 2,864
Total investments $ 54,510 $ 14,723 $ 69,233 $ 44,325 $ 16,682 $ 61,007

Available-for-sale debt securities increased to $47,321 million at December 31, 2025 from $40,289 million at the end of 2024. The amortized cost of debt securities, available-for-sale, increased to $50,491 million at December 31, 2025 from $45,007 million as of December 31, 2024. Further, net unrealized losses, after adjusting for allowance for credit loss, were $3,159 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $4,679 million as of December 31, 2024.

Other Invested Assets

Other invested assets increased to $3,185 million at December 31, 2025 from $2,864 million at December 31, 2024.

Debt Securities

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the amortized cost, allowance for credit loss, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of debt securities, including trading securities and securities carried at fair value under the fair value option, were as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2025 Amortized <br>Cost Allowance for Credit Loss Gross<br>Unrealized<br>Gains Gross Unrealized <br>Losses Fair<br>Value
U.S. government securities $ 3,854 $ $ 2 $ 851 $ 3,005
Other government securities 1,254 4 193 1,065
Corporate securities
Utilities 6,529 75 458 6,146
Energy 3,678 51 211 3,518
Banking 3,230 62 97 3,195
Healthcare 3,685 37 313 3,409
Finance/Insurance 5,816 83 300 5,599
Technology/Telecom 2,798 20 182 2,636
Consumer goods 2,753 40 267 2,526
Industrial 1,828 26 79 1,775
Capital goods 1,853 25 98 1,780
Real estate 1,869 21 79 1,811
Media 1,021 7 100 928
Transportation 1,559 16 125 1,450
Retail 1,328 10 116 1,222
Other (1) 3,097 45 75 3,067
Total Corporate Securities 41,044 518 2,500 39,062
Residential mortgage-backed 445 4 24 23 442
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,873 10 54 1,829
Other asset-backed securities 5,491 7 34 130 5,388
Total Debt Securities $ 53,961 $ 11 $ 592 $ 3,751 $ 50,791
(1) No single remaining industry exceeds 3% of the portfolio.
December 31, 2024 Amortized <br>Cost Allowance for Credit Loss Gross<br>Unrealized<br>Gains Gross Unrealized <br>Losses Fair<br>Value
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
U.S. government securities $ 4,120 $ $ 1 $ 962 $ 3,159
Other government securities 1,345 1 252 1,094
Corporate securities
Utilities 5,716 29 589 5,156
Energy 3,119 16 291 2,844
Banking 2,612 19 137 2,494
Healthcare 3,428 10 393 3,045
Finance/Insurance 5,069 8 29 418 4,672
Technology/Telecom 2,313 5 220 2,098
Consumer goods 2,414 13 327 2,100
Industrial 1,733 10 114 1,629
Capital goods 1,922 8 137 1,793
Real estate 1,634 6 132 1,508
Media 1,005 3 121 887
Transportation 1,522 4 178 1,348
Retail 1,357 4 147 1,214
Other (1) 2,453 10 117 2,346
Total Corporate Securities 36,297 8 166 3,321 33,134
Residential mortgage-backed 374 6 14 44 338
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,674 3 100 1,577
Other asset-backed securities 4,243 25 11 196 4,033
Total Debt Securities $ 48,053 $ 39 $ 196 $ 4,875 $ 43,335
(1) No single remaining industry exceeds 3% of the portfolio.

Evaluation of Available-For-Sale Debt Securities for Credit Loss

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data -- Note 4 - Investments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about how we evaluate our available-for-sale debt securities for credit loss.

Equity Securities

Equity securities consist of investments in common and preferred stock and mutual fund investments. Common and preferred stock investments generally arise out of previous private equity investments or other settlements rather than as direct investments. Mutual fund investments typically represent investments made in our own mutual funds to seed those structures for external issuance at a later date. The following table summarizes our holdings:

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Common Stock $ 7 $ 18
Preferred Stock 135 151
Mutual Funds 30 28
Total $ 172 $ 197

Mortgage Loans

At December 31, 2025, commercial mortgage loans were collateralized by properties located in 34 states, the District of Columbia, and Europe. Residential mortgage loans were collateralized by properties located in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Mexico, and Europe.

The table below presents the carrying value, net of allowance for credit loss, of our mortgage loans by property type:

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Commercial:
Apartment $ 2,866 $ 2,450
Hotel 789 835
Office 1,171 1,317
Retail 1,664 1,685
Warehouse 2,217 2,134
Other 367 521
Total Commercial 9,074 8,942
Residential 1,270 1,090
Total 10,344 10,032
ACL (1) (133) (121)
Total with ACL $ 10,211 $ 9,911

(1)    At December 31, 2025 and 2024 allowance for credit losses included $117 million and $116 million, respectively, for commercial loans and $16 million and $5 million, respectively, for residential loans.

The table below presents the carrying value, net of allowance for credit loss, of our mortgage loans by region:

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
United States:
East North Central 1,075 1,015
East South Central 289 347
Middle Atlantic 1,250 1,408
Mountain 764 474
New England 211 275
Pacific 2,235 2,260
South Atlantic 2,165 2,131
West North Central 720 617
West South Central 1,292 1,035
Total United States 10,001 9,562
Foreign 210 349
Total 10,211 9,911

The following table provides information about the credit quality of our mortgage loans:

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Commercial mortgage loans
Loan to value ratios:
Less than 70% $ 7,276 $ 7,304
70% - 80% 1,287 1,074
80% - 100% 246 338
Greater than 100% 148 110
Total 8,957 8,826
Residential mortgage loans
Performing 1,190 987
Nonperforming (1) 64 98
Total 1,254 1,085
Total mortgage loans $ 10,211 $ 9,911

(1) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, includes $19 million and $24 million, respectively, of loans 30-89 days past due and $16 million and $24 million, respectively, of loans 90 days or greater past due and supported with insurance or other guarantees provided by various governmental programs.

The following table provides a summary of the allowance for credit losses related to our mortgage loans:

December 31,
2025 2024
(in millions)
Balance at beginning of period $ 121 $ 165
Charge offs, net of recoveries (1) (14) (3)
Reductions for mortgages disposed (2)
Provision (release) (1) 28 (41)
Balance at end of period $ 133 $ 121

(1) At December 31, 2025, the $12 million net increase in allowance for credit losses is due to the change in expected credit losses, primarily in the residential mortgage sector. At December 31, 2024, the $(44) million net decrease in allowance for credit losses is due to the change in expected credit losses, primarily in the office sector.

The Company’s mortgage loans that are current and in good standing are accruing interest. Interest is not accrued on loans greater than 90 days delinquent or in process of foreclosure, when deemed uncollectible. Delinquency status is determined from the date of the first missed contractual payment. Accrued interest amounting to $3 million and $1 million were written off as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, relating to loans that were greater than 90 days delinquent or in the process of foreclosure.

The following table provides information about our impaired residential mortgage loans (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Recorded investment (1) $ 38 $ 29
Unpaid principal balance 45 33
Related loan allowance 1 1
Average recorded investment 29 30
Investment income recognized 1 1

(1) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, includes $4 million and $2 million, respectively, of loans in process of foreclosure, all of which are loans supported with insurance or other guarantees provided by various governmental programs.

Derivative Instruments

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 5 – Derivative Instruments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which presents the aggregate contractual or notional amounts and the fair values of our freestanding and embedded derivatives instruments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Evaluation of Invested Assets

We perform regular evaluations of our invested assets. On a monthly basis, management identifies those investments that may require additional monitoring and carefully reviews the carrying value of such investments to determine whether specific investments should be placed on a non-accrual status and if an allowance for credit loss is required. In making these reviews, management principally considers the adequacy of any collateral, compliance with contractual covenants, the borrower’s recent financial performance, news reports and other externally generated information concerning the borrower’s affairs. In the case of publicly traded bonds, management also considers market value quotations, where available. For mortgage loans, management generally considers information concerning the mortgaged property, including factors impacting the current and expected payment status of the loan and, if available, the current fair value of the underlying collateral. For investments in partnerships, management reviews the financial statements and other information provided by the general partners.

To determine an allowance for credit loss, we consider a security’s forecasted cash flows as well as the severity of depressed fair values. Investment income is not accrued on securities in default and otherwise where the collection is uncertain. Subsequent receipts of interest on such securities are generally used to reduce the cost basis of the securities. The provisions for impairment on mortgage loans are based on losses expected by management to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to real estate, on the disposition and settlement of mortgage loans and on mortgage loans that management believes may not be collectible in full. Accrual of interest on mortgage loans is generally suspended when principal or interest payments on mortgage loans are past due more than 90 days. Interest is then accounted for on a cash basis.

Policy and Contract Liabilities

We establish, and carry as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are estimated as necessary to meet policy obligations or to provide for future annuity payments. Amounts for actuarial liabilities are computed and reported on the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. For more details on Policyholder Liabilities, see “Critical Accounting Estimates" below.

Our policy and contract liabilities include separate account liabilities, reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable and other contract holder funds. As of December 31, 2025, 90% of our policy and contract liabilities were in our Retail Annuities segment, 4% were in our Institutional Products segment and 6% were in our Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment.

The table below represents a breakdown of our policy and contract liabilities:

December 31, 2025 Separate Accounts Reserves for future policy benefits Other contract holder funds Market Risk Benefits Total
(in millions)
Variable Annuities $ 236,406 $ $ 6,351 $ (4,265) $ 238,492
RILA1 20,282 17 20,299
Fixed Annuities 9,494 2 9,496
Fixed Index Annuities2 7,946 127 8,073
Payout Annuities 1,169 854 2,023
Other Annuities
Total Retail Annuities 236,406 1,169 44,927 (4,119) 278,383
Total Institutional Products 11,021 11,021
Total Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 90 8,422 11,551 6 20,069
Total Policy and Contract Liabilities 236,496 9,591 67,499 (4,113) 309,473
Claims payable and other 1,305 164 1,469
Total $ 236,496 $ 10,896 $ 67,663 $ (4,113) $ 310,942 December 31, 2024 Separate Accounts Reserves for future policy benefits Other contract holder funds Market Risk Benefits Total
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
(in millions)
Variable Annuities $ 228,851 $ $ 7,206 $ (5,176) $ 230,881
RILA1 11,685 6 11,691
Fixed Annuities 9,615 1 9,616
Fixed Index Annuities2 8,515 37 8,552
Payout Annuities 1,095 844 1,939
Other Annuities 208 208
Total Retail Annuities 229,059 1,095 37,865 (5,132) 262,887
Total Institutional Products 8,384 8,384
Total Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 84 8,599 11,899 7 20,589
Total Policy and Contract Liabilities 229,143 9,694 58,148 (5,125) 291,860
Claims payable and other 1,378 164 1,542
Total $ 229,143 $ 11,072 $ 58,312 $ (5,125) $ 293,402

(1) Includes the embedded derivative liabilities in other contract holder funds related to RILA of $6,043 million and $3,065 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(2) Includes the embedded derivative liabilities related to fixed index annuity in other contract holder funds of $863 million and $877 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025:

•$236.5 billion or 76% of our policy and contract liabilities were backed by separate account assets. These separate account assets backed reserves primarily related to our variable annuities. Separate account liabilities are fully funded by cash flows from the customer’s corresponding separate account assets and are set equal to the fair value of such invested assets.

•$60.0 billion of our policy and contract liabilities were backed by our investment portfolio.

•$13.0 billion of our policy and contract liabilities were reinsured by Athene and backed by funds withheld assets.

As of December 31, 2025, 92% of fixed annuity, fixed-index annuity, and the fixed accounts of RILA and variable annuity correspond to crediting rates that are at the guaranteed minimum crediting rate. We have the discretion, subject to contractual limitations and minimums, to reset the crediting terms on the majority of our fixed annuities and fixed index annuities.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 9 - Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable, Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds, Note 11 - Separate Account Assets and Liabilities, and Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on accounting policies around Reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable, Other contract holder funds, Separate account assets and liabilities and MRBs.

Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements

The following tables reflect the impacts from our annual assumption review to pretax income (loss), pre-tax non-operating

adjustments and Pre-Tax Adjusted Operating Earnings for the periods presented:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Assumption Review Impact:
Total assumption review impact on pretax (loss) income $ (342) $ (445) $ (466)
Less: total assumption review impact on pretax non-operating (360) (419) (406)
Total assumption review impact on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 18 $ (26) $ (60)
Assumption Review Impact on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings by Segment:
Retail Annuities $ 16 $ 42 $
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 2 (68) (60)
Total assumption review impact on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 18 $ (26) $ (60)

2025 Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements

The impact of assumption updates on Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings was a gain of $18 million. A gain of $16 million from the Retail Annuities segment was mainly driven by favorable mortality experience on payout annuities on the reserves for future policyholder benefits as well as other contract holder funds. $2 million of this gain was attributed to the Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment related to mortality and lapse assumptions.

The impact on pretax non-operating earnings was a loss of $360 million attributed to the Retail Annuities segment. This loss was due to changes on variable annuity MRB reserves of $374 million, which was primarily related to updated policyholder behavior assumptions such as lapse and partially offset by updated mortality assumptions and model enhancements. This was partially offset by a gain of $14 million on fixed index annuities and RILA MRB and embedded derivative reserves, primarily driven by changes to RILA policyholder behavior. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data -- Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the notable assumption updates included in the MRB calculation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of operating, investing and financing activities. Capital refers to our long-term financial resources available to support the business operations and contribute to future growth. Our ability to generate and maintain sufficient liquidity and capital depends on the profitability of the businesses, timing of cash flows on investments and products, general economic conditions and access to the capital markets and alternate sources of liquidity and capital described herein.

The discussion below describes our liquidity and capital resources for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 5,758 $ 5,793 $ 5,310
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (7,756) (7,090) (592)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 3,935 2,373 (6,328)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 1,937 1,076 (1,610)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 3,767 2,691 4,301
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $ 5,704 $ 3,767 $ 2,691

Cash flows from Operating Activities

The principal operating cash inflows from our insurance activities come from insurance premiums, fees charged on our products and net investment income. The principal operating cash outflows are the result of the payment of annuity and life insurance benefits, operating expenses and income tax, as well as interest expense. The primary liquidity concern with respect to these cash flows is the risk of earlier than expected contract holder and policyholder benefit payments.

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities decreased $35 million to $5,758 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 from $5,793 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. This was primarily due to the timing of settlements of receivables and payables.

Cash flows from Investing Activities

The principal cash inflows from our investment activities come from repayments of principal, proceeds from maturities and sales of investments, as well as settlements of freestanding derivatives. The principal cash outflows relate to purchases of investments and settlements of freestanding derivatives. It is not unusual to have a net cash outflow from investing activities because cash inflows from insurance operations are typically reinvested to fund insurance liabilities. We closely monitor and manage these risks through our comprehensive investment risk management process. The primary liquidity concerns with respect to these cash flows are the risk of default by debtors or market disruptions that might impact the timing of investment related cash flows as well as derivative collateral needs, which could result in material liquidity needs for our insurance subsidiaries.

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities changed by $666 million to $(7,756) million during the year ended December 31, 2025 from $(7,090) million during the year ended December 31, 2024. This change was primarily driven by increased net purchases of debt securities and mortgage loans, primarily driven by increased institutional and retail sales in 2025, partially offset by lower outflows related to our hedging program, compared to the prior year.

Cash flows from Financing Activities

The principal cash inflows from our financing activities come from deposits of funds associated with policyholder account balances, issuance of securities and lending of securities. The principal cash outflows come from withdrawals associated with policyholder account balances, repayment of debt, and the return of securities on loan. The primary liquidity concerns with respect to these cash flows are market disruption and the risk of early policyholder withdrawal.

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities increased $1,562 million to $3,935 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 from $2,373 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher deposits from increased institutional and RILA sales in 2025, partially offset by repayments on repurchase agreements and federal home loan bank notes during 2025.

Statutory Capital

Our insurance company subsidiaries have statutory surplus above the level needed to meet current regulatory requirements. RBC requirements are used as minimum capital requirements by the NAIC and the state insurance departments to identify companies that merit regulatory action. RBC is based on a formula that incorporates both factor-based components (applied to various asset, premium, and statutory reserve items) and model-based components. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk, and is calculated on an annual basis. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not to rank insurers generally. As of December 31, 2025, our insurance companies were well in excess of the minimum required capital levels.

With the execution of the Brooke Re transaction in the first quarter of 2024, we are now able to largely moderate the impact of the cash surrender value floor going forward. In the past, our statutory TAC (total adjusted capital) may have been negatively impacted by minimum required reserving levels (i.e., cash surrender value floor) when reserve releases were limited and unable to offset losses from our hedging program.

Jackson had an RBC ratio of 567%, 572% and 624% as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The decrease in Jackson’s RBC ratio as of December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 was primarily due to an increase in asset risk driven by RILA separate account growth and increased business risk, partially offset by decreased collateral and capital generation.

Holding Company Liquidity

As a holding company with no business operations of its own, Jackson Financial primarily derives cash flows from dividends and interest payments from its insurance subsidiaries. These principal sources of liquidity are expected to be supplemented by cash and short-term investments held by Jackson Financial, and access to bank lines of credit and the capital markets. We intend to maintain a minimum amount of cash and highly liquid securities at Jackson Financial adequate to fund two years of holding company fixed net expenses, which is currently targeted at $250 million but may change over time as we refinance existing debt or make changes to our debt and capital structure.

The main uses of liquidity for Jackson Financial are interest payments and debt repayment, holding company operating expenses, payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders, which may include stock repurchases, and capital contributions, if needed, to our insurance company subsidiaries. See “Recent Events of Note” above in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Insurance Company Subsidiaries’ Liquidity

The liquidity sources for our insurance company subsidiaries include their cash, short-term investments, sales of publicly-traded bonds, insurance premiums, fees charged on their products, sales of annuities and institutional products, investment income, commercial repurchase agreements and utilization of borrowing facilities, including a short-term borrowing facility with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis ("FHLBI").

The liquidity requirements for our insurance company subsidiaries include:

•liabilities associated with their insurance and reinsurance activities. Liabilities arising from insurance and reinsurance activities include the payment of policyholder benefits when due, cash payments in connection with policy surrenders and withdrawals and policy loans;

•purchases of new investments;

•management of derivative-related margin requirements. The derivative contracts are an integral part of our risk management program, especially for the management of our variable annuities program, and are managed in accordance with our hedging and risk management program. Our cash flows associated with collateral received from counterparties and posted with counterparties fluctuates with changes in the market value of the underlying derivative contract and/or the market value of the collateral. The net collateral position depends on changes in interest rates and equity markets related to the amount of the exposures hedged. As of December 31, 2025, we were in a net collateral payable position of $58 million, compared to $150 million as of December 31, 2024;

•repayment of principal and interest on debt, and payments of interest on surplus notes. As of December 31, 2025, Jackson’s outstanding surplus notes and bank debt included $47 million of bank loans from the FHLBI, collateralized by mortgage-related securities and mortgage loans, and $250 million of surplus notes maturing in 2027; and

•funding of expenses including payment of commissions, operating expenses and taxes.

Significant increases in interest rates could create sudden increases in surrender and withdrawal requests by customers and contract holders and result in increased liquidity requirements at our insurance company subsidiaries. Significant increases in interest rates or equity markets may also result in higher margin and collateral requirements on our derivative portfolio.

Other factors not directly related to interest rates can also give rise to an increase in liquidity requirements including, changes in ratings from rating agencies, general policyholder concerns relating to the life insurance industry (e.g., the unexpected default of a large, unrelated life insurer) and competition from other products, including non-insurance products such as mutual funds, certificates of deposit and newly developed investment products. Most of the life insurance and annuity products Jackson offers permit the policyholder or contract holder to withdraw or borrow funds or surrender cash values. As of December 31, 2025, 100% of our RILA policy and contract liabilities were subject to surrender charges of at least 5% or at market value in the event of discretionary withdrawal by customers. Further, more than half of Jackson’s general account reserves are not surrenderable, included surrender charges greater than 5%, or included market value adjustments to discourage early withdrawal of policy and contract funds as of December 31, 2025.

Jackson uses a variety of asset liability management techniques to provide for the orderly provision of cash flow from investments and other sources as policies and contracts mature in accordance with their normal terms. Jackson’s principal sources of liquidity to meet unexpected cash outflows associated with sudden and severe increases in surrenders and withdrawals or benefit payments are its portfolio of liquid assets and its net operating cash flows. As of December 31, 2025, the portfolio of cash, short-term investments and privately and publicly traded securities and equities that are unencumbered and unrestricted to sale, amounted to $36.8 billion.

Distributions and Dividends

• Holding Company

Any declaration of cash dividends or stock repurchases by JFI are at the discretion of JFI’s Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, preferred stock and other contractual restrictions with respect to paying cash dividends or repurchasing stock, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that JFI’s Board of Directors deems relevant in making any such determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our stock or approve any further increase in the existing, or any new, common stock repurchase program, or any assurance as to the amount of any such cash dividends or stock repurchases.

Under Delaware law, dividends may be paid, or stock may be repurchased, out of “surplus,” or out of the current or the immediately preceding year's earnings. Surplus is defined as the fair market value of net assets minus stated capital. JFI is a holding company and has no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Any dividends we pay, or stock repurchases we make, will depend upon the funds legally available for distribution, including dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries to us. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent companies. See “Distributions and Dividends - Insurance Company Subsidiaries” below for a discussion of those restrictions. Such restrictions, or any future restrictions adopted by the states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable by our subsidiaries without affirmative approval of state regulatory authorities. See “Risk Factors—Risks relating to Financing and Liquidity - As a holding company, Jackson Financial depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to meet its obligations and liquidity needs, including servicing debt, dividend payments and stock repurchases.”

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we paid a cash dividend of $0.50 per depositary share and $0.80 per common share on JFI's preferred and common stock totaling $44 million and $228 million, respectively. On February 16, 2026, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend for the first quarter on JFI's common stock of $0.90 per share, payable on March 26, 2026, to common shareholders of record on March 16, 2026. The Company also announced the declaration of a cash dividend of $0.50 per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-Rate Reset Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The dividend will be payable on March 30, 2026, to depositary shareholders of record at the close of business on March 16, 2026.

On February 11, 2026, Jackson and TPG completed the transaction announced on January 6, 2026. See Executive Summary - Recent Events to Note of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further details on this transaction.

On September 18, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized an increase of $1 billion in our existing authorization to repurchase shares of our outstanding common stock as part of the Company's share repurchase program.

We repurchased a total of 7,030,535 shares of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $634 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, which were funded with cash on hand. As of February 18, 2026, the Company had remaining authorization to purchase $903 million of its common shares.

See Note 23 - Equity of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further information on dividends to shareholders and share repurchases.

•Insurance Company Subsidiaries

The ability of our insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends is limited by applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdictions where such subsidiaries are domiciled as well as agreements entered into with regulators. These laws and regulations require, among other things, our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain minimum solvency requirements and limit the amount of dividends these subsidiaries can pay.

Subject to these limitations, our insurance company subsidiaries are permitted to pay ordinary dividends based on calculations specified under insurance laws of the relevant state of domicile, subject to prior notification to the appropriate regulatory agency. Any distributions above the amount permitted by statute in any twelve-month period are considered extraordinary dividends, and the approval of the appropriate regulator is required prior to payment. In Michigan, the Director of the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services (the Michigan Director of Insurance) may limit, or not permit, the payment of dividends from either Jackson or Brooke Life, Jackson's direct parent company, if it determines that the surplus of either of these subsidiaries is not reasonable in relation to their outstanding liabilities and is not adequate to meet their financial needs, as required by the Michigan Insurance Code of 1956, as amended (the "Michigan Insurance Code"). Unless otherwise approved by the Michigan Director of Insurance, dividends may only be paid from earned surplus. Also, surplus note arrangements and interest payments must be approved by the Michigan Director of Insurance and such interest payments to related parties reduce the otherwise calculated ordinary dividend capacity for that period. In New York, all dividends require approval from the New York State Department of Financial Services.

For 2026, ordinary dividend capacity for Jackson and Brooke Life is based on the greater of 10% of 2025 reported statutory capital and surplus or statutory net gain from operations. This capacity is then reduced by cumulative dividends and other capital distributions in the preceding 12 months, subject to the availability of earned surplus. As a result of cumulative dividends and other capital distributions occurring in the preceding 12 months as of December 31, 2025, future dividends from both Jackson and Brooke Life are expected to be classified as extraordinary. There is a process within the Michigan Insurance Code to request extraordinary dividends that the companies have utilized previously. Brooke Life, as the sole owner of Jackson and Brooke Re, is the direct recipient of any dividend payments from those subsidiaries and must make dividend payments to its ultimate parent company, Jackson Financial, in order for any funds from our insurance company subsidiaries to reach Jackson Financial.

The maximum distribution permitted by law or contract is not necessarily indicative of an insurer’s actual ability to pay such distributions, which may be constrained by business and other considerations, such as imposition of withholding tax, the impact of such distributions on surplus, which could affect the insurer’s credit and financial strength ratings or competitive position, the ability to generate new annuity sales and the ability to pay future dividends or make other distributions. Further, state insurance laws and regulations require that the statutory surplus of our insurance subsidiaries following any dividend or distribution must be reasonable in relation to their outstanding liabilities and adequate for the insurance subsidiaries’ financial needs. Along with solvency regulations, another primary consideration in determining the amount of capital used for dividends is the level of capital needed to maintain desired financial strength ratings from rating agencies, including A.M. Best, S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. Both regulators and rating agencies could become more conservative in their methodology and criteria, including increasing capital requirements for insurance company subsidiaries. We believe our insurance company subsidiaries have sufficient statutory capital and surplus to maintain their desired financial strength ratings.

Our Indebtedness

Senior Notes

The Company has an aggregate of $1,750 million principal amount of its senior notes, shown as Long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 13 – Long-Term Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding long term debt.

Revolving Credit and Short-Term Borrowing Facilities

On February 24, 2023, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility (the "2023 Revolving Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The 2023 Revolving Credit Facility replaced an existing revolving credit facility that was due to expire in February 2024. The 2023 Revolving Credit Facility provides for borrowings for working capital and other general corporate purposes under aggregate commitments of $1.0 billion, with a sub-limit of $500 million available for letters of credit. The 2023 Revolving Credit Facility further provides for the ability to request, subject to customary terms and conditions, an increase in commitments thereunder by up to an additional $500 million. Commitments under the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility terminate on February 24, 2028. Interest on borrowings may be based on a “Base Rate” (as defined in the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility) plus an adder ranging from 0.125% to 0.875%, or a “Term SOFR Rate” (as defined in the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility) plus an adder ranging from 1.125% to 1.875%. The applicable adder is based upon the ratings assigned to the Company’s senior, unsecured, non-credit enhanced debt.

The credit agreement governing the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default (including a change of control provision). See Note 13 – Long-Term Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding financial maintenance covenants contained in the credit agreement. We were in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2025.

Jackson is a party to an Uncommitted Money Market Line Credit Agreement dated April 6, 2023 among Jackson, Jackson Financial, and Société Générale. This agreement is an uncommitted short-term cash advance facility that provides an additional form of liquidity to Jackson and to Jackson Financial. The aggregate borrowing capacity under the agreement is $500 million and each cash advance request must be at least $100 thousand. The interest rate is set by the lender at the time of the borrowing and is fixed for the duration of the advance. Jackson and Jackson Financial are jointly and severally liable to repay any advance under the agreement, which must be repaid prior to the last day of the quarter in which the advance was drawn.

Surplus Notes

On March 15, 1997, our subsidiary, Jackson, issued 8.2% surplus notes in the principal amount of $250 million due March 15, 2027. These surplus notes are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims and may not be redeemed at the option of the Company or any holder prior to maturity. Interest is payable semi-annually on March 15th and September 15th of each year. Interest expense on the notes was $20 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Under Michigan insurance law, for statutory reporting purposes, the surplus notes are not part of the legal liabilities of Jackson and are considered surplus funds. Payments of interest or principal may only be made with the prior approval of the Michigan Director of Insurance and only out of surplus earnings that the Director determines to be available for such payments under Michigan insurance law.

Federal Home Loan Bank

Jackson is a member of the FHLBI primarily for the purpose of participating in its collateralized loan advance program with funding facilities. Membership requires us to purchase and hold a minimum amount of FHLBI capital stock, plus additional stock based on outstanding advances. Advances are in the form of either notes or funding agreements issued to FHLBI. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, Jackson held a bank loan with an outstanding balance of $47 million and $52 million, respectively.

Collateral Upgrade Transactions

During the first quarter of 2024, Jackson executed certain paired repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions totaling approximately $1.5 billion pursuant to master repurchase agreements with participating bank counterparties. Under these transactions, the Company lends securities (e.g., corporate debt securities) to bank counterparties in exchange for U.S. Treasury securities. The paired repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions are settled on a net basis. As a result, there was no cash exchanged at initiation of these transactions. The paired transactions are reported net within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These transactions are evergreened and require at least 150-days' notice prior to termination. See “Collateral Upgrade Transactions” under Note 4 – Investments of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in this Form 10-K for additional information.

Financial Strength Ratings

Our access to funding and our related cost of borrowing, the attractiveness of certain of our subsidiaries’ products to customers, our attractiveness as a reinsurer to potential ceding companies and requirements for derivatives collateral posting are affected by our credit ratings and financial strength ratings, which are periodically reviewed by the rating agencies. Financial strength ratings and credit ratings are important factors affecting consumer confidence in an insurer and its competitive position in marketing products as well as critical factors considered by ceding companies in selecting a reinsurer.

Our principal insurance company subsidiaries are rated by A.M. Best, S&P, Moody’s and Fitch. Financial strength ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurer or reinsurer to meet its obligations under an insurance policy or reinsurance arrangement and generally involve quantitative and qualitative evaluations by rating agencies of a company’s financial condition and operating performance. Generally, rating agencies base their financial strength ratings upon information furnished to them by the company and upon their own investigations, studies and assumptions. Financial strength ratings are based upon factors of concern to customers, distribution partners and ceding companies and are not directed toward the protection of investors. Financial strength ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.

As of February 18, 2026, the financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries were as follows:

Company A.M. Best Fitch Moody’s S&P
Jackson National Life Insurance Company
Rating A A A3 A
Outlook stable stable stable stable
Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York
Rating A A A3 A
Outlook stable stable stable stable
Brooke Life Insurance Company
Rating A
Outlook stable

In evaluating our Company’s financial strength, the rating agencies evaluate a variety of factors including our strategy, market positioning and record, mix of business, profitability, leverage and liquidity, the adequacy and soundness of our reinsurance, the quality and estimated market value of our assets, the adequacy of our surplus, our capital structure, and the experience and competence of our management.

In addition to the financial strength ratings, rating agencies use an outlook statement to indicate a short- or medium-term trend which, if continued, may lead to a rating change. A positive outlook indicates a rating may be raised and a negative outlook indicates a rating may be lowered. A stable outlook is assigned when ratings are not likely to be changed. Outlooks should not be confused with expected stability of the issuer’s financial or economic performance. A stable outlook does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time without notice.

A.M. Best, S&P, Moody’s and Fitch review their ratings of insurance companies from time to time. There can be no assurance that any particular rating will continue for any given period of time or that it will not be changed or withdrawn entirely if, in their judgment, circumstances so warrant. While the degree to which ratings adjustments will affect sales of our annuities and institutional products, and persistency is unknown, if our ratings are negatively adjusted for any reason, we believe we could experience a material decline in the sales in our individual channel, origination in our institutional channel, and the persistency of our existing business.

Contractual Obligations

We have contractual obligations identified within Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data -- Note. 5. Derivative Instruments, Note 9. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable, Note 10. Other Contract Holder Funds, Note 11. Separate Account Assets and Liabilities, Note 12. Market Risk Benefits, Note 13. Long-Term Debt, Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 17. Leases.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete discussion of new accounting pronouncements affecting us, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The following are our most critical estimates, which require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods.

The following discussion is not intended to represent a comprehensive list of the estimates and judgments that we apply or our accounting policies. For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable

We establish reserves for future policy benefits to, or on behalf of, customers in the same period in which the policy is issued or acquired, using methodologies prescribed by U.S. GAAP.

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits

For non-participating traditional life insurance contracts and limited pay life-contingent contracts, which include term, whole life, and payout annuities with significant insurance risk, reserves for future policy benefits represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid to, or on behalf of, policyholders in future periods and certain related expenses less the present value of estimated future net premiums.

Reserves for future policy benefits for non-participating traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts are measured using the net premium ratio (NPR) measurement model. The NPR measurement model accrues for future policy benefits in proportion to the premium revenue recognized. The reserve for future policy benefits is derived from the Company's best estimate of future net premium and future benefits and expenses, which is based on best estimate assumptions, including mortality, persistency, claims expense, and discount rate. On an annual basis, or as circumstances warrant, we conduct a comprehensive review of our current best estimate assumptions based on our experience, industry benchmarking, and other factors, as applicable. Expense assumptions are updated based on estimates of expected non-level costs, such as termination or settlement costs, and costs after the premium-paying period, and exclude acquisition costs or any costs that are required to be charged to expenses as incurred. Updates to assumptions are applied on a retrospective basis, and each reporting period the reserve for future policy benefits is updated to reflect actual experience to date.

The Company establishes cohorts, which are product groupings used to measure reserves for future policy benefits. In determining cohorts, the Company considers both qualitative and quantitative factors, including the issue year, type of product, product features, and legal entity.

The discount rate used to estimate reserves for future policy benefits is consistent with an upper-medium grade (low-credit risk) fixed-income corporate instrument yield, which has been interpreted to represent a single-A corporate instrument yield. This discount rate curve is determined by fitting a parametric function to yields to maturity and related times to maturity of market observable single-A rated corporate instruments. The discount rate used to recognize interest accretion on the reserves for future policy benefits is locked at the initial measurement of the cohort. Each reporting period, the reserve for future policy benefits is remeasured using the current discount rate. The difference between the reserve calculated using the current discount rate and the reserve calculated using the locked-in discount rate is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Additional Liabilities - Universal Life-type

The Company issues universal life policies with secondary guarantees and interest-sensitive life policies. The primary reserves for these policies are the contract holder account balances reported within the other contract holder funds line of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Where these contracts provide additional benefits beyond the account balance or base insurance coverage that are not market risk benefits or embedded derivatives, liabilities in addition to the policyholder’s account value are recognized. These additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits are reported within reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable. The liability measurement methodology uses a benefit ratio defined as a constant percentage of the assessment base. This ratio is multiplied by current period assessments to determine the reserve accrual for the period. The measurements of the additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits are based on best estimate assumptions including mortality, persistency, investment returns, and discount rates. These assumptions are similarly subject to the annual review process discussed above.

Other Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable

In conjunction with a prior acquisition, we recorded a fair value adjustment related to certain annuity and interest-sensitive life blocks of business to reflect the cost of the interest guarantees within the in-force liabilities, based on the difference between the guaranteed interest rate and at purchase assumed new money guaranteed interest rate. This adjustment is recorded in reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable. This liability adjustment is remeasured each reporting period, taking into account changes in the in-force block. Any resulting change in the reserve is recorded as a change in policy reserve in the Consolidated Income Statements.

In addition, life and annuity claims liabilities in course of settlement are included in reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 9 - Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these accounting policies.

Market Risk Benefits

Contracts or contract features that provide protection to the contract holder from capital market risk and expose the Company to other-than-nominal capital market risk are classified as market risk benefits, or MRBs. All long-duration insurance contracts and certain investment contracts are subject to MRB evaluation. MRBs are measured at fair value at the contract level and can be in either an asset or liability position. For contracts that contain multiple MRB features, the MRBs are valued together as a single compound MRB.

The use of models and assumptions to determine fair value of MRBs requires a significant amount of judgment. The significant assumptions used in the MRB fair value calculations are:

•Mortality rates - These vary by attained age, tax qualification status, guaranteed benefit election, and duration. The range used reflects ages from the minimum issue age for the benefit through age 95, which corresponds to the typical maturity age. A mortality improvement assumption is also applied.

•Base lapse rates - These vary by contract-level factors, such as product type, surrender charge schedule and guaranteed benefits election. Lapse rates are further adjusted based on the degree to which a guaranteed benefit is in-the-money, with lower lapse applying when benefits are more in-the-money. Lapse rates are also adjusted to reflect lower lapse expectations when guaranteed benefits are utilized.

•Utilization rates - These represent the expected percentage of contracts that will utilize the benefit through annuitization (GMIB) or commencement of withdrawals (GMWB). Utilization may vary by benefit type, attained age, duration, tax qualification status, benefit provision, and degree to which the guaranteed benefit is in-the-money.

•Withdrawal rates - These represent the percentage of annual withdrawal assumed relative to the maximum allowable withdrawal amount under the free partial withdrawal provision or the GMWB, as applicable. Free partial withdrawal rates vary based on the product type, duration, and GMAB election. Withdrawal rates on contracts with a GMWB vary based on attained age, tax qualification status, GMWB type and GMWB benefit provisions.

•Non-performance risk adjustment - This is applied as a spread over the risk-free rate to determine the rate used to discount the related cash flows and varies by projection year.

•Long-term equity volatility - This represents the equity volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 6 - Fair Value Measurements of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Variable Annuities

We issue variable contracts through our separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contract holder. Certain of these contracts include contract provisions by which we contractually guarantee to the contract holder either a) return of no less than total deposits made to the account adjusted for any partial withdrawals, b) total deposits made to the account adjusted for any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return, or c) the highest account value on a specified anniversary date adjusted for any withdrawals following the contract anniversary. These guarantees include benefits that are payable upon the depletion of funds (GMWB), in the event of death (GMDB), at annuitization (GMIB), or at the end of a specified period (GMAB). Substantially all of our GMIB benefits are reinsured. GMIB benefits were discontinued in 2009. For additional information regarding our account value by optional guarantee benefit, see Item 1. Business–Our Product Offerings by Segments–Retail Annuities–Variable Annuities in this Form 10-K.

Variable annuity guaranteed benefit features classified as MRBs, which have explicit fees, are measured using the attributed fee method. Under the attributed fee method, fair value is measured as the difference between the present value of projected future liabilities and the present value of projected attributed fees. At the inception of the contract, the Company attributes to the MRB a portion of total fees expected to be assessed against the contract holder to offset the projected claims over the lifetime of the contract. The attributed fee is expressed as a percentage of total projected future fees at inception of the contract. This percentage of total projected fees is considered a fixed term of the MRB feature and is held static over the life of the contract. This percentage may not exceed 100% of the total projected contract fees as of contract inception. As the Company may issue contracts that have projected future liabilities greater than the projected future guaranteed benefit fees at issue, the Company may also attribute mortality and expense charges when performing this calculation. In subsequent valuations, both the present value of future projected liabilities and the present value of projected attributed fees are remeasured based on current market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.

Fixed Index Annuities and RILA

Our FIA and RILA contracts may be issued with features that guarantee benefits that are payable upon death (GMDB) or upon depletion of funds (GMWB). These features are classified as MRBs and measured at fair value.

Where the guaranteed benefit features have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the difference between the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits and the present value of projected attributed fees (the attributed fee method). At inception of the contract, the Company attributes a percentage of total projected future fees expected to be assessed against the policyholder to offset the projected future guaranteed benefits over the lifetime of the contract. Where the projected attributed fees are sufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, the MRB has an initial fair value of zero resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract. If the projected attributed fees are insufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, an MRB liability is recognized and the value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

If the guaranteed benefits do not have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. At inception, the initial value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these accounting policies.

Income Taxes

The Company did not elect to early adopt the proposed regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service and relied on reasonable interpretations of published guidance to determine the estimated Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax (“CAMT”) liability and related CAMT deferred tax asset. The determination of the estimated 2025 CAMT liability considered carryover impacts from the prior years tax returns and consideration of the applicability of the published guidance. The U.S. Treasury Department is expected to issue Final Regulations after the year ended December 31, 2025, which may materially change the estimated provision of the CAMT.

Deferred federal income taxes arise from the recognition of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities determined for financial reporting purposes and the basis determined for income tax purposes. Such temporary differences are principally related to the effects of recording certain invested assets at market value, the deferral of acquisition costs and sales inducements and the provisions for future policy benefits and expenses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates expected to be in effect when such benefits are realized. We are required to test the value of deferred tax assets for realizability. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider the carryback eligibility of losses, reversal of existing temporary differences, estimated future taxable income and tax planning strategies.

Determining the valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets requires management to make certain judgments and assumptions regarding future operations that are based on historical experience and expectations of future performance. To recognize a tax benefit in the Consolidated Financial Statements, there must be a greater than 50% chance of success of our position being sustained by the relevant taxing authority. Management’s judgments are potentially subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future performance, which is impacted by such factors as policyholder behavior, competitor pricing and other specific industry and market conditions.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 15 – Income Taxes for additional information on these accounting policies and the estimated provision for the CAMT.

Reinsurance

We assess each of our reinsurance agreements to determine whether the agreement transfers insurance risk to the reinsurer by providing indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk. Those contracts that transfer risk to the reinsurer are accounted for as reinsurance. Contracts that do not transfer sufficient risk to the reinsurer are accounted for as deposits.

For reinsurance contracts to transfer sufficient insurance risk to the reinsurer, the contract must provide a reasonable possibility that the reinsurer may realize a significant loss. Determining whether a reinsurance contract sufficiently transfers insurance risk is a matter of judgment based on an evaluation of all facts, both qualitative and quantitative.

For contracts where the Company cedes risks to reinsurers, reinsurance accounting generally matches the recognition of the benefits received from the reinsurance with the expense for benefits provided on the reinsured contracts. Premiums paid to the reinsurer are recorded as reduction of premium revenue. Expected reimbursements for losses are recorded as a reduction of losses as the losses are incurred with a corresponding reinsurance recoverable asset.

Reinsurance recoverables are generally measured using methodologies and assumptions that are consistent with those used to measure the direct liabilities. For non-participating traditional life insurance contracts and limited pay life-contingent contracts, there may be reinsurance contracts executed subsequent to the direct contract issue dates, and market interest rates may have changed between the date that the underlying insurance contracts were issued and the date the reinsurance contract is recognized in the financial statements, resulting in the underlying discount rate differing between the direct and reinsured business. We periodically review, and update as necessary, actual and anticipated experience and the assumptions used to measure reinsurance recoverable assets.

Reinsurance recoverables are reported net of an allowance for expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses considers the credit quality of the reinsurer and is generally determined based on probability of default and loss given default assumptions after considering any applicable collateral arrangements. Counterparty credit risk may be managed through the use of letters of credit, collateral trusts or funds withheld agreements. Assets held under funds withheld agreements are included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Guaranteed minimum income benefits (GMIBs) are reinsured with an unrelated party. This contract provides reinsurance for only the GMIB feature and is classified as a market risk benefit (MRB). The reinsurance MRB is recorded at fair value using internally developed models consistent with those used to value our direct MRBs.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 8 - Reinsurance of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these accounting policies.

Investments – Valuation and Impairment

We determine the fair values of certain financial assets and liabilities based on quoted market prices, where available. When necessary, we may also determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values also, if appropriate, reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, credit rating, liquidity and incorporate risk margins for unobservable inputs.

Where quoted market prices are not available, fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data, as well as the best information about the individual financial instrument. At times, illiquid market conditions could result in inactive markets for certain of our financial instruments. In such instances, there could be no or limited observable market data for these assets and liabilities. Fair value estimates for financial instruments deemed to be in an illiquid market are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, liquidity discounts, currency, credit and interest rate risks, loss experience and other factors. These fair values are estimates and involve considerable uncertainty and variability as a result of the inputs selected and may differ materially from the values that would have been used had an active market existed. As a result of market inactivity, such calculated fair value estimates may not be realizable in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument. In addition, changes in the underlying assumptions used in the fair value measurement technique could significantly affect these fair value estimates.

We periodically review our available-for-sale debt securities on a case-by-case basis to determine if an impairment is necessary for securities with a decline in fair value to below cost or amortized cost. Factors considered in determining whether an impairment is necessary include whether we have the intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not we will be required to sell, the security before the amortized cost basis is fully recovered, the severity of the unrealized loss, the reasons for the decline in value and expectations for the amount and timing of a recovery in fair value. For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, for which we deem an impairment necessary, an ACL will be recorded along with a charge to net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments and any amounts deemed unrecoverable will be released from the ACL with a corresponding reduction to the amortized cost of the security.

Securities determined to be underperforming, or potential problem securities are subject to regular review. To facilitate the review, securities with significant declines in value, or where other objective criteria evidencing credit deterioration have been met, are included on a watch list. Among the criteria for securities to be included on a watch list are: credit deterioration that has led to a significant decline in fair value of the security; a significant covenant related to the security has been breached; or an issuer has filed or indicated a possibility of filing for bankruptcy, has missed or announced it intends to miss a scheduled interest or principal payment, or has experienced a specific material adverse change that could impair its creditworthiness.

In performing these reviews, we consider the relevant facts and circumstances relating to each investment and exercise considerable judgment in determining whether an impairment is needed for a particular security. Assessment factors include judgments about an obligor’s current and projected financial position, an issuer’s current and projected ability to service and repay its debt obligations, the existence of, and realizable value of, any collateral backing the obligations and the outlooks for specific industries and issuers. This assessment may also involve assumptions regarding underlying collateral such as prepayment rates, default and recovery rates, and third-party servicing capabilities.

In addition to the review procedures described above, investments in asset-backed securities where market prices are depressed are subject to a review of their future estimated cash flows, including expected and stress case scenarios, to identify potential shortfalls in contractual payments. These estimated cash flows are developed using available performance indicators from the underlying assets including current and projected default or delinquency rates, levels of credit enhancement, current subordination levels, vintage, expected loss severity and other relevant characteristics. These estimates reflect a combination of data derived by third parties and internally developed assumptions. Where possible, this data is benchmarked against third-party sources.

For mortgage-backed securities, credit losses are assessed using a cash flow model that estimates the cash flows on the underlying mortgages, using the security-specific collateral characteristics and transaction structure. The model estimates cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans and distributes those cash flows to various tranches of securities, considering the transaction structure and any subordination and credit enhancements existing in that structure. The cash flow model incorporates actual cash flows on the mortgage-backed securities through the current period and then projects the remaining cash flows using a number of assumptions, including prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity. Specifically, for prime and Alt-A RMBS, the assumed default percentage is dependent on the severity of delinquency status, with foreclosures and real estate owned receiving higher rates, but also includes the currently performing loans. These estimates reflect a combination of data derived by third parties and internally developed assumptions. Where possible, this data is benchmarked against other third-party sources. In addition, these estimates are extrapolated along a default timing curve to estimate the total lifetime pool default rate.

After these reviews, we recognize impairments on debt securities in an unrealized loss position when any of the following circumstances exists:

•We intend to sell a security;

•It is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security prior to recovery; or

•We do not expect full recovery of the amortized cost based on the discounted cash flows estimated to be collected.

Mortgage loans, which are not carried at fair value under the fair value option, are carried at the aggregate unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any applicable unamortized discount or premium, or ACL. Acquisition discounts and premiums on mortgage loans are amortized into investment income through maturity dates using the effective interest method. Interest income is accrued on the principal balance of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts are reported in net investment income along with prepayment fees and mortgage loan fees, which are recorded as incurred.

We review mortgage loans on a quarterly basis to estimate the ACL with changes in the ACL recorded in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. Apart from an ACL recorded on individual mortgage loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, we record an ACL on the pool of mortgage loans based on lifetime expected credit losses. Credit loss estimates are pooled by property type and unfunded commitments are included in the model with an allowance for credit losses determined accordingly.

Mortgage loans on real estate deemed uncollectible are charged against the ACL, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ACL.

Accrued interest receivables are presented separate from the amortized cost of debt securities and mortgage loans. An allowance for credit losses is not estimated on an accrued interest receivable. Rather, receivable balances that are deemed uncollectible are written off with a corresponding reduction to net investment income.

Derivatives

Freestanding Derivative Instruments

We enter into financial derivative transactions, including swaps, put-swaptions, futures, forwards, and options to reduce and manage business risks. These transactions manage the risk of a change in the value, yield, price, cash flows, foreign currency, credit quality or degree of exposure with respect to assets, liabilities or future cash flows that we have acquired or incurred.

Freestanding derivative instruments are reported at fair value, which reflects the estimated amounts, net of payment accruals, that we would receive or pay upon sale or termination of the contracts at the reporting date. Freestanding derivatives priced using third party pricing services incorporate inputs that are predominantly observable in the market. The determination of the estimated fair value of freestanding derivatives, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that management believes are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk, non-performance risk, volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models. See Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 5 - Derivative Instruments and Note 6 - Fair Value Measurements of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on significant inputs into our derivative pricing methodology.

Embedded Derivatives - Product Liabilities

For our registered index-linked and fixed index annuities, the equity-linked option issued by the Company is accounted for at fair value as an embedded derivative on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of other contract holder funds, with changes in fair value recorded in net income.

The fair value of the embedded derivative for the FIA and RILA products is determined using an option-budget method with capital market inputs of market index returns and discount rates as well as actuarial assumptions including lapse, mortality and withdrawal rates. We typically update our actuarial assumptions annually as discussed above, unless a material change is observed in an interim period that we feel is indicative of a long-term trend.

The underlying assumptions may have a material impact on the measurement of the embedded derivative, including equity market movements.

See Item 8. Financials Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 5 - Derivative Instruments and Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our accounting policies for embedded derivatives bifurcated for insurance host contracts.

Embedded Derivatives - Funds Withheld Reinsurance Agreements

The Company has recorded an embedded derivative liability related to the Athene coinsurance agreement (the “Athene Embedded Derivative”) in accordance with ASC 815-15 as Jackson’s obligation under the coinsurance agreement is based on the total return of investments in a segregated funds withheld account. As the coinsurance agreement transfers the performance of the investments in the segregated funds withheld account to Athene, they will receive an investment return equivalent to owning the underlying assets. At inception of the coinsurance agreement, the Athene Embedded Derivative was valued at zero. Additionally, the inception fair value of the investments in the segregated funds withheld account differed from their book value and, accordingly, the amortization of this difference is reported in Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statement, while the investments are held. Subsequent to the effective date of the coinsurance agreement, the Athene Embedded Derivative is measured at fair value with changes reported in Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statement. The Athene Embedded Derivative Liability is included in Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 8 - Reinsurance of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on Athene Reinsurance Transaction.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income reported for each of our three segments and Corporate and Other includes an allocation for investment income generated on assigned capital. The amount of capital assigned to each of our segments for purposes of measuring segment net investment income is established at a level that management considers necessary to support the segment’s risks. This assessment is determined based upon internal models and contemplates the RBC requirements at internally defined levels. Net investment income on capital in excess of the amount required to support our core operating strategies is reflected in Corporate and Other.

Contingent Liabilities

We are a party to legal actions and, at times, regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate their impact on our financial position. A reserve is established for contingent liabilities if it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of our contingent liabilities, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded, could have a material effect upon our financial position. However, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate disposition of contingent liabilities is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)

The Company invests in a number of asset types that may be VIEs, such as equity positions in collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), limited partnerships (“LPs”), limited liability companies (“LLCs”), and mutual funds. These entities are assessed to determine whether they meet the criteria as a VIE. The Company consolidates VIEs where the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. To the extent that external parties are also invested in these VIEs, a non-controlling interest is reflected on our Consolidated Financial Statements as well. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 4 - Investments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our primary market risk exposure results from interest rate fluctuations, equity price movements and changes in credit spreads.

Interest Rates

Our market risk exposure to changes in interest rates principally arises from investments in fixed-income securities (primarily, publicly-traded corporate and government bonds and asset-backed securities), interest-rate derivative instruments, in addition to market risk benefits and embedded derivatives associated with certain variable annuities, fixed index annuities, and RILAs.

Equity Markets

Our risk exposure to changes in equity markets principally arises from investments in equity securities, equity derivative instruments, in addition to market risk benefits and embedded derivatives associated with certain variable annuities, fixed index annuities, and RILAs.

Variable Annuity Equity Market Risk

Equity market risk arises from the variable annuities we offer principally in the following ways:

•Core contract charges and investment management fees are generally calculated based on the account value. Our customers typically allocate a significant portion of their account value to separate account investment options that hold equity securities. Increases or decreases in the value of the referenced equity securities will increase or decrease the associated core contract charges and investment management fees.

•As of December 31, 2025, 76% of our total variable annuity account value included a return of premium death benefit and 10% of our total variable annuity account value included an enhanced GMDB selection. Decreases in equity markets increase the likelihood that a customer’s account value will be insufficient to cover the benefit paid to the beneficiary at the time of a claim following the customer’s death. As a result, the risk associated with such payouts is dependent on both the equity market performance and the time of the claim.

•As of December 31, 2025, 74% of total variable annuity account value included either a GMWB for Life or GMWB selection. These benefits guarantee minimum payments based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base. These withdrawals may continue even if the account value subsequently falls to zero. When equity markets decrease, we generally expect account values to decline, and the account value therefore to be able to fund relatively fewer guaranteed withdrawals. Conversely, increases in equity markets generally increase account values and extend the number of withdrawals the account value is able to fund.

See Item 1. Business – “Our Product Offerings by Segment – Retail Annuities” for additional information about variable annuity guaranteed living benefit and guaranteed death benefit riders.

In addition to equity market declines, certain other equity market changes could also increase our losses. For example, certain of our guaranteed living benefits and guaranteed death benefits include provisions that step up the benefit base if the account value exceeds the benefit base at specified time intervals (generally annually or quarterly). Therefore, if equity markets increase over the short-term but return to lower levels in the longer-term, those step-up provisions could increase the benefit base relative to the account value, resulting in additional benefit payments paid by us compared to a scenario where equity markets had remained flat over time. The fees attributable to guaranteed benefits are generally calculated based on the benefit base, so the scenario in which equity markets increase and then later decrease will also result in relatively higher fee income.

Fixed Index Annuity Equity Market Risk

We sell fixed index annuities where the crediting rate to the contract holder is determined by reference to equity market performance. A higher equity market return over a given period will credit more interest to the account value of those annuities, though the final amounts credited are generally capped at specified maximum possible crediting rates.

We also offer both embedded and optional lifetime withdrawals guarantee benefits on our fixed index annuities, which allows contract holders to withdraw a specified amount each year until death, or until the contract holder’s account value is exhausted. See Item 1. Business – “Our Product Offerings by Segment – Retail Annuities” for additional information about fixed index annuity guaranteed living benefit riders. The equity market risk exposure on these benefits differs from comparable benefits offered on variable annuities, because declines in equity markets only reduce the interest credited to the customer’s account value for that period and not the account value itself. As a result, declines in equity markets do not shorten the time remaining before we expect to make payments on these guarantees. However, increasing equity markets will result in higher amounts credited to the customer’s account value, thereby extending the number of annual guaranteed withdrawals funded from the account value. In addition, increasing equity markets could potentially increase the specified amount available for withdrawal.

RILA Equity Market Risk

Equity market risk arises from the registered index linked annuities ("RILA") we offer principally in the following ways:

•We sell RILA where the crediting rate to the contract holder is determined by reference to equity market performance. Similar to fixed index annuities, a higher equity market return over a given period will credit more interest to the account value of those annuities, though the final amounts credited are generally capped at specified maximum possible crediting rates. Unlike fixed index annuities, and similar to variable annuities, a lower equity market return over a given period may result in a reduction to the account value. Unlike variable annuities, the amount of the reduction is limited by a floor (which defines the maximum amount of market loss to which the contract holder is exposed) or buffer (which defines the amount of the market loss not credited to the contract holder).

•Many of the RILA contracts we sell have a return of premium death benefit. Decreases in equity markets increase the likelihood that a customer’s account value will be insufficient to cover the benefit paid to the beneficiary at the time of a claim following the customer’s death. As a result, the risk associated with such payouts is dependent on both the equity market performance and the time of the claim.

•We also offer an optional GMWB for Life. This benefit guarantees minimum payments based on a fixed annual percentage of the benefit base. These withdrawals may continue even if the account value subsequently falls to zero. When equity markets decrease, we generally expect account values to decline, and the account value therefore to be able to fund relatively fewer guaranteed withdrawals. Conversely, increases in equity markets generally increase account values and extend the number of withdrawals the account value is able to fund.

See Item 1. Business – “Our Product Offerings by Segment – Retail Annuities” for additional information about RILA.

In addition to equity market declines, certain other equity market changes could also increase our losses. For example, the GMWB offered on the RILA includes a provision that steps up the benefit base if the account value exceeds the benefit base upon contract anniversary. Therefore, if equity markets increase over the short-term but return to lower levels in the longer-term, those step-up provisions could increase the benefit base relative to the account value, resulting in additional benefit payments paid by us compared to a scenario where equity markets remained flat over time. The fees attributable to these guaranteed benefits are calculated based on the benefit base, so the scenario in which equity markets increase and then later decrease will also result in relatively higher fee income.

Credit Spreads

Our market risk exposure to changes in credit spreads principally arises from fluctuations in the fair market value of assets with sensitivity to credit risk, in addition to certain liabilities whose discount rates are sensitive to credit spreads.

Risk Management

Our actuarial, asset-liability management and finance functions have responsibility for managing our market risk exposures. Our risk function provides risk oversight and challenge, and our Internal Audit team provides independent assurance. Our enterprise risk management framework contemplates a wide range of market risks and focuses on exposures and risk limits. A description of our Enterprise Risk Management Framework is provided in “Item 1. Business – Risk Management.”

We have an Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) that maintains a written Asset Liability Management Policy ("ALM Policy"). ALCO regularly reviews all material financial risks in accordance with our ALM Policy. If market risks exceed predetermined tolerances, management is required to inform the Board's Finance and Risk Committee. Management proposes how best to mitigate or address such risks, including equity market and interest rate risks.

Equity Market Risk: We manage equity market risk by both holding sufficient capital and by using derivative-based hedges as described above in our hedging program. We hedge the equity risk embedded within our products by using equity options, total return swaps, and futures on a variety of indices that best represent the equity exposures inherent in the range of underlying investment options available on certain of our annuities.

Interest Rate Risk: We manage interest rate risk by employing product design, pricing and asset-liability management strategies intended to mitigate the potential effects of interest rate movements. Product design and pricing strategies include the use of surrender charges, market value adjustments, restrictions on withdrawals and the ability to reset crediting rates. Our asset-liability management strategies may include the use of derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions (also known as a swap option) and interest rate/bond futures/forwards, as well as fixed income assets. We manage interest rate risk in aggregate, contemplating natural offsets between products before pursuing hedging transactions.

We analyze interest rate risk using various models, including multi-scenario models that project future cash flows from our product and benefit liabilities and their supporting investments, including derivatives. These projections involve evaluating the potential gain or loss on our in-force business under various increasing and decreasing interest rate environments. State insurance regulations require that we perform some of these analyses annually as part of our review of the sufficiency of our regulatory reserves. We also measure the relative sensitivities of the value of our assets and liabilities to changes in key assumptions utilizing internal models. These models reflect specific product characteristics and include assumptions based on our expectations regarding lapse, mortality and crediting rates.

We also use common industry metrics, such as duration and convexity, to measure the relative sensitivity of asset and liability values to changes in interest rates. In computing the duration of liabilities, we consider all policyholder guarantees as well as non-guaranteed elements of policyholder liabilities.

Our Hedging Approach and Evaluating Hedge Effectiveness

Our hedging program seeks to balance three objectives: protecting against the economic impact of adverse market conditions, protecting our statutory capital, and stabilizing our statutory distributable earnings throughout market cycles. Our core dynamic hedging program seeks to offset impacts of equity market and interest rate movements on the economic liabilities associated with variable annuity guaranteed benefits and with annuities subject to index interest crediting (RILA and FIA), while our macro hedging program seeks to provide additional liquidity and statutory capital protection as needed.

Our hedging strategy manages equity and interest rate risk within risk tolerances through a mix of equity and interest rate derivatives and fixed income assets. We do not directly use hedging to offset the movement in our U.S. GAAP liabilities as market conditions change from period to period, which has resulted, and may continue to result, in U.S. GAAP net income volatility.

Depending on market conditions and our capital position, we may favor the use of one type of hedging instrument over another. When evaluating the effectiveness of our hedge program we look at the combined net effect of our hedge assets and the liabilities these assets are intended to hedge. We consider our hedge program effective if it is successful in keeping the net effect of these assets and liabilities within our defined risk measures and limits. This analysis of hedge positioning relative to the liabilities these assets are intended to hedge provides our management team a view on the effectiveness of the hedging program.

For our equity market exposure, we compare the impact of changes to equity markets on our hedge assets relative to the liabilities these assets are intended to hedge. For example, in periods with increasing equity markets, we expect significant losses on the value of our equity hedges and additional interest credited on registered index-linked and fixed index annuities, but as increasing equity markets also generally increase contract holder account values, we expect a related decrease in the likelihood or level of future payments we need to make on our guaranteed benefits. Likewise, in periods of decreasing markets we expect significant increases in the value of our equity hedges and less interest credited on registered index-linked and fixed index annuities, but also would expect liabilities for future guaranteed benefit payments to increase.

For our interest rate exposure, similar to equity market risk, we evaluate the level of interest rate hedge coverage by comparing the impacts of interest rate movements on our hedge assets relative to the liabilities these assets are intended to hedge. The types of derivative instruments we use to manage interest rate risk are different from those we use to manage equity market risk. We also recognize the sensitivity of our equity hedges to interest rates but believe their contribution to the overall interest rate hedge is small due to the relatively short duration of these derivatives.

Market Risk—Fair Value Exposures

For the purpose of this Item, we define “market risk” as changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates or equity market prices. The estimated fair values of certain assets and liabilities may be materially impacted by changes in interest rates and equity markets. Our exposures to interest rates and equity markets also impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows other than through changes in fair value. See Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Conditions in the Global Financial Markets and Economy.”

Risk Measurement—Sensitivity Analysis

In the following discussion and analysis, we measure market risk related to our market sensitive assets and liabilities based on changes in interest rates and equity market prices utilizing an internal sensitivity analysis. Due to our current portfolio structure and holdings, foreign currency movements are not material to the Company. This analysis estimates the potential changes in estimated fair value based on a hypothetical 100 basis point parallel shift (increase or decrease) in risk-free interest rates and a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity market prices. In performing the analysis summarized below, we used market rates and balance sheet positions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. We modeled the impact of changes in market rates and prices on the estimated fair values of our market sensitive assets and liabilities as follows:

•the net present values of our interest rate sensitive exposures resulting from a parallel 100 basis point shift (increase or decrease) in interest rates; and

•the estimated fair value of our equity positions due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity market prices.

The sensitivity analysis reflects hypothetical scenarios and is an estimate as of a specific point in time based on asset and liability positioning on that date. These hypothetical scenarios do not represent management’s view of future market changes and should not be viewed as predictive of our future financial performance. Actual results in any particular period may vary from the amounts indicated in the table below as a result of changes in the composition of our assets and liabilities, market conditions, management actions and other factors.

The sensitivity analysis reflects changes in fair value resulting from changes in interest rates or equity market levels and does not reflect changes in the economic value of assets or liabilities.

The market risk information is limited by the assumptions and parameters established in creating the related sensitivity analysis, including:

•interest-rate sensitive liabilities do not include $72.3 billion and $66.2 billion of policy and contract liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which are accounted for on a book value basis under U.S. GAAP;

•interest-rate sensitive assets do not include assets accounted for on a book value basis under U.S. GAAP, which primarily consist of $9.9 billion and $9.5 billion of mortgage loans as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively;

•the analysis excludes the effect of market or interest rate impacts on assets and liabilities related to our funds withheld reinsurance treaties;

•the analysis excludes real estate holdings;

•the analysis excludes the impact of changes in income taxes; and

•the analysis assumes that the composition of assets and liabilities remains unchanged upon measurement and excludes the impacts of management actions.

Given the limitations described above, we use models as tools and not as substitutes for the experience and judgment of our management. Based on the fair values of the financial instruments and our analysis of the impacts of the measured changes in market rates and prices, we have determined that our interest rate and equity market exposures are material.

The table below provides detail regarding the potential change in estimated fair value of our debt securities in addition to our variable annuity, fixed index and RILA market risk benefits and embedded derivatives, net of reinsurance, due to a 100 basis point parallel increase and decrease in the yield curve by type of asset or liability (in millions):

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Fair Impact of Impact of Fair Impact of Impact of
Value +100bps -100 bps Value +100bps -100 bps
Change Change Change Change
Debt Securities (1)
Floating Rate $ 4,864 $ (20) $ 20 $ 3,925 $ (8) $ 8
Fixed Rate 37,974 (2,043) 2,244 30,236 (1,679) 1,890
(1) Includes debt securities that are classified as available-for-sale or trading and includes securities at fair value under the fair value option.
December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Fair <br>Value Impact of +100 bps Change Impact of -100 bps Change Fair<br> Value Impact of +100 bps Change Impact of -100 bps Change
Fixed index and RILA embedded derivatives $ 6,216 $ (367) $ 407 $ 3,174 $ (221) $ 234
Market risk benefit - net (asset) liability (4,238) (2,980) 3,892 (4,939) (3,206) 4,258

The fair value of certain market risk benefits reflects the present value of projected benefit payments less the present value of attributed fees. These benefit payments and fees are subject to differing degrees of discounting, as benefit payments are generally projected to occur further in the future as compared to attributed fees. As a result, the degree of sensitivity between the present values of projected fees as compared to the present values of projected benefit payments may result in disproportionate sensitivity impacts relative to the market risk benefits fair value.

The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential change in estimated fair value of our equity investment portfolio in addition to our variable annuity, fixed index and RILA market risk benefits and embedded derivatives, net of reinsurance, due to a 10% increase and decrease in equity market prices by type of asset or liability (in millions):

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Fair Impact of Impact of Fair Impact of Impact of
Value +10% -10% Value +10% -10%
Change Change Change Change
Equity Securities and Limited Partnerships $ 2,228 $ 223 $ (223) $ 1,814 $ 181 $ (181)
December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Fair Impact of Impact of Fair Impact of Impact of
Value +10% -10% Value +10% -10%
Change Change Change Change
Fixed index and RILA embedded derivatives $ 6,216 $ 1,321 $ (1,594) $ 3,174 $ 4 $ (10)
Market risk benefit - net (asset) liability (4,238) (1,574) 2,008 (4,939) (1,722) 2,187

The fair value of our market risk benefits reflect our contract holders’ exposure to equity market declines. When equity markets increase, this exposure and the related fair value decline.

The table below provides details regarding the potential change in estimated fair value of our derivative instruments due to a 100 basis point parallel increase and decrease in the yield curve by type of derivative instrument, as well as the potential change in estimated fair value of our derivative instruments due to a 10% increase and decrease in equity prices (dollars in millions):

Interest Rate Sensitivity
Notional Weighted Impact of Fair Impact of
Amount Average Term +100 bps Value -100 bps
(Years) Change Change
December 31, 2025
Swaps $ 3,864 4.88 $ 107 $ 19 $ (118)
Interest Rate Futures 21,874 0.25 (1,414) 1,700
Bond Forwards 8,143 0.85 (1,249) 83 1,489
Total $ (2,556) $ 102 $ 3,071
December 31, 2024
Swaps $ 7,703 4.70 $ (128) $ (204) $ 133
Interest Rate Futures 20,592 0.25 (2,603) 3,154
Bond Forwards 609 0.87 (99) (21) 123
Total $ (2,830) $ (225) $ 3,410
Equity Sensitivity
Notional Weighted Impact of Fair Impact of
Amount Average Term +10% Value -10%
(Years) Change Change
December 31, 2025
Put Options $ 16,500 0.24 $ (95) $ 114 $ 395
Equity Futures 43,905 0.84 551 (551)
Total Return Swaps 3,544 1.93 (322) (21) 337
Total $ 134 $ 93 $ 181
December 31, 2024
Put Options $ 10,000 0.22 $ (68) $ 77 $ 286
Equity Futures 33,104 1.29 (583) 583
Total Return Swaps 2,065 3.48 (203) 39 203
Total $ (854) $ 116 $ 1,072

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (KPMG LLP, Minneapolis, MN, Auditor Firm ID: 185) 102
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 105
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 106
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 107
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 108
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 109
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Business and Basis of Presentation 111
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 113
Note 3. Segment Information 115
Note 4. Investments 120
Note 5. Derivative Instruments 136
Note 6. Fair Value Measurements 142
Note 7. Deferred Acquisition Costs 161
Note 8. Reinsurance 162
Note 9. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable 166
Note 10. Other Contract Holder Funds 172
Note 11. Separate Account Assets and Liabilities 177
Note 12. Market Risk Benefits 178
Note 13. Long-term Debt 181
Note 14. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 182
Note 15. Income Taxes 183
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies 187
Note 17. Leases 187
Note 18. Share-Based Compensation 188
Note 19. Statutory Accounting and Regulatory Matters 191
Note 20. Benefit Plans 192
Note 21. Operating Costs and Other Expenses 192
Note 22. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 193
Note 23. Equity 194
Note 24. Earnings Per Share 196
Note 25. Subsequent Events 197
Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule I—Summary of Investments—Other Than  Investments in Related Parties as ofDecember 31, 2025 198
Schedule II—Financial Statements of Jackson Financial Inc. (Parent Only) as ofDecember 31, 2025 and 2024 and for theyears ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 199
Schedule III—Supplemental Insurance Information for theyears ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 202
Schedule IV—Reinsurance for theyears ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 204
Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years endedDecember 31, 2025 and 2024 205

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

Jackson Financial Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jackson Financial Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated income statements, statements of comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedules I to V (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Fair value of market risk benefits

As disclosed in Notes 6 and 12, contracts or contract features that provide protection to the contract holder from capital market risk and expose the Company to other-than-nominal capital market risk are classified as market risk benefits (MRBs). The Company estimates MRBs at fair value using subjective judgments related to the discount rate assumptions, including the Company’s nonperformance risk, and actuarially determined assumptions, including mortality, benefit utilization and lapse. As of December 31, 2025, the fair value of MRB assets and liabilities were estimated to be $7,867 million and $3,754 million, respectively.

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of MRB assets and liabilities as a critical audit matter. Specifically, there was a high degree of auditor effort and subjective auditor judgment involved in evaluating the nonperformance risk, mortality, benefit utilization, and lapse assumptions used to estimate the fair value of MRB assets and liabilities. Evaluation of the assumptions required valuation and actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. With the assistance of a valuation professional, we evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the development of the nonperformance risk adjustment used to develop the discount rate assumption. With the assistance of actuarial professionals, we evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the fair value of MRBs, including controls related to the development of the mortality, benefit utilization and lapse assumptions. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in evaluating the Company’s nonperformance risk assumption used to estimate the fair value of MRBs, which included assessing the methodology and inputs utilized by the Company by developing an independent credit curve to compare to the credit curve used by the Company. The independent credit curve developed by the valuation professional used market observable instruments issued by the Company and its affiliates, as well as indicative pricing for the Company’s debt, with certain adjustments. We involved actuarial professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the Company’s estimate of the fair value of MRB assets and liabilities, by:

•Evaluating the Company’s methodology for determining mortality, benefit utilization, and lapse assumptions used to estimate the fair value of MRBs for compliance with generally accepted actuarial standards.

•Comparing the mortality, benefit utilization, and lapse assumptions with the Company’s emerging experience or market trends and evaluating reasonableness of these assumptions where deviations from Company experience or market trends were identified.

•Assessing the reasonableness of the Company’s fair value estimate for a selection of policies with MRBs by recalculating the fair value and comparing to the Company’s estimate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 24, 2026

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except share data)

December 31,
2025 2024
Assets
Investments:
Debt Securities, available-for-sale, net of allowance for credit losses of $11 and $39 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively (amortized cost: 2025 $50,491; 2024 $45,007) $ 47,321 $ 40,289
Debt Securities, at fair value under fair value option 3,470 3,046
Equity securities, at fair value 172 197
Mortgage loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $133 and $121 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively 9,887 9,462
Mortgage loans, at fair value under fair value option 324 449
Policy loans (including $3,537 and $3,489 at fair value under the fair value option at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively) 4,426 4,403
Freestanding derivative instruments 448 297
Other invested assets 3,185 2,864
Total investments 69,233 61,007
Cash and cash equivalents 5,704 3,767
Accrued investment income 634 529
Deferred acquisition costs 11,660 11,887
Reinsurance recoverable, net of allowance for credit losses of $30 and $27 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively 19,518 21,830
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits, at fair value 118 121
Market risk benefit assets, at fair value 7,867 8,899
Deferred income taxes, net 719 480
Other assets 637 787
Separate account assets 236,496 229,143
Total assets $ 352,586 $ 338,450
Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities
Reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable $ 10,896 $ 11,072
Other contract holder funds 67,663 58,312
Market risk benefit liabilities, at fair value 3,754 3,774
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (including $3,723 and $3,667 at fair value under the fair value option at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively) 14,960 16,742
Long-term debt 2,030 2,034
Repurchase agreements and securities lending payable 1,036 1,554
Collateral payable for derivative instruments 58 150
Freestanding derivative instruments 257 361
Notes issued by consolidated variable interest entities, at fair value under fair value option (see Note 4) 2,578 2,343
Other liabilities 2,516 2,983
Separate account liabilities 236,496 229,143
Total liabilities 342,244 328,468
Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees (see Note 16)
Equity
Series A non-cumulative preferred stock and additional paid in capital, $1.00 par value per share: 24,000 shares authorized; 22,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024; liquidation preference $25,000 per share (see Note 23) 533 533
Common stock; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value per share and 66,825,632 and 73,380,643 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively (see Note 23) 1 1
Additional paid-in capital 6,063 6,046
Treasury stock, at cost; 27,662,683 and 21,107,672 shares at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively (1,645) (1,007)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax expense (benefit) of $(377) in 2025 and $(311) in 2024 (2,470) (3,522)
Retained earnings 7,471 7,713
Total shareholders' equity 9,953 9,764
Noncontrolling interests 389 218
Total equity 10,342 9,982
Total liabilities and equity $ 352,586 $ 338,450

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Income Statements

(in millions, except per share data)

For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Revenues
Fee income $ 7,983 $ 8,083 $ 7,680
Premiums 149 146 147
Net investment income:
Net investment income excluding funds withheld assets 2,296 1,838 1,680
Net investment income on funds withheld assets 855 1,024 1,174
Total net investment income 3,151 2,862 2,854
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments:
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (3,357) (6,812) (5,864)
Net gains (losses) on funds withheld reinsurance treaties (1,304) (1,052) (1,801)
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (4,661) (7,864) (7,665)
Other income 61 44 67
Total revenues 6,683 3,271 3,083
Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 927 868 965
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net 44 46 102
Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net 605 (3,809) (3,897)
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net of deferrals and amortization 1,221 1,110 1,145
Interest expense 100 101 109
Operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals 2,797 2,825 2,549
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 1,103 1,108 1,152
Total benefits and expenses 6,797 2,249 2,125
Pretax income (loss) (114) 1,022 958
Income tax expense (benefit) (186) 46 4
Net income (loss) 72 976 954
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 45 30 20
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. 27 946 934
Less: Dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899
Earnings per share
Basic $ (0.24) $ 11.86 $ 10.99
Diluted $ (0.24) $ 11.74 $ 10.76

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions)

For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Net income (loss) $ 72 $ 976 $ 954
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities with no credit impairment net of tax expense (benefit) of: $48, $(9), and $201 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively 1,508 (259) 1,697
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities with credit impairment, net of tax expense (benefit) of: $(1), nil, and $(7) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively (44) (5) (26)
Change in current discount rate related to reserve for future policy benefits, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(41), $20 and $(41) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively (151) 70 (146)
Change in non-performance risk on market risk benefits, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(72), $(144) and $(265) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively (261) (520) (955)
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 1,052 (714) 570
Comprehensive income (loss) 1,124 262 1,524
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests 45 30 20
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. $ 1,079 $ 232 $ 1,504

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity

(in millions)

Accumulated
Additional Treasury Other Total Non-
Preferred Common Paid-In Stock Comprehensive Retained Shareholders' Controlling Total
Stock Stock Capital at Cost Income (Loss) Earnings Equity Interests Equity
Balances as of December 31, 2022 $ $ 1 $ 6,063 $ (443) $ (3,378) $ 6,403 $ 8,646 $ 732 $ 9,378
Net income (loss) 934 934 20 954
Other comprehensive income (loss) 570 570 570
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests (588) (588)
Dividends on preferred stock (35) (35) (35)
Dividends on common stock (209) (209) (209)
Purchase of treasury stock (306) (306) (306)
Issuance of preferred stock 533 533 533
Share-based compensation (58) 150 (55) 37 37
Balances as of December 31, 2023 $ 533 $ 1 $ 6,005 $ (599) $ (2,808) $ 7,038 $ 10,170 $ 164 $ 10,334
Net income (loss) 946 946 30 976
Other comprehensive income (loss) (714) (714) (714)
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests 24 24
Dividends on preferred stock (44) (44) (44)
Dividends on common stock (216) (216) (216)
Purchase of treasury stock (442) (442) (442)
Share-based compensation 41 34 (11) 64 64
Balances as of December 31, 2024 $ 533 $ 1 $ 6,046 $ (1,007) $ (3,522) $ 7,713 $ 9,764 $ 218 $ 9,982
Net income (loss) 27 27 45 72
Other comprehensive income (loss) 1,052 1,052 1,052
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests 126 126
Dividends on preferred stock (44) (44) (44)
Dividends on common stock (228) (228) (228)
Purchase of treasury stock (669) (669) (669)
Share-based compensation 17 31 3 51 51
Balances as of December 31, 2025 $ 533 $ 1 $ 6,063 $ (1,645) $ (2,470) $ 7,471 $ 9,953 $ 389 $ 10,342

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) $ 72 $ 976 $ 954
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net realized losses (gains) on investments 116 11 554
Net losses (gains) on derivatives 3,241 6,801 5,310
Net losses (gains) on funds withheld reinsurance treaties 1,304 1,052 1,801
Net (gain) loss on market risk benefits 605 (3,809) (3,897)
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net 44 46 102
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, gross 1,221 1,110 1,145
Mortality, expense and surrender charges (521) (545) (528)
Amortization of discount and premium on investments (39) (33) (27)
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (173) 294 (207)
Share-based compensation 132 191 107
Change in:
Accrued investment income (105) (17) 2
Deferred acquisition costs 227 415 622
Funds withheld, net of reinsurance 116 211 (20)
Future policy benefits (421) (777) (731)
Other assets and liabilities, net (61) (133) 123
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 5,758 5,793 5,310
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales, maturities and repayments of:
Debt securities 8,413 10,524 11,488
Equity securities 46 289 316
Mortgage loans 1,641 1,783 2,492
Purchases of:
Debt securities (14,541) (11,718) (8,231)
Equity securities (21) (16) (200)
Mortgage loans (1,950) (1,132) (1,605)
Settlements related to derivatives and collateral on investments (1,106) (6,481) (5,475)
Other investing activities (238) (339) 623
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (7,756) (7,090) (592)

(continued)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

(in millions)

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Cash flows from financing activities:
Policyholders' account balances:
Deposits 27,355 20,122 14,189
Withdrawals (42,245) (39,372) (29,112)
Net transfers from (to) separate accounts 20,761 19,892 10,017
Proceeds from (payments on) repurchase agreements and securities lending (516) 1,532 (1,025)
Net proceeds from (payments on) Federal Home Loan Bank notes (700) 450 250
Settlements related to deferred premium on derivatives (114)
Payments on debt (5) (5) (603)
Issuance of debt of consolidated investment entities 736 948 297
Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities (527) (526) (351)
Contributions from partners of consolidated investments 126 29 111
Distributions from partners of consolidated investments (92)
Dividends on common stock (223) (211) (201)
Dividends on preferred stock (44) (44) (35)
Purchase of treasury stock (669) (442) (306)
Issuance of preferred stock 533
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 3,935 2,373 (6,328)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 1,937 1,076 (1,610)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 3,767 2,691 4,301
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $ 5,704 $ 3,767 $ 2,691
Supplemental cash flow information
Income taxes paid (received) $ (97) $ (8) $ (21)
Interest paid $ 233 $ 263 $ 183
Non-cash investing activities
Debt securities acquired from exchanges, payments-in-kind, and similar transactions $ 323 $ 50 $ 144
Other invested assets acquired from stock splits and stock distributions $ $ $ 317
Non-cash financing activities
Non-cash dividend equivalents on stock based awards $ (5) $ (5) $ (8)
Reconciliation to Consolidated Balance Sheets
Cash and cash equivalents $ 5,704 $ 3,767 $ 2,688
Restricted cash (included in Other assets) 3
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash $ 5,704 $ 3,767 $ 2,691

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Jackson Financial Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.    Business and Basis of Presentation

Jackson Financial Inc. ("JFI" or “Jackson Financial”) together with its subsidiaries (the “Company,” which also may be referred to as “we,” “our” or “us”), is a financial services company focused on helping Americans secure their financial futures. Jackson Financial is domiciled in the state of Delaware in the United States (“U.S.”). Jackson Financial became an independent public company on September 13, 2021.

Jackson Financial’s primary life insurance subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company and its insurance subsidiaries (collectively, “Jackson”), is licensed to sell group and individual annuity products (including variable, registered index-linked, fixed index, fixed and payout annuities), and individual life insurance products, including variable universal life, in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Jackson also participates in the institutional products market through the issuance of guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) and funding agreements. In addition to Jackson, Jackson Financial’s operating subsidiaries include:

•PPM America, Inc. (“PPM”), a registered investment adviser, is the Company’s investment management operation that manages the life insurance companies’ general account investment funds. PPM also provides investment services to other institutional clients globally;

•Brooke Life Insurance Company (“Brooke Life”), the direct parent of Jackson, is a Michigan life insurance company licensed to sell life insurance and annuity products in the state of Michigan;

•Brooke Life Reinsurance Company ("Brooke Re"), also a direct subsidiary of Brooke Life, was formed as a Michigan captive reinsurance company; and

•Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company ("Hickory Re"), a direct subsidiary of Brooke Re, was formed as a Michigan captive reinsurance company.

Other significant wholly-owned subsidiaries of Jackson are as follows:

•Life insurers: Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York (“Jackson NY” or “JNY”); Squire Reassurance Company II, Inc. (“Squire Re II”); and VFL International Life Company SPC, LTD;

•Registered broker-dealer: Jackson National Life Distributors LLC (“JNLD”); and

•Registered investment adviser: Jackson National Asset Management LLC (“JNAM”) manages the life insurance companies' separate account funds underlying our variable annuities products, of which the majority of the funds are sub-advised. JNAM manages and oversees those sub-advisers.

The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements also include other insignificant partnerships, limited liability companies (“LLCs”) and other variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is deemed the primary beneficiary.

Brooke Life Reinsurance Company

During the first quarter of 2024, Jackson entered into a reinsurance transaction with Brooke Re and all economics of the transaction were effective as of January 1, 2024. Jackson and Brooke Re are both direct subsidiaries of Brooke Life and the reinsurance transaction eliminates upon consolidation at JFI. The reinsurance transaction primarily provides for the cession from Jackson to Brooke Re of liabilities associated with certain guaranteed benefit riders under variable annuity contracts and similar products of Jackson (constituting “market risk benefits”), both in-force on the effective date of the reinsurance agreement and written in the future (i.e., on a “flow” basis). For regulatory reporting purposes, Brooke Re utilizes a modified U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") approach, primarily related to market risk benefits, with the intent to increase alignment between assets and liabilities in response to changes in economic factors. The reinsurance transaction and related modified U.S. GAAP approach allows us to mitigate the impact of the cash surrender value floor on Jackson’s total adjusted capital, statutory required capital, and risk-based capital ratio, as well as allows for more efficient economic hedging of the underlying risks of Jackson’s business.

Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company

During the fourth quarter of 2025, Jackson entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hickory Re, on a quota-share coinsurance basis on certain fixed annuities and fixed index annuities issued by Jackson, including the annuitization of these contracts, with all economics of the transaction effective as of December 1, 2025. Additionally, under the agreement Hickory Re will reinsure the new sales of fixed annuities and fixed index annuities of Jackson. Jackson and Hickory Re, a subsidiary of Brooke Re, are subsidiaries of Brooke Life and the reinsurance transaction eliminates upon consolidation at JFI. For regulatory reporting purposes, Hickory Re measures the liabilities for assumed contracts using a modified U.S. GAAP methodology which is intended to increase alignment between assets and liabilities in response to changes in economic factors.

Hickory Re has been established to serve as a capital-efficient way to accelerate further sales growth of Jackson’s fixed and fixed index annuity products as we grow our spread-based business. In addition, on January 6, 2026, Jackson announced that it entered a long-term strategic partnership with TPG, Inc. ("TPG"), combining the strength of Jackson’s annuity product expertise and broad distribution network with TPG’s private credit platform. The partnership aims to expand Jackson’s spread-based product sales. See Note 25 – Subsequent Events of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on this transaction.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Certain amounts in the 2024 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2025 presentation.

With the establishment of Brooke Re in the first quarter of 2024, the Company’s hedging program was enhanced to align hedging instruments more closely with market risk benefit reserves, which resulted in higher levels of interest rate hedging consistent with the economics of our business. In connection with this enhanced hedging approach, the Company reviewed its existing interest rate hedging instruments and determined that interest rate swaps that were historically used for duration management purposes should be recharacterized as supporting our hedging of variable annuity market risk benefits. Accordingly, effective January 1, 2024, the periodic settlements and change in settlement accruals on interest rate swaps are now classified as non-operating and excluded from our non-GAAP financial measure of pretax adjusted operating earnings. Prior period amounts have not been adjusted for this prospective recharacterization with respect to interest rate swaps.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes. Significant estimates or assumptions, as further discussed in these notes, include:

•Valuation of investments and derivative instruments, including fair values of securities deemed to be in an illiquid market and the determination of when an impairment is necessary;

•Assumptions used in calculating policy reserves and liabilities, including policyholder behavior, mortality rates, expenses, investment returns and policy crediting rates;

•Estimates related to expectations of credit losses on certain financial assets and off-balance sheet exposures;

•Assumptions and estimates associated with the Company’s tax positions, including an estimate of the dividends received deduction, which impact the amount of recognized tax benefits recorded by the Company, and assumptions as to future earnings levels being sufficient to realize deferred tax benefits;

•Assumptions used in calculating market risk benefits, including policyholder behavior, mortality rates, and capital market assumptions; and

•Assumptions impacting the expected term used in amortizing deferred acquisition costs, including policyholder behavior and mortality rates.

These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other appropriate factors. As facts and circumstances evolve, these estimates and assumptions may be adjusted. Since future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. The effects of changes in estimates and assumptions, including those resulting from changing expectations with respect to the economic environment, will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements covering the periods in which the estimates are changed.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The following table identifies our significant accounting policies presented in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:

Investments Note 4
Derivative Instruments Note 5
Fair Value Measurements Note 6
Deferred Acquisition Costs Note 7
Reinsurance Note 8
Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable Note 9
Other Contract Holder Funds Note 10
Separate Account Assets and Liabilities Note 11
Market Risk Benefits Note 12
Long-Term Debt Note 13
Income Taxes Note 15
Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees Note 16
Share-Based Compensation Note 18
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Note 23
Earnings Per Share Note 25

Other Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents primarily include money market instruments and bank deposits. Cash equivalents also include

all highly liquid securities and other investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less

at the date of purchase.

Revenue and Expense Recognition

Premiums for traditional life insurance and limited-payment insurance contracts are reported as revenues when due. Benefits, claims and expenses are associated with earned revenues in order to recognize profit over the lives of the contracts. This association is accomplished through provisions for future policy benefits and the deferral and amortization of certain acquisition costs.

Deposits on interest-sensitive life products and investment contracts, principally deferred annuities and guaranteed investment contracts, are treated as policyholder deposits and excluded from revenue. Revenues consist primarily of investment income and charges assessed against the account value for mortality charges, surrenders, variable annuity benefit guarantees and administrative expenses. Fee income also includes revenues related to asset management fees and certain service fees. Surrender benefits are treated as repayments of the policyholder account. Annuity benefit payments are treated as reductions to the policyholder account. Death benefits in excess of the policyholder account are recognized as an expense when incurred. Expenses consist primarily of the interest credited to policyholder deposits. Acquisition expenses directly related to the successful acquisition of these contracts are deferred. These deferred acquisition costs are amortized on a constant-level basis over the expected term of the contracts. Expenses not related to policy acquisition are recognized when incurred.

Management Fees Based on a Formula

PPM receives an investment management fee for services as an asset manager for various entities. Revenue for these services is measured based on the terms specified in a customer's contract and is recognized when PPM satisfies a performance obligation. These investment management fees are recognized ratably over the period that assets are managed, and when the probability of significant revenue reversal is remote. PPM also receives performance-based incentive fees from certain entities for which it invests based on predetermined formulas. Performance related management fees are earned over a specified period and can result in additional fees. These fees are recognized at the end of the specified period, once the fees are fixed, determinable, not subject to further performance metrics, and probability of significant revenue reversal is remote.

New Accounting Pronouncements – Adopted

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures”, which enhances annual income tax disclosures by requiring disclosure of disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. Effective for the annual period ended December 31, 2025, the Company adopted this ASU retrospectively and restated disclosures for prior periods. The adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures under this ASU are included in Note 15 – Income Taxes.

New Accounting Pronouncements – Issued but Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40),” which requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for public business entities. The ASU requires footnote disclosure about specific types of expenses included in certain expense captions presented on the face of the income statement and the total amount of selling expenses on an annual and interim basis. The entity is also required to disclose its definition of selling expenses in annual reporting periods. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance and determining the transition method and the timing of adoption.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-use Software.” Under the new standard, an entity will start capitalizing eligible software costs when management has authorized and committed to funding the software project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended (referred to as the “probable-to-complete recognition threshold”). The amendments in this ASU will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period. The amendments can be applied on a fully prospective basis, a modified basis for in-process projects, or a fully retrospective basis. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance and determining the transition method and the timing of adoption.

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-08, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans,” which requires certain purchased seasoned loans acquired without credit deterioration be accounted for using the gross-up approach in Topic 326 that is currently applied to purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD”) financial assets. Under the gross-up approach, the initial allowance for credit losses is established by increasing the amortized cost basis of the loan rather than recognizing a charge to credit loss expense. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted in an interim or annual reporting period in which financial statements have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The amendments are to be applied prospectively. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance and the timing of adoption.

In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, “Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow Scope Improvements”, which provides additional guidance on what disclosures should be provided in interim reporting periods including disclosure of events since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the entity. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this ASU can be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance and determining the transition method and the timing of adoption.

3.    Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments: Retail Annuities, Institutional Products, and Closed Life and Annuity Blocks. The Company reports, in Corporate and Other, certain activities and items that are not included in these reportable segments, including the results of PPM Holdings, Inc., the holding company of PPM, which manages the majority of the Company’s general account investment portfolio. The reportable segments reflect how the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the "CODM") views and manages the business. The Company’s CODM function is performed jointly by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. For the Retail Annuities, Closed Life and Annuity Blocks, and Institutional Products segments, the CODM uses segment pretax adjusted operating earnings to allocate resources for each segment, predominantly through the annual budget and forecasting process, and to assess the performance of each segment, primarily by comparing the results of each segment with one another, with planned and forecasted results, and with comparative prior period results. The following is a brief description of the Company’s reportable segments, plus its Corporate and Other segment.

Retail Annuities

The Company’s Retail Annuities segment offers a variety of retirement income and savings products through its diverse suite of products, consisting primarily of variable annuities, registered index-linked annuities ("RILA"), fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, and payout annuities. These products are distributed through various wirehouses, insurance brokers and independent broker-dealers, as well as through banks and financial institutions.

The Company’s variable annuities represent an attractive option for retirees and soon-to-be retirees, providing access to equity market appreciation and add-on benefits, including guaranteed lifetime income. A RILA offers customers access to market returns through market index-linked investment options, subject to a cap, and offers a variety of features designed to modify or limit losses. A fixed index annuity is designed for investors who desire principal protection with the opportunity to participate in capped upside investment returns linked to a reference market index. A fixed annuity is a guaranteed product designed to build wealth without market exposure, through a crediting rate that is likely to be superior to interest rates offered by banks or money market funds.

The financial results of the variable annuity business within the Company’s Retail Annuities segment are largely dependent on the performance of the contract holder account value, which impacts both the level of fees collected and the benefits paid to the contract holder. The financial results of the Company’s fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, RILA and the fixed option on variable annuities, are largely dependent on the Company’s ability to earn a spread between earned investment rates on general account assets and the interest credited to contract holders.

Institutional Products

The Company’s Institutional Products segment consists of traditional guaranteed investment contracts ("GICs") and funding agreements. The Company’s GIC products are marketed to defined contribution pension and profit-sharing retirement plans. Funding agreements are marketed to institutional investors, including corporate cash accounts and securities lending funds, as well as money market funds. Funding agreements are also issued in conjunction with the Company's participation in the U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") program.

The financial results of the Company’s institutional products business are primarily dependent on the Company’s ability to earn a spread between earned investment rates on general account assets and the interest credited on GICs and funding agreements.

Closed Life and Annuity Blocks

The Company's Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment is primarily composed of blocks of business that have been acquired since 2004. This segment includes various protection products, primarily whole life, universal life, variable universal life, and term life insurance products, as well as fixed, fixed index, and payout annuities. The Company historically offered traditional and interest-sensitive life insurance products but discontinued new sales of life insurance products in 2012, as we believe opportunistically acquiring mature blocks of life insurance policies is a more efficient means of diversifying our in-force business than selling new life insurance products.

The profitability of the Company’s Closed Life and Annuity Blocks segment is largely driven by its historical ability to appropriately price its products and purchase appropriately priced blocks of business, as realized through underwriting, expense and net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments, and the ability to earn an assumed rate of return on the assets supporting that business.

Corporate and Other

The Company’s Corporate and Other segment primarily consists of the operations of its investment management subsidiary, PPM, VIEs, and unallocated corporate income and expenses. The Corporate and Other segment also includes intersegment eliminations and consolidation adjustments.

Segment Performance Measurement

Segment operating revenues and pretax adjusted operating earnings are non-GAAP financial measures that management believes are critical to the evaluation of the financial performance of the Company’s segments. The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment pretax adjusted operating earnings as used in its reporting of consolidated net income. Its primary measure is pretax adjusted operating earnings, which is defined as net income reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, excluding certain items that may be highly variable from period to period due to accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP, or that are non-recurring in nature, as well as certain other revenues and expenses that are not considered drivers of underlying performance. Operating revenues and pretax adjusted operating earnings should not be used as a substitute for revenues and net income, respectively, as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Pretax adjusted operating earnings equals net income adjusted to eliminate the impact of the items described in the following numbered paragraphs. These items are excluded from pretax adjusted operating earnings as they may vary significantly from period to period due to near-term market conditions and, therefore, are not directly comparable or reflective of the underlying performance of our business. We believe these exclusions provide investors a better picture of the drivers of our underlying performance.

  1. Net Hedging Results: Comprised of: (i) fees attributed to guaranteed benefits; (ii) net gains (losses) on hedging instruments that includes: (a) changes in the fair value of freestanding derivatives, and related commissions and expenses, used to manage the risk associated with market risk benefits and other guaranteed benefit features, excluding earned income from periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals on cross-currency swaps; and (b) investment income and change in fair value of certain non-derivative assets used to manage the risk associated with market risk benefits and other guaranteed benefit features; and (iii) the movements in reserves, market risk benefits, guaranteed benefit features accounted for as embedded derivative instruments, and related claims and benefit payments (excluding impacts of actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements). We believe excluding these items removes the impact to both revenue and related expenses associated with Net Hedging Results.

  2. Amortization of DAC Associated with Non-operating Items at Date of Transition to LDTI: Amortization of the balance of unamortized deferred acquisition costs ("DAC"), at January 1, 2021, the date of transition to current Long Duration Targeted Improvements ("LDTI") accounting guidance, associated with items excluded from pretax adjusted operating earnings prior to transition.

  3. Actuarial Assumption Updates and Model Enhancements: The impact on the valuation of market risk benefits and embedded derivatives arising from our annual actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements review.
    
  4. Net Realized Investment Gains and Losses: Comprised of: \(i\) realized investment gains and losses associated with the periodic sales or disposals of securities, excluding those held within our trading portfolio; \(ii\) impairments of securities, after adjustment for the non-credit component of the impairment charges; and \(iii\) foreign currency gain or loss on foreign denominated funding agreements and associated cross-currency swaps.
    
  5. Change in Value of Funds Withheld Embedded Derivative and Net Investment Income on Funds Withheld Assets: Comprised of: (i) the change in fair value of funds withheld embedded derivatives, and (ii) net investment income on funds withheld assets related to funds withheld reinsurance transactions.

  6. Other Items: Comprised of: (i) the impact of investments that are consolidated in our financial statements due to U.S. GAAP accounting requirements, such as our investments in collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"), but for which the consolidation effects are not consistent with our economic interest or exposure to those entities; (ii) impacts from derivatives not included in Net Hedging Results or Net Realized Investment Gains or Losses (see 1. and 4. above), excluding earned income from periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals on cross-currency swaps; and (iii) one-time or other non-recurring items.

7. Income Taxes.

Set forth in the tables below is certain information with respect to the Company’s segments (in millions):

For the Year Ended December 31, 2025 Retail Annuities Institutional<br>Products Closed Life<br>and Annuity <br>Blocks Corporate and<br> Other Total<br>Consolidated
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 4,448 $ $ 422 $ 44 $ 4,914
Premiums 67 91 158
Net investment income 935 535 724 38 2,232
Other income (loss) 28 23 10 61
Total Operating Revenues 5,478 535 1,260 92 7,365
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 111 610 721
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net (20) 64 44
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net<br><br>of deferrals and amortization 420 438 363 1,221
Interest expense 22 78 100
Asset-based commission expenses 1,153 1,153
Other commission expenses 1,111 33 1,144
Sub-advisor expenses 316 (7) 309
General and administrative expenses 786 5 112 164 1,067
Deferral of acquisition costs (876) (876)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 592 8 600
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 3,615 443 1,190 235 5,483
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 1,863 $ 92 $ 70 $ (143) $ 1,882
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024 Retail Annuities Institutional<br>Products Closed Life<br>and Annuity <br>Blocks Corporate and<br> Other Total<br>Consolidated
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 4,460 $ $ 443 $ 49 $ 4,952
Premiums 52 103 155
Net investment income 725 438 659 (2) 1,820
Other income (loss) 32 31 (19) 44
Total Operating Revenues 5,269 438 1,236 28 6,971
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy reserves, net of deferrals 67 573 640
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net (54) 104 50
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net<br>    of deferrals and amortization 362 338 410 1,110
Interest expense 23 78 101
Asset-based commission expenses 1,137 1,137
Other commission expenses 891 37 928
Sub-advisor expenses 334 (8) 326
General and administrative expenses 788 4 106 222 1,120
Deferral of acquisition costs (693) 7 (686)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 559 8 567
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 3,414 342 1,245 292 5,293
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 1,855 $ 96 $ (9) $ (264) $ 1,678
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Retail Annuities Institutional<br>Products Closed Life<br>and Annuity <br>Blocks Corporate and<br> Other Total<br>Consolidated
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Operating Revenues
Fee income $ 4,036 $ $ 457 $ 52 $ 4,545
Premiums 21 136 157
Net investment income 436 408 644 58 1,546
Other income (loss) 37 25 5 67
Total Operating Revenues 4,530 408 1,262 115 6,315
Operating Benefits and Expenses
Death, other policy benefits and change in policy<br>    reserves, net of deferrals 43 641 684
(Gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net (4) 106 102
Interest credited on other contract holder funds, net<br>    of deferrals and amortization 374 334 437 1,145
Interest expense 24 85 109
Asset-based commission expenses 1,022 1,022
Other commission expenses 691 29 720
Sub-advisor expenses 318 (7) 311
General and administrative expenses 677 5 115 210 1,007
Deferral of acquisition costs (530) 19 (511)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs 551 10 561
Total Operating Benefits and Expenses 3,166 339 1,357 288 5,150
Pretax Adjusted Operating Earnings $ 1,364 $ 69 $ (95) $ (173) $ 1,165

Intersegment eliminations in the above tables are included in the Corporate and Other segment. These include the elimination of investment income, between Retail Annuities and the Corporate and Other segments, as well as the elimination from fee income and investment income of investment fees paid by Jackson Financial and its subsidiaries to PPM, which were $98 million, $81 million, and $76 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table summarizes the reconciling items from the non-GAAP measure of total operating revenues to the U.S. GAAP measure of total revenues attributable to the Company (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Total operating revenues $ 7,365 $ 6,971 $ 6,315
Fees attributed to guarantee benefit reserves 3,060 3,122 3,125
Net gains (losses) on hedging instruments and investments (4,645) (7,904) (7,512)
Net investment income (loss) related to noncontrolling interests 45 30 20
Consolidated investments 3 28 (39)
Net investment income on funds withheld assets 855 1,024 1,174
Total revenues (1) $ 6,683 $ 3,271 $ 3,083

(1) Substantially all the Company's revenues originated in the U.S. There were no customers that, individually, generated revenues that exceeded 10% of total revenues attributable to the Company.

The following table summarizes the reconciling items from the non-GAAP measure of total operating benefits and expenses to the U.S. GAAP measure of total benefits and expenses attributable to the Company (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Total operating benefits and expenses $ 5,483 $ 5,293 $ 5,150
Net (gain) loss on market risk benefits 605 (3,809) (3,897)
Benefits attributed to guaranteed benefit features 206 224 281
Amortization of DAC related to non-operating revenues and expenses 503 541 591
Total benefits and expenses $ 6,797 $ 2,249 $ 2,125

The following table summarizes the reconciling items, from the non-GAAP measure of pretax adjusted operating earnings to the U.S. GAAP measure of net income attributable to the Company (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Pretax adjusted operating earnings $ 1,882 $ 1,678 $ 1,165
Pre-tax reconciling items from adjusted operating income to net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc.:
Fees attributable to guarantee benefit reserves 3,060 3,122 3,125
Net gains (losses) on hedging instruments (1,213) (5,856) (4,651)
Market risk benefits gains (losses), net (222) 4,243 4,295
Net reserve and embedded derivative movements (2,286) (1,224) (779)
Total net hedging results (661) 285 1,990
Amortization of DAC associated with non-operating items at date of transition to LDTI (503) (541) (591)
Actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements (360) (419) (406)
Net realized investment gains (losses) (44) (11) (554)
Net realized investment gains (losses) on funds withheld assets (1,304) (1,052) (1,801)
Net investment income on funds withheld assets 855 1,024 1,174
Other items (24) 28 (39)
Pretax income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. (159) 992 938
Income tax expense (benefit) (186) 46 4
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. 27 946 934
Less: Dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899

The following table summarizes total assets by segment (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Retail Annuities $ 307,225 $ 296,621
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 26,988 26,700
Institutional Products 12,869 9,332
Corporate and Other 5,504 5,797
Total Assets $ 352,586 $ 338,450

4.    Investments

Investments consist primarily of fixed-income securities and loans, principally publicly-traded corporate and government bonds, asset-backed securities and mortgage loans. Asset-backed securities include mortgage-backed and other structured securities. The Company generates the majority of its general account deposits from interest-sensitive individual annuity contracts, life insurance products and institutional products on which it has committed to pay a declared rate of interest. The Company's strategy of investing in fixed-income securities and loans seeks to match the asset yield with the amounts credited to the interest-sensitive liabilities and to earn a stable return on its investments.

Debt Securities

Debt securities consist primarily of bonds, notes, and asset-backed securities. Acquisition discounts and premiums on debt securities are amortized into investment income through call or maturity dates using the effective interest method. Discounts and premiums on asset-backed securities are amortized over the estimated redemption period. Certain asset-backed securities for which the Company might not recover substantially all of its recorded investment are accounted for on a prospective basis according to changes in the estimated future cash flows.

Debt securities are generally classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, for which the Company deems an impairment necessary, the amortized cost may be written down to fair value through net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments, or an allowance for credit loss (“ACL”) may be recorded along with a charge to net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments.

Certain debt securities included from consolidation of certain VIEs are carried at fair value under the fair value option with changes in fair value included in net investment income. Other debt securities included from consolidation of certain VIEs are classified as trading securities and are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value included in net investment income.

The following table sets forth the composition of the fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2025 and 2024, classified by rating categories as assigned by nationally recognized statistical rating organization (a “rating agency”), National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC”) or, if not rated by such organizations, the Company’s investment advisors. The Company uses the second lowest rating by a rating agency when rating agencies' ratings are not equivalent and, for purposes of the table, if not otherwise rated by a rating agency, the NAIC rating of a security is converted to an equivalent rating agency rating. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the carrying value of investments rated by the Company’s consolidated investment advisor totaled $606 million and $417 million, respectively.

Percent of Total Debt<br>Securities Carrying Value
December 31,
Investment Rating 2025 2024
U.S. government securities 5.9% 7.3%
AAA 5.0% 6.1%
AA 9.5% 9.6%
A 32.2% 31.2%
BBB 40.9% 38.8%
Investment grade 93.5% 93.0%
BB 2.5% 3.1%
B and below 4.0% 3.9%
Below investment grade 6.5% 7.0%
Total debt securities 100.0% 100.0%

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the total carrying value of debt securities in an unrealized loss position consisted of:

December 31,
2025 2024
Investment grade securities 78% 79%
Below investment grade securities 1% 1%
Not rated securities 21% 20%

Unrealized losses on debt securities that were below investment grade or not rated were approximately 19% and 19% of the aggregate gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Corporate securities in an unrealized loss position were diversified across industries. As of December 31, 2025, the industries accounting for the largest percentage of unrealized losses included utility (18% of corporate gross unrealized losses) and healthcare (13%). The largest unrealized loss related to a single corporate obligor was $55 million at December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, the industries accounting for the largest percentage of unrealized losses included utility (18% of corporate gross unrealized losses) and financial services (13%). The largest unrealized loss related to a single corporate obligor was $61 million at December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amortized cost, ACL, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of debt securities, including trading securities and securities carried at fair value under the fair value option, were as follows (in millions):

Allowance Gross Gross
Amortized for Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 2025 Cost (1) Credit Loss Gains Losses Value
U.S. government securities $ 3,854 $ $ 2 $ 851 $ 3,005
Other government securities 1,254 4 193 1,065
Public utilities 6,529 75 458 6,146
Corporate securities 34,515 443 2,042 32,916
Residential mortgage-backed 445 4 24 23 442
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,873 10 54 1,829
Other asset-backed securities 5,491 7 34 130 5,388
Total debt securities $ 53,961 $ 11 $ 592 $ 3,751 $ 50,791
Allowance Gross Gross
Amortized for Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 2024 Cost (1) Credit Loss Gains Losses Value
U.S. government securities $ 4,120 $ $ 1 $ 962 $ 3,159
Other government securities 1,345 1 252 1,094
Public utilities 5,716 29 589 5,156
Corporate securities 30,581 8 137 2,732 27,978
Residential mortgage-backed 374 6 14 44 338
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,674 3 100 1,577
Other asset-backed securities 4,243 25 11 196 4,033
Total debt securities $ 48,053 $ 39 $ 196 $ 4,875 $ 43,335
(1) Amortized cost, apart from the carrying value for securities carried at fair value under the fair value option and trading securities.

The amortized cost, ACL, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2025, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in millions). Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities where securities can be called or prepaid with or without early redemption penalties.

Allowance Gross Gross
Amortized for Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost (1) Credit Loss Gains Losses Value
Due in 1 year or less $ 1,415 $ $ 2 $ 5 $ 1,412
Due after 1 year through 5 years 13,633 153 300 13,486
Due after 5 years through 10 years 13,686 270 308 13,648
Due after 10 years through 20 years 9,879 77 1,371 8,585
Due after 20 years 7,539 22 1,560 6,001
Residential mortgage-backed 445 4 24 23 442
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,873 10 54 1,829
Other asset-backed securities 5,491 7 34 130 5,388
Total $ 53,961 $ 11 $ 592 $ 3,751 $ 50,791

(1) Amortized cost, apart from the carrying value for securities carried at fair value under the fair value option and trading securities.

As required by law in various states in which business is conducted, securities with a carrying value of $57 million and $83 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were on deposit with regulatory authorities.

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) include certain RMBS that are collateralized by residential mortgage loans and are neither expressly nor implicitly guaranteed by U.S. government agencies (“non-agency RMBS”). The Company’s non-agency RMBS include investments in securities backed by prime, Alt-A, and subprime loans, as follows (in millions):

Allowance Gross Gross
Amortized for Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 2025 Cost (1) Credit Loss Gains Losses Value
Prime $ 280 $ 2 $ 3 $ 13 $ 268
Alt-A 23 2 16 2 35
Subprime 7 4 11
Total non-agency RMBS $ 310 $ 4 $ 23 $ 15 $ 314
Allowance Gross Gross
Amortized for Unrealized Unrealized Fair
December 31, 2024 Cost (1) Credit Loss Gains Losses Value
Prime $ 145 $ 3 $ 2 $ 18 $ 126
Alt-A 52 3 8 11 46
Subprime 5 4 9
Total non-agency RMBS $ 202 $ 6 $ 14 $ 29 $ 181
(1) Amortized cost, apart from carrying value for securities carried at fair value under the fair value option and trading securities.

The Company defines its exposure to non-agency RMBS as follows:

•Prime loan-backed securities that are collateralized by mortgage loans made to the highest rated borrowers;

•Alt-A loan-backed securities that are collateralized by mortgage loans made to borrowers who lack credit documentation or necessary requirements to obtain prime borrower rates; and

•Subprime loan-backed securities that are collateralized by mortgage loans made to borrowers that have a FICO score of 660 or lower.

Unrealized Losses on Debt Securities

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management first assesses whether the Company has the intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell, the security before the amortized cost basis is fully recovered. If either criterion is met, the amortized cost is written down to fair value through net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments as an impairment. If neither criterion is met, the securities are further evaluated to determine if the cause of the decline in fair value resulted from credit losses or other factors, such as estimates about issuer operations and future earnings potential.

There are inherent uncertainties in assessing the fair values assigned to the Company’s investments. The Company’s reviews of net present value and fair value involve several criteria including economic conditions, credit loss experience, other issuer-specific developments and estimated future cash flows. These assessments are based on the best available information at the time. Factors such as market liquidity, the widening of bid/ask spreads and a change in the cash flow assumptions can contribute to future price volatility. If actual experience differs negatively from the assumptions and other considerations used in the Consolidated Financial Statements, unrealized losses currently reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the consolidated income statements in future periods.

The Company currently has no intent to sell securities with unrealized losses considered to be temporary until they mature or recover in value and believes that it has the ability to do so. However, if the specific facts and circumstances surrounding an individual security, or the outlook for its industry sector change, the Company may sell the security prior to its maturity or recovery and realize a loss.

When all, or a portion, of a security is deemed uncollectible, the uncollectible portion is written off with an adjustment to amortized cost and a corresponding reduction to the allowance for credit losses.

Accrued interest receivables are presented separate from the amortized cost basis of debt securities. Accrued interest receivables that are determined to be uncollectible are written off with a corresponding reduction to net investment income. Accrued interest of $5 million and $1 million was written off during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following table summarizes the number of securities, fair value and the gross unrealized losses of debt securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual debt securities have been in a continuous loss position (dollars in millions):

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Less than 12 months Less than 12 months
Gross Fair <br>Value Gross Fair <br>Value
Unrealized # of Unrealized # of
Losses securities Losses securities
U.S. government securities $ 2 $ 68 16 $ 6 $ 172 21
Other government securities 1 48 7 2 47 13
Public utilities 7 419 44 26 835 92
Corporate securities 44 2,300 240 179 5,998 694
Residential mortgage-backed 2 43 21 3 96 52
Commercial mortgage-backed 2 163 30 18 265 31
Other asset-backed securities 16 673 69 9 641 51
Total temporarily impaired securities $ 74 $ 3,714 427 $ 243 $ 8,054 954
12 months or longer 12 months or longer
Gross Fair <br>Value Gross Fair <br>Value
Unrealized # of Unrealized # of
Losses securities Losses securities
U.S. government securities $ 849 $ 2,263 20 $ 956 $ 2,149 23
Other government securities 192 887 107 250 1,026 130
Public utilities 451 3,383 415 563 3,486 449
Corporate securities 1,998 12,130 1,502 2,553 13,956 1,828
Residential mortgage-backed 21 172 166 41 187 204
Commercial mortgage-backed 52 801 117 82 1,002 150
Other asset-backed securities 114 1,249 147 187 1,609 194
Total temporarily impaired securities $ 3,677 $ 20,885 2,474 $ 4,632 $ 23,415 2,978
Total Total
Gross Fair <br>Value Gross Fair <br>Value
Unrealized # of Unrealized # of
Losses securities (1) Losses securities (1)
U.S. government securities $ 851 $ 2,331 31 $ 962 $ 2,321 38
Other government securities 193 935 113 252 1,073 142
Public utilities 458 3,802 454 589 4,321 524
Corporate securities 2,042 14,430 1,706 2,732 19,954 2,380
Residential mortgage-backed 23 215 187 44 283 255
Commercial mortgage-backed 54 964 146 100 1,267 175
Other asset-backed securities 130 1,922 211 196 2,250 238
Total temporarily impaired securities $ 3,751 $ 24,599 2,848 $ 4,875 $ 31,469 3,752

(1) Certain securities contain multiple lots and fit the criteria of both aging groups.

Debt securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2025 did not require an impairment recognized in earnings as (i) the Company did not intend to sell these debt securities, (ii) it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, and (iii) the difference in the fair value compared to the amortized cost was due to factors other than credit loss. Based upon this evaluation, the Company believes it has the ability to generate adequate amounts of cash from normal operations to meet cash requirements with a reasonable margin of safety without requiring the sale of these securities.

As of December 31, 2025, unrealized losses associated with debt securities are primarily due to widening credit spreads or rising risk-free rates since purchase. As described below, the Company performed analyses of the financial performance of the underlying issues in an unrealized loss position and believes that recovery of the entire amortized cost of each such security is expected.

Evaluation of Available-for-Sale Debt Securities for Credit Loss

The credit loss evaluation for a debt security may consider one or more of the following:

•the extent to which the fair value is below amortized cost;

•changes in ratings;

•whether a significant covenant has been breached; assessments of the issuer’s ability to make scheduled debt payments based upon judgments related to its current and projected financial position, including whether it has filed or indicated a possibility of filing for bankruptcy, has missed or announced it intends to miss a scheduled debt service payment, or has experienced a specific material adverse change that may impair its creditworthiness;

•the existence of, and realizable value of, any collateral backing the obligations;

•the macro-economic and micro-economic outlooks for the issuer and its industry;

•for asset-backed securities: includes an assessment of future estimated cash flows under expected and stress case scenarios to identify potential shortfalls in contractual payments. These estimated cash flows are developed using available performance indicators from the underlying assets, such as current and projected default or delinquency rates, levels of credit enhancement, current subordination levels, vintage, expected loss severity and other relevant characteristics; and

•for mortgage-backed securities, credit losses are assessed using a cash flow model that estimates the cash flows on the underlying mortgages, using the security-specific collateral characteristics and transaction structure. The model estimates cash flows from the underlying mortgage loans and distributes those cash flows to various tranches of securities based on the transaction structure and any existing subordination and credit enhancements. The cash flow model incorporates actual cash flows on the mortgage-backed securities through the current period and then projects the remaining cash flows using a number of assumptions, including prepayment timing, default rates and loss severity. Specifically, for prime and Alt-A RMBS, the assumed default percentage is dependent on the severity of delinquency status, with foreclosures and real estate owned receiving higher rates, but also includes the currently performing loans.

These estimates reflect a combination of data derived by third parties and internally developed assumptions. Where possible, this data is benchmarked against other third-party sources. In addition, these estimates are extrapolated along a default timing curve to estimate the total lifetime pool default rate. When a credit loss is determined to exist and the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the security, an allowance for credit loss is recorded along with a charge to net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than amortized cost. Any remaining unrealized loss after recording the allowance for credit loss is the non-credit amount and is recorded to other comprehensive income.

The allowance for credit loss for specific debt securities may be increased or reversed in subsequent periods due to changes in the assessment of the present value of cash flows that are expected to be collected. Any changes to the allowance for credit loss are recorded as a provision for (or reversal of) credit loss expense in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments.

The roll-forward of the allowance for credit loss for available-for-sale securities by sector is as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2025 US <br>government<br>securities Other government securities Public <br>utilities Corporate securities Residential mortgage-backed Commercial mortgage-backed Other <br>asset-backed securities Total
Balance at January 1, 2025 $ $ $ $ 8 $ 6 $ $ 25 $ 39
Additions for which credit loss was not previously recorded 1 7 8
Changes for securities with previously recorded credit loss 47 47
Additions for purchases of PCD debt securities (1)
Reductions from charge-offs (72) (72)
Reductions for securities disposed (8) (2) (10)
Securities intended/required to be sold before recovery of amortized cost basis (1) (1)
Balance at December 31, 2025 (2) $ $ $ $ $ 4 $ $ 7 $ 11
December 31, 2024 US <br>government<br>securities Other government securities Public <br>utilities Corporate securities Residential mortgage-backed Commercial mortgage-backed Other <br>asset-backed securities Total
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Balance at January 1, 2024 $ $ $ $ 15 $ 6 $ $ $ 21
Additions for which credit loss was not previously recorded 16 16 27 59
Changes for securities with previously recorded credit loss 1 2 3
Additions for purchases of PCD debt securities (1)
Reductions from charge-offs (6) (16) (22)
Reductions for securities disposed (16) (2) (2) (20)
Securities intended/required to be sold before recovery of amortized cost basis (2) (2)
Balance at December 31, 2024 (2) $ $ $ $ 8 $ 6 $ $ 25 $ 39 (1) Represents purchased credit-deteriorated ("PCD") fixed maturity available-for-sale securities.
---
(2) Accrued interest receivable on debt securities totaled $516 million and $435 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and was excluded from the determination of credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Net Investment Income

The sources of net investment income were as follows (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Debt securities (1) $ 1,844 $ 1,546 $ 1,516
Equity securities 4 5 2
Mortgage loans 360 330 318
Policy loans 65 67 68
Limited partnerships 193 163 22
Other investment income 226 189 108
Total investment income excluding funds withheld assets 2,692 2,300 2,034
Investment expenses (2)(3) (396) (462) (354)
Net investment income excluding funds withheld assets 2,296 1,838 1,680
Net investment income on funds withheld assets (see Note 8) 855 1,024 1,174
Net investment income $ 3,151 $ 2,862 $ 2,854

(1) Includes changes in fair value gains (losses) on trading securities and includes $(20) million, $(77) million and $34 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to the change in fair value for securities carried under the fair value option.

(2) In the first quarter of 2024, interest costs principally associated with repurchase agreements and cash collateral were reclassified from interest expense to net investment income. All prior period amounts have been conformed to current period presentation.

(3) Includes expenses from consolidated variable interest entities, which includes changes in fair value of notes issued by those entities, of $(158) million, $(195) million, and $(186) million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively

Investment income is not accrued on securities in default and otherwise where the collection is uncertain. In these cases, receipts of interest on such securities are used to reduce the cost basis of the securities.

Unrealized gains (losses) included in investment income that were recognized on equity securities held were $1 million, $4 million and $(20) million, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Net Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Investments

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized in income at the date of sale and are determined using the specific cost identification method.

The following table summarizes net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Available-for-sale securities
Realized gains on sale $ 23 $ 23 $ 22
Realized losses on sale (40) (136) (397)
Credit loss income (expense) (7) (1) (29)
Credit loss income (expense) on mortgage loans (21) 16 (104)
Other (1) (71) 87 (46)
Net gains (losses) excluding derivatives and funds withheld assets (116) (11) (554)
Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments (see Note 5) (3,241) (6,801) (5,310)
Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (3,357) (6,812) (5,864)
Net gains (losses) on funds withheld reinsurance treaties (see Note 8) (1,304) (1,052) (1,801)
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments $ (4,661) $ (7,864) $ (7,665)
(1) Includes the foreign currency gain or loss related to foreign denominated trust instruments supporting funding agreements.

Net gains (losses) on funds withheld reinsurance treaties represents income (loss) from the sale of investments held in segregated funds withheld accounts in support of reinsurance agreements for which Jackson retains legal ownership of the underlying investments. These gains (losses) are increased or decreased by:

•changes in the embedded derivative liability related to the Athene Life Re Ltd. ("Athene") funds withheld coinsurance agreement (the “Athene Reinsurance Transaction”),

•changes in the related funds withheld payable, as all economic performance of the investments held in the segregated accounts inure to the benefit of the reinsurers under the respective reinsurance agreements, and

•amortization of the difference between book value and fair value of the investments as of the effective date of the reinsurance agreements.

The aggregate fair value of securities sold at a loss for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $1,656 million, $2,921 million and $5,529 million, which was approximately 95%, 94% and 97% of book value, respectively.

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale debt securities were $2.9 billion, $4.3 billion and $6.8 billion during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Consolidated Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs")

The Company’s involvement with VIEs is primarily to invest in assets that gain exposure to a broadly diversified portfolio of asset classes. A VIE is an entity that does not have sufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or where equity investors lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest. The Company performs ongoing qualitative assessments of variable interests in VIEs to determine whether it has a controlling financial interest and would therefore be considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If the Company determines it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it consolidates the assets and liabilities of the VIE in its Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company concluded that the following entities are VIEs and that the Company is the primary beneficiary as it has both the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In each case, the Company’s exposure to loss is limited to the capital invested plus, in the cases of the limited liability companies ("LLCs") and the Private Equity Funds, unfunded capital commitments. Creditors of the consolidated VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company:

•The Company funds affiliated LLCs to facilitate the issuance of collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"). The Company's policy is to record the consolidation of VIEs on a one-month lag due to the timing of when information is available from the VIE.

•Private Equity Funds VII – IX and Strategic Opportunity Fund I are limited partnership structures that invest the ownership capital in portfolios of various other limited partnership structures. Private Equity Fund IX was funded in August 2025 and Strategic Opportunity Fund I was funded in June 2025.

•PPM created and managed institutional share class mutual funds, where Jackson seeded new funds, or new share classes within a fund, when deemed necessary to develop the requisite track record prior to allowing investment by external parties. These mutual funds ceased operations during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Asset and liability information for the consolidated VIEs included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Assets
Debt securities, at fair value under fair value option $ 2,698 $ 2,429
Equity securities 6 6
Other invested assets 979 620
Cash and cash equivalents 154 178
Other assets 51 51
Total assets $ 3,888 $ 3,284
Liabilities
Notes issued by consolidated VIEs, at fair value under fair value option $ 2,578 $ 2,343
Other liabilities 258 279
Total other liabilities 2,836 2,622
Total liabilities $ 2,836 $ 2,622
Equity
Noncontrolling interests $ 389 $ 218

Unconsolidated VIEs

The Company has concluded the following entities are VIEs but does not consolidate them. Based on analysis of the limited partnerships ("LPs"), LLCs and the mutual funds, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE because the Company lacks the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's performance or lacks the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the entities, or both.

•The carrying amounts of the Company’s investments in certain LPs and LLCs are recognized in other invested assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unfunded capital commitments for these investments are detailed in Note 16 of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company’s exposure to loss was limited to $2,709 million and $2,637 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, representing the aggregate capital invested and unfunded capital commitments related to the LPs and LLCs at those dates. The capital invested in an LP or LLC equals the original capital contributed, increased for additional capital contributed after the initial investment, and reduced for any returns of capital from the LP or LLC. LPs and LLCs are carried at fair value.

•The Company's investments in certain mutual funds are recognized in equity securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $21 million and $19 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these mutual funds is limited to the amortized cost for these investments.

The Company makes investments in structured debt securities issued by VIEs for which it is not the manager. These structured debt securities include RMBS, Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities ("CMBS"), and Asset-Backed Securities ("ABS"). The Company does not consolidate the securitization trusts utilized in these transactions because it does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of these securitization trusts. The Company does not consider its continuing involvement with these VIEs to be significant because it either invests in securities issued by the VIE and was not involved in the design of the VIE or no transfers have occurred between the Company and the VIE. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these structured debt securities is limited to the amortized cost of these investments. The Company does not have any further contractual obligations to the VIE. The Company recognizes the variable interest in these VIEs at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Commercial and Residential Mortgage Loans

The following table shows commercial mortgage loans, residential mortgage loans, and the respective accrued interest thereon at December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Commercial mortgage loans (1) $ 8,957 $ 8,826
Accrued interest receivable on commercial mortgage loans 34 34
Residential mortgage loans (2) 1,254 1,085
Accrued interest receivable on residential mortgage loans 13 7

(1) Net of an allowance for credit losses of $117 million and $116 million at each date, respectively.

(2) Net of an allowance for credit losses of $16 million and $5 million at each date, respectively.

Commercial and residential mortgage loans are generally carried at the aggregate unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any applicable unamortized discount or premium, or ACL. Acquisition discounts and premiums on mortgage loans are amortized into investment income through maturity dates using the effective interest method. Interest income is accrued on the principal balance of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts are reported in net investment income along with prepayment fees and mortgage loan fees, which are recorded as incurred.

At December 31, 2025, commercial mortgage loans were collateralized by properties located in 34 states, the District of Columbia, and Europe, while residential mortgage loans were collateralized by properties located in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Mexico, and Europe.

Evaluation for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans

The Company reviews mortgage loans that are not carried at fair value under the fair value option on a quarterly basis to estimate the ACL with changes in the ACL recorded in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. Apart from an ACL recorded on individual mortgage loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the Company records an ACL on the pool of mortgage loans based on lifetime expected credit losses. The Company utilizes a third-party forecasting model to estimate lifetime expected credit losses at a loan level for mortgage loans. The model forecasts net operating income and property values for the economic scenario selected. The debt service coverage ratios (“DSCR”) and loan to values (“LTV”) are calculated over the forecastable period by comparing the projected net operating income and property valuations to the loan payment and principal amounts of each loan. The model utilizes historical mortgage loan performance based on DSCRs and LTV to derive probability of default and expected losses based on the economic scenario that is similar to the Company’s expectations of economic factors such as unemployment, gross domestic product growth, and interest rates. The Company determined the forecastable period to be reasonable and supportable for a period of two years beyond the end of the reporting period. Over the following one-year period, the model reverts to the historical performance of the portfolio for the remainder of the contractual term of the loans. In cases where the Company does not have an appropriate length of historical performance, the relevant historical rate from an index or the lifetime expected credit loss calculated from the model may be used.

Unfunded commitments are included in the model and an ACL is determined accordingly. Credit loss estimates are pooled by property type and the Company does not include accrued interest in the determination of ACL.

For individual loans or for types of loans for which the third-party model is deemed not suitable, the Company utilizes relevant current market data, industry data, and publicly available historical loss rates to calculate an estimate of the lifetime expected credit loss.

Mortgage loans on real estate deemed uncollectible are charged against the ACL, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the ACL, limited to the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off. Mortgage loans on real estate are presented net of the ACL on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table provides the change in the allowance for credit losses in the Company’s mortgage loan portfolios (in millions):

December 31, 2025 Apartment Hotel Office Retail Warehouse Other Residential Mortgage Total
Balance at January 1, 2025 $ 23 $ 7 $ 44 $ 19 $ 20 $ 3 $ 5 $ 121
Charge offs, net of recoveries (5) (9) (14)
Reductions for mortgages disposed (1) (1) (2)
Additions from purchase of PCD mortgage loans
Provision (release) 10 9 (7) (1) 7 (1) 11 28
Balance at December 31, 2025 (1)(2) $ 32 $ 11 $ 28 $ 17 $ 27 $ 2 $ 16 $ 133
December 31, 2024 Apartment Hotel Office Retail Warehouse Other Residential Mortgage Total
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Balance at January 1, 2024 $ 28 $ 4 $ 78 $ 27 $ 17 $ 6 $ 5 $ 165
Charge offs, net of recoveries (3) (3)
Reductions for mortgages disposed
Additions from purchase of PCD mortgage loans
Provision (release) (2) 3 (34) (8) 3 (3) (41)
Balance at December 31, 2024 (1)(2) $ 23 $ 7 $ 44 $ 19 $ 20 $ 3 $ 5 $ 121
(1) Accrued interest receivable totaled $47 million and $41 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and was excluded from the determination of credit losses.
---
(2) Accrued interest amounting to $3 million and $1 million was written as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, relating to loans that were greater than 90 days delinquent or in the process of foreclosure.

The Company’s mortgage loans that are current and in good standing are accruing interest. Interest is not accrued on loans greater than 90 days delinquent and in process of foreclosure, when deemed uncollectible. Delinquency status is determined from the date of the first missed contractual payment.

The following table provides information about our residential mortgage loans in process of foreclosure (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Recorded investment (1) $ 38 $ 29
Unpaid principal balance 45 33
Related loan allowance 1 1
Average recorded investment 29 30
Investment income recognized 1 1

(1) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, includes $4 million and $2 million, respectively, of loans in process of foreclosure, all of which are loans supported with insurance or other guarantees provided by various governmental programs.

The following tables provide information about the credit quality with vintage year and category of mortgage loans (dollars in millions):

December 31, 2025
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Revolving<br>Loans Total % of <br>Total
Commercial mortgage loans
Loan to value ratios (1):
Less than 70% $ 1,140 $ 508 $ 521 $ 466 $ 345 $ 4,296 $ $ 7,276 81 %
70% - 80% 206 129 62 221 353 316 1,287 14 %
80% - 100% 25 46 24 151 246 3 %
Greater than 100% 2 56 90 148 2 %
Total commercial mortgage loans 1,346 639 608 789 722 4,853 8,957 100 %
Debt service coverage ratios (2):
Greater than 1.20x 1,313 615 538 594 434 4,591 8,085 90 %
1.00x - 1.20x 33 24 70 145 174 231 677 8 %
Less than 1.00x 50 114 31 195 2 %
Total commercial mortgage loans 1,346 639 608 789 722 4,853 8,957 100 %
Residential mortgage loans
Performing 487 223 17 17 71 375 1,190 95 %
Nonperforming 4 16 20 3 21 64 5 %
Total residential mortgage loans 487 227 33 37 74 396 1,254 100 %
Total mortgage loans $ 1,833 $ 866 $ 641 $ 826 $ 796 $ 5,249 $ $ 10,211 100 %

(1) The loan to value ratio is derived from current loan balance divided by the fair value of the property. The fair value of the underlying commercial properties is updated annually for each mortgage loan.

(2) The debt service coverage ratio is calculated using the most recently reported operating income results from property operations divided by annual debt service.

December 31, 2024
2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Revolving<br>Loans Total % of <br>Total
Commercial mortgage loans
Loan to value ratios (1):
Less than 70% $ 577 $ 639 $ 505 $ 594 $ 481 $ 4,504 $ 4 $ 7,304 83 %
70% - 80% 105 49 204 312 169 235 1,074 12 %
80% - 100% 130 40 168 338 4 %
Greater than 100% 20 28 62 110 1 %
Total commercial mortgage loans 682 688 839 966 678 4,969 4 8,826 100 %
Debt service coverage ratios (2):
Greater than 1.20x 666 578 627 590 570 4,693 4 7,728 88 %
1.00x - 1.20x 16 103 135 262 108 205 829 9 %
Less than 1.00x 7 77 114 71 269 3 %
Total commercial mortgage loans 682 688 839 966 678 4,969 4 8,826 100 %
Residential mortgage loans
Performing 304 110 32 132 65 344 987 91 %
Nonperforming 18 45 4 6 25 98 9 %
Total residential mortgage loans 304 128 77 136 71 369 1,085 100 %
Total mortgage loans $ 986 $ 816 $ 916 $ 1,102 $ 749 $ 5,338 $ 4 $ 9,911 100 %

(1) The loan to value ratio is derived from current loan balance divided by the fair value of the property. The fair value of the underlying commercial properties is updated annually for each mortgage loan.

(2) The debt service coverage ratio is calculated using the most recently reported operating income results from property operations divided by annual debt service.

Accruing Loans (1)
December 31, 2025 Current 30-89 Days Past Due (2) 90 Days or Greater Past Due (2) Non-accrual Loans (1) Total Loans (1) Non-accrual Loans with No Allowance (1) Interest Income on Non-accrual Loans
Apartment $ 2,866 $ $ $ $ 2,866 $ $
Hotel 789 789
Office 1,062 109 1,171
Retail 1,664 1,664
Warehouse 2,217 2,217
Other 367 367
Total commercial 8,965 109 9,074
Residential (2) 1,124 69 16 61 1,270 2
Total $ 10,089 $ 69 $ 16 $ 170 10,344 $ $ 2
ACL (133)
Total with ACL $ 10,211
Accruing Loans (1)
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
December 31, 2024 Current 30-89 Days Past Due (2) 90 Days or Greater Past Due (2) Non-accrual Loans (1) Total Loans (1) Non-accrual Loans with No Allowance (1) Interest Income on Non-accrual Loans
Apartment $ 2,450 $ $ $ $ 2,450 $ $
Hotel 835 835
Office 1,317 1,317
Retail 1,685 1,685
Warehouse 2,134 2,134
Other 521 521
Total commercial 8,942 8,942
Residential (2) 833 154 24 79 1,090 2
Total $ 9,775 $ 154 $ 24 $ 79 $ 10,032 $ $ 2
ACL (121)
Total with ACL $ 9,911

(1) Amortized cost or fair value for loans carried at fair value under the fair value option.

(2) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, includes $19 million and $24 million, respectively, of loans 30-89 days past due and $16 million and $24 million, respectively, of loans 90 days or greater past due and supported with insurance or other guarantees provided by various governmental programs.

The following table provides information about the mortgage loans modified during the periods indicated to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty (dollars in millions):

Term Extension
Amortized Cost Basis Percent of<br> Total Class
December 31, 2025
Commercial mortgage loans $ %
December 31, 2024
Commercial mortgage loans $ 24 0.27 %

As of December 31, 2025, the above modified loans had no unfunded commitments.

The following table describes the financial effect of the modifications made to the loans noted above:

Term Extension
Financial Effect
December 31, 2024
Commercial mortgage loans Granted extension of term for three-years and rate converted from variable to 4% fixed.

The Company closely monitors the performance of the loans that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. The following table depicts the performance of loans that have been modified in the last 12 months (in millions):

Payment Status (Amortized Cost Basis)
Current 30-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due
December 31, 2025
Commercial mortgage loans $ $ $
December 31, 2024
Commercial mortgage loans $ 24 $ $

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, stressed mortgage loans for which the Company is dependent, or expects to be dependent, on the underlying property to satisfy repayment were $34 million and $27 million, respectively.

Equity Securities

Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks and mutual funds. All equity securities are carried at fair value with changes in value included in net investment income.

Policy Loans

Policy loans are loans the Company issues to contract holders that use the cash surrender value of their life insurance policy or annuity contract as collateral. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, $3.5 billion and $3.5 billion of these loans were carried at fair value, which the Company believes is equal to unpaid principal balances, plus accrued investment income. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $0.9 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, of policy loans not held as collateral for reinsurance, which were carried at the unpaid principal balances.

Other Invested Assets

Other invested assets primarily include investments in:

•Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis ("FHLBI") capital stock, which is carried at cost and adjusted for any impairment. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, FHLB capital stock had a carrying value of $119 million and $127 million, respectively;

•limited partnerships (“LPs”), which are carried at values determined by using the proportion of the Company’s investment in each fund (Net Asset Value (“NAV”) equivalent) as a practical expedient for fair value, and generally are recorded on a three-month lag, with changes in value included in net investment income. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, investments in LPs had carrying values of $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively; and

•real estate, which is carried at the lower of depreciated cost or fair value and real estate occupied by the Company is carried at depreciated cost. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, real estate totaling $230 million and $232 million, respectively, included foreclosed properties with a book value of $20 million and $14 million, respectively.

Securities Lending

The Company has entered into securities lending agreements with agent banks whereby blocks of securities are loaned to third parties, primarily major brokerage firms. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the estimated fair value of loaned securities was $34 million and $13 million, respectively. The agreements require a minimum of 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities to be held as collateral, calculated daily. To further minimize the credit risks related to these programs, the financial condition of counterparties is monitored on a regular basis. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, cash collateral received in the amount of $35 million and $14 million, respectively, was invested by the agent banks and included in cash and cash equivalents of the Company. A securities lending payable for the overnight and continuous loans is included in liabilities in the amount of cash collateral received. Securities lending transactions are used to generate income. Income and expenses associated with these transactions are reported as net investment income.

Repurchase Agreements

The Company routinely enters into repurchase agreements whereby the Company agrees to sell and repurchase securities. These agreements are accounted for as financing transactions, with the assets and associated liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the outstanding repurchase agreement balance was $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, having maturities within 30 days, and was included within repurchase agreements and securities lending payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These repurchase agreements were collateralized with U.S. Treasury securities and corporate securities of $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

In the event of a decline in the fair value of the pledged collateral under these agreements, the Company may be required to transfer cash or additional securities as pledged collateral. Interest expense totaled $45 million, $69 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included within net investment income.

Collateral Upgrade Transactions

During the first quarter of 2024, Jackson executed certain paired repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions totaling $1.5 billion pursuant to master repurchase agreements with participating bank counterparties. Under these transactions, the Company lends securities (e.g., corporate debt securities) to bank counterparties in exchange for U.S. Treasury securities that the Company then uses to provide as collateral. The paired repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions are settled on a net basis. As a result, there was no cash exchanged at initiation of these agreements. The paired transactions are reported net within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These transactions are evergreen and require at least 150-days' notice prior to termination.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair value of the U.S. treasuries received was $1.5 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, collateralized with corporate securities with a fair value of $1.6 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. Subsequently, the Company provided these U.S. Treasury securities as collateral for derivative trades, and they are included as part of the derivative collateral disclosures.

In the event of a decline in the fair value of the pledged collateral under these agreements, the Company may be required to transfer cash or additional securities as pledged collateral. Gross interest income of $66 million, $71 million, and nil and gross interest expense of $75 million, $79 million, and nil for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, are included within net investment income.

5.    Derivative Instruments

The Company utilizes freestanding and embedded derivatives as follows:

Freestanding Derivative Instruments

The Company enters into financial derivative transactions, including swaps, put-swaptions, futures, forwards, and options to reduce and manage business risks. These transactions manage the risk of a change in the value, yield, price, cash flows, foreign currency, credit quality, or degree of exposure with respect to assets, liabilities or future cash flows that the Company has acquired or incurred. The Company does not account for freestanding derivatives as either fair value or cash flow hedges as might be permitted if specific hedging documentation requirements were followed. As a result, freestanding derivatives are carried at fair value on the balance sheet with settlements and changes in fair value recorded in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments.

During the third quarter of 2025, the Company began utilizing derivative instruments to economically hedge the equity market exposure related to the Company’s non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plans. These derivative instruments are not designated as accounting hedges and are carried at fair value with gains or losses reported as a component of operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals in the Consolidated Income Statements. See Note 20 - Benefit Plans of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our non-qualified deferred compensation plans.

With respect to the Company’s interest rate swaps, total return swaps, and cross-currency swaps, the Company records the income related to periodic interest payment settlements within net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. Although the Company does not account for these as cash flow hedges, the income from these settlements is considered operating income due to the cash settlement nature and is reported, as such, within the Company’s segment related disclosure within pretax adjusted operating earnings.

The Company manages the potential credit exposure for over-the-counter derivative contracts through evaluation of the counterparty credit standing, collateral agreements, and master netting agreements. The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties, however, it does not anticipate nonperformance. There were no charges due to nonperformance by derivative counterparties in 2025, 2024 or 2023.

Embedded Derivatives—Product Liabilities

Certain product features, including the index-linked crediting option offered in connection with fixed index annuities and RILAs issued by the Company, are classified as embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are separated for accounting purposes and are carried at fair value. These embedded derivatives are reported within other contract holder funds in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consistent with the host contract. The results from changes in value of these embedded derivatives are reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements.

See Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the accounting policies for these embedded derivatives within fixed index and registered index-linked annuities.

Embedded Derivatives—Funds Withheld Reinsurance Agreements

The Company has recorded an embedded derivative liability related to the Athene coinsurance agreement (the “Athene Embedded Derivative”) in accordance with FASB ASC 815-15-55-107 and 108, “Derivatives and Hedging Case B: Reinsurer’s Receivable Arising from a Modified Coinsurance Arrangement” as Jackson’s obligation under the Reinsurance Agreement is based on the total return of investments in a segregated funds withheld account rather than Jackson’s own creditworthiness. As the Reinsurance Agreement transfers the economics of the investments in the segregated funds withheld account to Athene, it will receive an investment return equivalent to owning the underlying assets. At inception of the Reinsurance Agreement, the Athene Embedded Derivative was valued at zero. Additionally, the inception fair value of the investments in the segregated funds withheld account differed from their book value and, accordingly, the amortization of this difference is reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements, while the investments are held. Subsequent to the effective date of the Reinsurance Agreement, the Athene Embedded Derivative is measured at fair value with changes reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements. The Athene Embedded Derivative Liability is included in funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See “Athene Reinsurance” in Note 8 - Reinsurance of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Athene Reinsurance Transaction.

A summary of the aggregate contractual or notional amounts and fair values of the Company’s freestanding and embedded derivative instruments are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2025
Contractual/ Assets Liabilities Net
Notional Fair Fair Fair Value
Amount (1) Value Value Asset (Liability)
Freestanding derivatives
Cross-currency swaps $ 1,379 $ 133 $ 114 $ 19
Equity index futures (2) 43,905
Equity index put options 16,500 114 114
Interest rate swaps - cleared (2) 2,485
Interest rate futures (2) 21,874
Total return swaps 3,544 22 43 (21)
Bond forwards 8,143 161 78 83
Total freestanding derivatives 97,830 430 235 195
Embedded derivatives
Fixed index annuity embedded derivatives (3) N/A 863 (863)
Registered index-linked annuity embedded derivatives (3) N/A 6,043 (6,043)
Total embedded derivatives N/A 6,906 (6,906)
Derivatives related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties
Cross-currency swaps 158 11 1 10
Cross-currency forwards 1,133 7 21 (14)
Funds withheld embedded derivative (4) N/A 1,752 1,752
Total derivatives related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties 1,291 1,770 22 1,748
Total $ 99,121 $ 2,200 $ 7,163 $ (4,963)
(1) The notional amount for swaps and swaptions represents the stated principal balance used as a basis for calculating payments. The contractual amount for futures, forwards, and options represents the market exposure of open positions.
---
(2) Variation margin is considered settlement resulting in the netting of cash received/paid for variation margin against the fair value of the trades.
(3) Included within other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The non-performance risk adjustment is included in the balance above.
(4) Included within funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Contractual/ Assets Liabilities Net
Notional Fair Fair Fair Value
Amount (1) Value Value Asset (Liability)
Freestanding derivatives
Cross-currency swaps $ 1,725 $ 121 $ 151 $ (30)
Equity index futures (2) 33,104
Equity index put options 10,000 77 77
Interest rate swaps 5,978 3 177 (174)
Interest rate futures (2) 20,592
Total return swaps 2,065 39 39
Bond forwards 609 21 (21)
Total freestanding derivatives 74,073 240 349 (109)
Embedded derivatives
Fixed index annuity embedded derivatives (3) N/A 877 (877)
Registered index-linked annuity embedded derivatives (3) N/A 3,065 (3,065)
Total embedded derivatives N/A 3,942 (3,942)
Derivatives related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties
Cross-currency swaps 158 18 1 17
Cross-currency forwards 1,017 39 11 28
Funds withheld embedded derivative (4) N/A 2,314 2,314
Total derivatives related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties 1,175 2,371 12 2,359
Total $ 75,248 $ 2,611 $ 4,303 $ (1,692) (1) The notional amount for swaps and swaptions represents the stated principal balance used as a basis for calculating payments. The contractual amount for futures, and options represents the market exposure of open positions.
---
(2) Variation margin is considered settlement resulting in the netting of cash received/paid for variation margin against the fair value of the trades.
(3) Included within other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The non-performance risk adjustment is included in the balance above.
(4) Included within funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table reflects the results of the Company’s derivatives, including gains (losses) and change in fair value of freestanding derivative instruments and embedded derivatives (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Derivatives excluding funds withheld under reinsurance treaties and non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plan
Cross-currency swaps $ 32 $ (66) $ (4)
Equity index call options 18 916
Equity index futures (422) (1,704) (3,543)
Equity index put options (609) (358) (2,172)
Interest rate swaps 36 (127) (63)
Interest rate swaps - cleared (10)
Put-swaptions (516) (61)
Interest rate futures (96) (2,741) 373
Total return swaps (244) (302) (240)
Bond forwards 119 (21)
Fixed index annuity embedded derivatives (24) (38) 5
Registered index-linked annuity embedded derivatives (2,033) (946) (511)
Total net gains (losses) on derivative instruments excluding derivative instruments related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties (3,241) (6,801) (5,310)
Derivatives related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties
Cross-currency swaps (6) 6 (7)
Cross-currency forwards (46) 27 (30)
Funds withheld embedded derivative (562) (154) (690)
Total net gains (losses) on derivative instruments related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties (614) (121) (727)
Total net gains (losses) on derivative instruments including derivative instruments related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties $ (3,855) $ (6,922) $ (6,037)
Derivatives related to non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plan
Equity index futures $ 14 $ $
Total return swaps 7
Total operating costs and other expenses related to non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plan $ 21 $ $

All the Company’s trade agreements for freestanding, over-the-counter derivatives, contain credit downgrade provisions that allow a party to assign or terminate derivative transactions if the counterparty’s credit rating declines below an established limit.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair value of the Company’s net non-cleared, over-the-counter derivative assets by counterparty were $151 million and $203 million, respectively, and held collateral was $130 million and $252 million, respectively, related to these agreements.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair value of the Company’s net non-cleared, over-the-counter derivative liabilities by counterparty were $237 million and $267 million, respectively, and provided collateral was $295 million and $302 million, respectively, related to these agreements.

If all of the downgrade provisions had been triggered at December 31, 2025 and 2024, in aggregate, the Company would have had to disburse nil and $49 million, respectively, and would have been allowed to claim $79 million and $35 million, respectively.

The Company pledged collateral of $1,403 million and $1,780 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, for initial margin related to uncleared margin for over-the-counter derivatives and exchange-traded futures. Variation margin on exchange traded futures is settled through the netting of cash paid/received for variation margin against the fair value of the trades.

The Company purchases equity options for which option premium payments are deferred (deferred premium options). The deferred premiums, along with interest incurred thereon, are payable at contract termination. During 2025, the Company deferred option premiums totaling $389 million. The purchase of these options is a non-cash transaction. Upon maturity, payment of the deferred premium is reported as a cash flow from financing activities.

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

The Company’s derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements are subject to master netting arrangements and collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement with a counterparty creates a right of offset for amounts due to and due from that same counterparty that is enforceable in the event of a default or bankruptcy. The Company recognizes amounts subject to master netting arrangements on a gross basis within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following tables present the gross and net information about the Company’s financial instruments subject to master netting arrangements (in millions):

December 31, 2025
Gross<br>Amounts<br>Recognized Gross<br>Amounts<br>Offset in the<br>Consolidated<br>Balance Sheets Net Amounts<br>Presented in<br>the Consolidated<br>Balance Sheets
Gross Amounts Not Offset<br>in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Financial<br><br>Instruments (1) Cash<br>Collateral Securities<br><br>Collateral (2) Net<br>Amount
Financial Assets:
Freestanding derivative assets $ 448 $ $ 448 $ 297 $ 73 $ 53 $ 25
Financial Liabilities:
Freestanding derivative liabilities $ 257 $ $ 257 $ 20 $ 12 $ 221 $ 4
Derivative deferred premium payable 277 277 277
Securities lending 35 35 35
Repurchase agreements 1,001 1,001 1,001
Repurchase agreements - collateral upgrade 1,498 (1,498)
Total financial liabilities $ 3,068 $ (1,498) $ 1,570 $ 297 $ 47 $ 1,222 $ 4 (1) Represents the amount that could be offset under master netting or similar arrangements that management elects not to offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
---
(2) Excludes initial margin amounts for exchange-traded derivatives. December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Gross<br>Amounts<br>Recognized Gross<br>Amounts<br>Offset in the <br>Consolidated<br>Balance Sheets Net Amounts<br>Presented in<br>the Consolidated<br>Balance Sheets
Gross Amounts Not Offset<br>in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Financial<br><br>Instruments (1) Cash<br>Collateral Securities<br><br>Collateral (2) Net<br>Amount
Financial Assets:
Freestanding derivative assets $ 297 $ $ 297 $ 95 $ 149 $ 21 $ 32
Financial Liabilities:
Freestanding derivative liabilities $ 361 $ $ 361 $ 95 $ $ 215 $ 51
Securities lending 14 14 14
Repurchase agreements 1,540 1,540 1,540
Repurchase agreements - collateral upgrade 1,476 (1,476)
Total financial liabilities $ 3,391 $ (1,476) $ 1,915 $ 95 $ 14 $ 1,755 $ 51 (1) Represents the amount that could be offset under master netting or similar arrangements that management elects not to offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
---
(2) Excludes initial margin amounts for exchange-traded derivatives.

In the above tables, the amounts of assets or liabilities presented in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are offset first by financial instruments that have the right of offset under master netting or similar arrangements with any remaining amount reduced by the amount of cash and securities collateral. The actual amount of collateral may be greater than amounts presented in the tables. The above tables exclude:

•net embedded derivative liabilities of $6,906 million and $3,942 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, as these derivatives are not subject to master netting arrangements; and

•the funds withheld embedded derivative asset (liability) of $1,752 million and $2,314 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

6.    Fair Value Measurements

Fair value measurements are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s view of market assumptions in the absence of observable market information. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. All financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are required to be classified into one of the following categories:

Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 securities include U.S. Treasury securities and exchange traded equity securities and derivative instruments.
Level 2 Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities. Most debt securities that are model priced using observable inputs are classified within Level 2. Also included are freestanding and embedded derivative instruments that are priced using models with observable market inputs.
Level 3 Valuations that are derived from techniques in which one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). Embedded derivatives that are valued using unobservable inputs are included in Level 3. Because Level 3 fair values, by their nature, contain unobservable market inputs, considerable judgment may be used to determine the Level 3 fair values. Level 3 fair values represent the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a current market exchange absent actual market exchanges.

In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company determines the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. As a result, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used in the determination of fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3.

The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and liabilities based on quoted market prices, where available. The Company may also determine fair value based on estimated future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. When appropriate, fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s credit standing, liquidity and risk margins on unobservable inputs.

Where quoted market prices are not available, fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data, as well as the best information about the individual financial instrument. At times, illiquid market conditions may result in inactive markets for certain of the Company’s financial instruments. In such instances, there may be no or limited observable market data for these assets and liabilities. Fair value estimates for financial instruments deemed to be in an illiquid market are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, liquidity discounts, currency, credit and interest rate risks, loss experience and other factors. These fair values are estimates and involve considerable uncertainty and variability as a result of the inputs selected and may differ materially from the values that would have been used had an active market existed. As a result of market inactivity, such calculated fair value estimates may not be realizable in an immediate sale or settlement of the instrument. In addition, changes in the underlying assumptions used in the fair value measurement technique could significantly affect these fair value estimates.

The following table summarizes the fair value and carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments (in millions):

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Carrying <br>Value Fair <br>Value Carrying <br>Value Fair <br>Value
Assets
Debt securities (1) $ 50,791 $ 50,791 $ 43,335 $ 43,335
Equity securities 172 172 197 197
Mortgage loans (1) 10,211 9,948 9,911 9,351
Limited partnerships 2,836 2,836 2,505 2,505
Policy loans (1) 4,426 4,426 4,403 4,403
Freestanding derivative instruments 448 448 297 297
FHLBI capital stock 119 119 127 127
Cash and cash equivalents 5,704 5,704 3,767 3,767
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits 118 118 121 121
Market risk benefit assets 7,867 7,867 8,899 8,899
Separate account assets 236,496 236,496 229,143 229,143
Liabilities
Annuity reserves (2) 45,965 45,458 38,640 36,522
Market risk benefit liabilities 3,754 3,754 3,774 3,774
Guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements (3) 11,021 11,077 8,384 8,271
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1) 14,960 14,960 16,742 16,742
Long-term debt 2,030 1,877 2,034 1,836
Securities lending payable (4) 35 35 14 14
Freestanding derivative instruments 257 257 361 361
Notes issued by consolidated VIEs 2,578 2,578 2,343 2,343
Repurchase agreements (4) 1,001 1,001 1,540 1,540
FHLB advances (5) 700 700
Separate account liabilities 236,496 236,496 229,143 229,143
(1) Includes items carried at fair value under the fair value option and trading securities included as a component of debt securities.<br><br>(2) Annuity reserves exclude contracts classified as insurance contracts.<br><br>(3) Included as a component of other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.<br><br>(4) Included as a component of repurchase agreements and securities lending payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.<br><br>(5) Included as a component of other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values of the financial instruments measured on a recurring basis reported in the following tables.

Debt and Equity Securities

The fair values for debt and equity securities are determined using information available from independent pricing services, broker-dealer quotes, or internally derived estimates. Priority is given to publicly available prices from independent sources, when available. Securities for which the independent pricing service does not provide a quotation are either submitted to independent broker-dealers for prices or priced internally. Typical inputs used by these three pricing methods include reported trades, benchmark yields, credit spreads, liquidity premiums and/or estimated cash flows based on default and prepayment assumptions.

•Independent pricing services: As a result of typical trading volumes and the lack of specific quoted market prices for most debt securities, independent pricing services will normally derive the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information as outlined above. If there are no recently reported trades, the independent pricing services and broker-dealers may use matrix or pricing model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at relevant market rates.

On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews the independent pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs and evaluates the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate fair value hierarchy distribution based upon trading activity and the observability of inputs. Based on the results of this evaluation, each price is classified into Level 1, 2, or 3. Most prices provided by independent pricing services are classified into Level 2 due to their use of market observable inputs.

•Broker-dealer quotes: Certain securities are priced using broker-dealer quotes, which may utilize proprietary inputs and models. The majority of these quotes are non-binding. These securities are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

•Internally derived estimates: These fair value estimates may incorporate Level 2 and Level 3 inputs, as defined below, and are generally derived using expected future cash flows, discounted at market interest rates available from market sources based on the credit quality and duration of the instrument. For securities that may not be reliably priced using these internally developed pricing models, a fair value may be estimated using indicative market prices. These prices are indicative of an exit price, but the assumptions used to establish the fair value may not be observable or corroborated by market observable information and, therefore, represent Level 3 inputs.

For those securities that were internally valued at December 31, 2025 and 2024, the pricing model used by the Company utilizes current spread levels of similarly rated securities to determine the market discount rate for the security. Furthermore, appropriate risk premiums for illiquidity and non-performance are incorporated in the discount rate. Cash flows, as estimated by the Company using issuer-specific default statistics and prepayment assumptions, are discounted to determine an estimated fair value.

The Company performs an analysis on the prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include initial and ongoing review of third-party pricing service methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades and monitoring of trading volumes. In addition, the Company considers whether prices received from independent broker-dealers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value using internal and external cash flow models, which are developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party may be adjusted accordingly.

Included in the pricing of asset-backed securities are estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. Such estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment assumptions believed to be relevant for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.

Limited Partnerships

Fair values for limited partnership interests, which are included in other invested assets, are generally determined using the proportion of the Company’s investment in the value of the net assets of each fund (“NAV equivalent”) as a practical expedient for fair value, and generally, are recorded on a three-month lag. No adjustments to these amounts were deemed necessary at December 31, 2025 and 2024. As a result of using that practical expedient, limited partnership interests are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company’s limited partnership interests are not redeemable, and distributions received are generally the result of liquidation of the underlying assets of the partnerships. The Company generally has the ability under the partnership agreements to sell its interest to another limited partner with the prior written consent of the general partner. In cases when the Company expects to sell the limited partnership interest, the estimated sales price is used to determine the fair value rather than the practical expedient. Limited partnership interests expected to be sold are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

In cases when a limited partnership’s financial statements are unavailable and a NAV equivalent is not available or practical, the fair value may be based on an internally developed model or provided by the general partner as determined using private transactions, information obtained from the primary co-investor or underlying company, or financial metrics provided by the lead sponsor. These investments are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Policy Loans

Policy loans are funds provided to policyholders in return for a claim on their policies' values. They are repaid upon repayment, death or surrender, and there is only one market price at which the loans can be settled – the then current carrying value. The loans are limited to, and fully collateralized by, the cash surrender value of the underlying policy. The nature of policy loans is to have a negligible default risk. Policy loans do not have a stated maturity, and the balances and accrued interest are repaid either by the policyholder or with proceeds from the policy. Due to the collateralized nature of policy loans and unpredictable timing of payments, the Company believes the carrying value of policy loans approximates fair value. The reinsurance related component of policy loans at fair value under the fair value option has been classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

Freestanding Derivative Instruments

Freestanding derivative instruments are reported at fair value, which reflects the estimated amounts, net of payment accruals, that the Company would receive or pay upon sale or termination of the contracts at the reporting date. Changes in fair value are included in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. Freestanding derivatives priced using third-party pricing services incorporate inputs that are observable in the market. Inputs used to value derivatives include interest rate swap curves, credit spreads, interest rates, counterparty credit risk, equity volatility and equity index levels.

Freestanding derivative instruments classified as:

•Level 1 include futures, which are traded on active exchanges.

•Level 2 include interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps, bond forwards, put-swaptions and certain equity index call and put options. These derivative valuations are determined by third-party pricing services using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

•Level 3 include interest rate contingent options that are valued by third-party pricing services utilizing significant unobservable inputs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents primarily include money market instruments and bank deposits. Cash equivalents also include all highly liquid securities and other investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Certain money market instruments are valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and are classified as Level 1.

Funds Withheld Payable Under Reinsurance Treaties

The funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties includes:

•The funds withheld payable that is held at fair value under the fair value option: the fair value is equal to the fair value of the assets held as collateral, which primarily consists of policy loans using industry standard valuation techniques.

•The funds withheld embedded derivative: the fair value is determined based upon a total return swap technique referencing the fair value of the investments held under the reinsurance contract and requires certain significant unobservable inputs.

Both are considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Separate Account Assets

Separate account assets are comprised of investments in mutual funds that transact regularly, but do not trade in active markets as they are not publicly available and are categorized as Level 2 assets.

Market Risk Benefits

Our market risk benefits ("MRB") assets and MRB liabilities are reported separately on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Increases to an asset or decreases to a liability are described as favorable changes to fair value. Changes in fair value are reported in Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net on the Consolidated Income Statements. However, the change in fair value related to our own non-performance risk is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income ("OCI") and is reported in Change in non-performance on market risk benefits, net of tax expense (benefit) on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Variable Annuities

Variable annuity contracts issued by the Company may include various guaranteed minimum death, withdrawal, income and accumulation benefits, which are classified as MRBs and measured at fair value.

The fair value of variable annuity guaranteed benefit features classified as MRBs, which have explicit fees, are measured using the attributed fee method as the difference between the present value of projected future liabilities and the present value of projected attributed fees. At the inception of the contract, the Company attributes to the MRB a portion of total fees expected to be assessed against the contract holder's account value to offset the projected claims over the lifetime of the contract. The attributed fee is expressed as a percentage of total projected future fees at inception of the contract. This percentage of total projected fees is considered a fixed term of the MRB feature and is held static over the life of the contract. As the Company may issue contracts that have projected future liabilities greater than the projected future guaranteed benefit fees at issue, the Company may also attribute mortality and expense charges when performing this calculation. The percentage of guaranteed benefit fees and the percentage of mortality and expense charges may not exceed 100% of the total projected fees as of contract inception. In subsequent valuations, both the present value of future projected liabilities and the present value of projected attributed fees are remeasured based on current market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.

The Company has ceded the guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) features elected on certain annuity contracts to an unrelated party. The GMIBs ceded under this reinsurance treaty are classified as a MRB in their entirety. The reinsurance contract is measured at fair value and reported in Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits. Changes in fair value are recorded in Market risk benefits (gains) losses, net. Due to the inability to economically reinsure or hedge new issues of the GMIB, the Company discontinued offering the benefit in 2009.

Fair values for MRBs related to variable annuities, including the contract reinsuring GMIB features, are calculated using internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those guaranteed benefits.

The fair value calculation is based on the present value of future cash flows comprised of future expected benefit payments, less future attributed rider fees, over the lives of the contracts. Estimating these cash flows requires numerous estimates and subjective judgments related to capital market inputs, as well as actuarially determined assumptions related to expectations concerning policyholder behavior. Capital market inputs include expected market rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to fund returns, and discount rates, which include an adjustment for non-performance risk. The more significant actuarial assumptions include benefit utilization by policyholders, lapse, mortality, and withdrawal rates. Best estimate assumptions plus risk margins are used as applicable.

At each valuation date, the fair value calculation reflects expected returns based on treasury rates as of that date to determine the value of expected future cash flows produced in a stochastic process. Volatility assumptions are based on available market data for implied market volatility for durations up to 5 years, grading to a historical volatility level by year 10, where such long-term historical volatility levels contain an explicit risk margin. Non-performance risk is incorporated into the calculation through the adjustment of the risk-free rate curve based on credit spreads for debt and debt-like instruments issued by the Company or its insurance operating subsidiaries, adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the financial strength ratings of the issuing insurance subsidiaries. Risk margins are also incorporated into the model assumptions, particularly for policyholder behavior. Estimates of future policyholder behavior are subjective and are based primarily on the Company’s experience.

As markets change, mature and evolve and actual policyholder behavior emerges, management evaluates the appropriateness of its assumptions for the fair value model.

The use of the models and assumptions described above requires a significant amount of judgment. Management believes this results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer for a liability, or receive for an asset, to or from a willing buyer or seller, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed benefits and the related reinsurance. However, the ultimate settlement amount of the asset or liability, which is currently unknown, could likely be significantly different than this fair value.

Fixed Index Annuities and RILA

Our FIA and RILA contracts may be issued with features that guarantee benefits that are payable upon death (GMDB) or upon depletion of funds (GMWB). These features are classified as MRBs and measured at fair value.

Where the guaranteed benefit features have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the difference between the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits and the present value of projected attributed fees (the attributed fee method). At inception of the contract, the Company attributes a percentage of total projected future fees expected to be assessed against the policyholder to offset the projected future guaranteed benefits over the lifetime of the contract. Where the projected attributed fees are sufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, the MRB has an initial fair value of zero resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract. If the projected attributed fees are insufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, an MRB liability is recognized and the value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

If the guaranteed benefits do not have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. At inception, the initial value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

See Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding MRBs.

Indexed-Linked Crediting Derivative Feature in Fixed Index Annuities and RILA

The fair value of the index-linked crediting derivative feature embedded in fixed index annuities and RILA, included in Annuity Reserves in the above tables, is calculated using the closed form Black-Scholes Option Pricing model or Monte Carlo simulations, as appropriate for the type of option. The calculation incorporates such factors as the volatility of returns, the level of interest rates and the time remaining until the option expires. Additionally, although not a significant input, assumed withdrawal rates are used to estimate the expected volume of embedded options that will be realized by policyholders.

Notes Issued by Consolidated VIEs

These notes are issued by CLOs and are carried at fair value under the fair value option based on the fair values of corresponding fixed maturity collateral. The CLO liabilities are also reduced by the fair value of the beneficial interest the Company retains in the CLO and the carrying value of any beneficial interests that represent compensation for services. As the notes are valued based on the reference collateral, they are classified as Level 2.

Fair Value Option

The Company elected the fair value option for:

•Debt securities reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as debt securities related to:

◦certain consolidated investments totaling $2,698 million and $2,429 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

◦certain debt securities the Company began purchasing during the third quarter of 2024, for purposes of mitigating components of exposure to changes in the value of certain market risk benefits. The Company elected the fair value option on these debt securities, with changes in fair value reflected in net income, to align with the corresponding changes in the value of the market risk benefits recognized through net income. These debt securities totaled $766 million and $501 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

•Certain funds withheld assets, which are held as collateral for reinsurance, totaling $3,867 million and $4,054 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, as discussed above, and include mortgage loans as discussed below.

•Certain mortgage loans held under the funds withheld reinsurance agreement with Athene. The fair value option was elected for these mortgage loans, purchased or funded after December 31, 2021, to mitigate inconsistency in earnings that would otherwise result between these mortgage loan assets and the funds withheld liability, including the associated embedded derivative, and are valued using third-party pricing services. Changes in fair value are reflected in net investment income on the Consolidated Income Statements.

The fair value and aggregate contractual principal for mortgage loans where the fair value option was elected after December 31, 2021, were as follows (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Fair value $ 324 $ 449
Aggregate contractual principal 330 464

As of December 31, 2025, no loans in good standing for which the fair value option was elected were in non-accrual status, and no loans were more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

•Notes issued by consolidated VIEs totaling $2,578 million and $2,343 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on other assets for which the Company has elected the fair value option are immaterial to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value by hierarchy levels (in millions):

December 31, 2025
Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Assets
$ 3,005 $ 3,005 $ $
1,065 1,065
6,146 6,146
32,916 32,570 346
442 442
1,829 1,829
5,388 4,962 426
172 10 155 7
324 324
250 250
3,537 3,537
448 448
5,704 5,704
118 118
7,867 7,867
236,496 236,496
$ 305,707 $ 8,719 $ 284,113 $ 12,875
Liabilities
$ 6,906 $ $ 6,906 $
1,971 1,971
257 257
2,578 2,578
3,754 3,754
$ 15,466 $ $ 9,741 $ 5,725
(1) Excludes 2,586 million of limited partnership investments measured at NAV equivalent.
(2) Includes the embedded derivative liabilities of 6,043 million related to RILA and 863 million of fixed index annuities, both included in other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Includes the Athene embedded derivative asset of 1,752 million and funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties at fair value under the fair value option.

All values are in US Dollars.

December 31, 2024
Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Assets
$ 3,159 $ 3,159 $ $
1,094 1,094
5,156 5,112 44
27,978 27,704 274
338 338
1,577 1,577
4,033 3,372 661
197 9 181 7
449 449
195 195
3,489 3,489
297 297
3,767 3,767
121 121
8,899 8,899
229,143 229,143
$ 289,892 $ 6,935 $ 268,818 $ 14,139
Liabilities
$ 3,942 $ $ 3,942 $
1,353 1,353
361 361
2,343 2,343
3,774 3,774
$ 11,773 $ $ 6,646 $ 5,127
(1) Excludes 2,310 million of limited partnership investments measured at NAV equivalent.
(2) Includes the embedded derivative liabilities of 3,065 million related to RILA and 877 million of fixed index annuities, both included in other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Includes the Athene embedded derivative asset of 2,314 million and funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties at fair value under the fair value option.

All values are in US Dollars.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities by Price Source

The table below presents the balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value with their corresponding pricing sources (in millions):

Assets Internal External
Debt securities:
Corporate 346 $ 31 $ 315
Other asset-backed securities 84 342
Equity securities 1 6
Mortgage loans 324
Limited partnerships 1 249
Policy loans 3,537
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits 118
Market risk benefit assets 7,867
Total 12,875 $ 11,639 $ 1,236
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1) 1,971
Market risk benefit liabilities 3,754
Total 5,725 $ 5,725 $
(1) Includes the Athene Embedded Derivative asset of 1,752 million and funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties at fair value under the fair value option.
Assets Internal External
Debt securities:
Public utilities 44 $ 44 $
Corporate 47 227
Other asset-backed securities 28 633
Equity securities 1 6
Mortgage loans 449
Limited partnerships 1 194
Policy loans 3,489
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits 121
Market risk benefit assets 8,899
Total 14,139 $ 12,630 $ 1,509
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1) 1,353
Market risk benefit liabilities 3,774
Total 5,127 $ 5,127 $
(1) Includes the Athene Embedded Derivative asset of 2,314 million and funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties at fair value under the fair value option.

All values are in US Dollars.

External pricing sources for securities represent unadjusted prices from independent pricing services and independent indicative broker quotes where pricing inputs are not readily available.

Quantitative Information Regarding Internally-Priced Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

The table below presents quantitative information on internally priced Level 3 assets and liabilities that use significant unobservable inputs (dollar amounts in millions):

As of December 31, 2025
Fair <br>Value Valuation Technique(s) Significant Unobservable Input(s) Assumption or Input Range Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value
Assets
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits $ 118 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.01% - 23.31% Increase
Lapse(2) 1.51% - 13.43% Increase
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 50.00% Decrease
Withdrawal(4) 41.00% - 48.50% Decrease
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.30% - 1.09% Increase
Long-term Equity Volatility(6) 17.50% - 23.50% Decrease
Market risk benefit assets $ 7,867 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.00% - 28.14% Increase
Lapse(2) 0.05% - 51.00% Increase
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 100.00% Decrease
Withdrawal(4) 4.15% - 100.00% Decrease
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.57% - 1.67% Increase
Long-term Equity Volatility(6) 17.50% - 23.50% Decrease
Liabilities
Market risk benefit liabilities $ 3,754 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.00% - 28.14% Decrease
Lapse(2) 0.05% - 51.00% Decrease
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 100.00% Increase
Withdrawal(4) 4.15% - 100.00% Increase
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.57% - 1.67% Decrease
Long-term Equity Volatility(6) 17.50% - 23.50% Increase

(1) Mortality rates vary by attained age, guaranteed benefit election, and duration. The range displayed reflects ages from the minimum issue age for the benefit through age 95, which corresponds to the typical maturity age. A mortality improvement assumption is also applied.

(2) Base lapse rates vary by contract-level factors, such as product type, surrender charge schedule and guaranteed benefits election. Lapse rates are further adjusted based on the degree to which a guaranteed benefit is in-the-money, with lower lapse applying when benefits are more in-the-money. Lapse rates are also adjusted to reflect lower lapse expectations when guaranteed benefits are utilized.

(3 The utilization rate represents the expected percentage of contracts that will utilize the benefit through annuitization (GMIB) or commencement of withdrawals (GMWB). Utilization may vary by benefit type, attained age, duration, tax qualification status, benefit provision, and degree to which the guaranteed benefit is in-the-money.

(4) The withdrawal rate represents the percentage of annual withdrawal assumed relative to the maximum allowable withdrawal amount under the free partial withdrawal provision or the GMWB, as applicable. Free partial withdrawal rates vary based on the product type, duration, and GMAB election. Withdrawal rates on contracts with a GMWB vary based on attained age, tax qualification status, GMWB type and GMWB benefit provisions.

(5) Non-performance risk adjustment is applied as a spread over the risk-free rate to determine the rate used to discount the related cash flows and varies by projection year.

(6) Long-term equity volatility represents the equity volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available.

As of December 31, 2024
Fair <br>Value Valuation Technique(s) Significant Unobservable Input(s) Assumption or Input Range Impact of Increase in Input on Fair Value
Assets
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits $ 121 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.01% - 20.63% Increase
Lapse(2) 1.47% - 8.10% Increase
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 50.00% Decrease
Withdrawal(4) 41.00% - 46.50% Decrease
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.35% - 1.20% Increase
Long-term Equity Volatility(6) 18.50% Decrease
Market risk benefit assets $ 8,899 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.00% - 23.47% Increase
Lapse(2) 0.05% - 30.76% Increase
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 100.00% Decrease
Withdrawal(4) 4.00% - 100.00% Decrease
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.65% - 1.75% Increase
Long-term Equity Volatility(6) 18.50% Decrease
Liabilities
Market risk benefit liabilities $ 3,774 Discounted cash flow Mortality(1) 0.00% - 23.47% Decrease
Lapse(2) 0.05% - 30.76% Decrease
Utilization(3) 0.00% - 100.00% Increase
Withdrawal(4) 4.00% - 100.00% Increase
Non-performance risk adjustment(5) 0.65% - 1.75% Decrease
Long-term Equity Volatility (6) 18.50% Increase

(1) Mortality rates vary by attained age, tax qualification status, guaranteed benefit election, and duration. The range displayed reflects ages from the minimum issue age for the benefit through age 95, which corresponds to the typical maturity age. A mortality improvement assumption is also applied.

(2) Base lapse rates vary by contract-level factors, such as product type, surrender charge schedule and guaranteed benefits election. Lapse rates are further adjusted based on the degree to which a guaranteed benefit is in-the-money, with lower lapse applying when benefits are more in-the-money. Lapse rates are also adjusted to reflect lower lapse expectations when guaranteed benefits are utilized.

(3) The utilization rate represents the expected percentage of contracts that will utilize the benefit through annuitization (GMIB) or commencement of withdrawals (GMWB). Utilization may vary by benefit type, attained age, duration, tax qualification status, benefit provision, and degree to which the guaranteed benefit is in-the-money.

(4) The withdrawal rate represents the percentage of annual withdrawal assumed relative to the maximum allowable withdrawal amount under the free partial withdrawal provision or the GMWB, as applicable. Free partial withdrawal rates vary based on the product type and duration. Withdrawal rates on contracts with a GMWB vary based on attained age, tax qualification status, GMWB type and GMWB benefit provisions.

(5) Non-performance risk adjustment is applied as a spread over the risk-free rate to determine the rate used to discount the related cash flows and varies by projection year.

(6) Long-term equity volatility represents the equity volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available.

Sensitivity to Changes in Unobservable Inputs

The following is a general description of sensitivities of significant unobservable inputs and their impact on the fair value measurement for the assets and liabilities reflected in the tables above.

•Investments: At December 31, 2025 and 2024, $117 million and $121 million, respectively, of debt securities, equity securities, and limited partnerships are fair valued using techniques incorporating unobservable inputs and are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. For these assets, their unobservable inputs and ranges of possible inputs do not materially affect their fair valuations and have been excluded from the quantitative information in the tables above.

•Policy Loans: Policy loans that support funds withheld reinsurance agreements that are held at fair value under the fair value option on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets are excluded from the tables above. These policy loans do not have a stated maturity and the balances, plus accrued investment income, are repaid either by the policyholder or with proceeds from the policy. Due to the collateralized nature of policy loans and unpredictable timing of payments, the Company believes the carrying value of policy loans, which includes accrued investment income, approximates fair value and is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

•Funds Withheld Payable:

◦Under the Reassure America Life Insurance Company reinsurance treaties, fair value is determined based upon the fair value of the funds withheld investments held by the Company and is excluded from the tables above.

◦Under the Athene reinsurance treaty, the calculation includes the Athene embedded derivative that is measured at fair value. The valuation of the embedded derivative utilizes a total return swap technique that incorporates the fair value of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreement as a component of the valuation and is excluded from the table above.

As a result, these valuations require certain significant inputs that are generally not observable and, accordingly, the valuation is considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

•GMIB reinsurance recoverable: fair value calculation is based on the present value of future cash flows comprised of future expected reinsurance benefit receipts, less future attributed premium payments to reinsurers, over the lives of the contracts. Estimating these cash flows requires actuarially determined assumptions related to expectations concerning policyholder behavior and long-term market volatility. The more significant policyholder behavior actuarial assumptions include benefit utilization, lapse, and mortality.

•MRB asset and liability: fair value calculation is based on the present value of future cash flows comprised of future expected benefit payments, less future attributed fees (if applicable), over the lives of the contracts. Estimating these cash flows requires numerous estimates and subjective judgments related to capital market inputs, as well as actuarially determined assumptions related to expectations concerning policyholder behavior. The more significant actuarial assumptions include benefit utilization by policyholders, lapse, mortality, and withdrawal rates. Best estimate assumptions plus risk margins are used as applicable.

The tables below provide roll-forwards for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 of the financial instruments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are used in the fair value measurement. Gains and losses in the tables below include changes in fair value due partly to observable and unobservable factors. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instruments hedging the related risks may not be classified within the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore, the impact of the derivative instruments reported in Level 3 may vary significantly from the total income effect of the hedged instruments.

Total Realized/Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in
Purchases,
Fair Value Sales, Transfers Fair Value
as of Net Other Issuances in and/or as of
January 1, Income Comprehensive and (out of) December 31,
December 31, 2025 2025 (Loss) Income (Loss) Settlements Level 3 2025
Assets
Debt securities
Public utilities $ 44 $ $ $ (44) $ $
Corporate securities 274 1 12 33 26 346
Other asset-backed securities 661 (70) 22 88 (275) 426
Equity securities 7 7
Mortgage loans 449 9 (134) 324
Limited partnerships 195 3 66 (14) 250
Policy loans 3,489 6 42 3,537
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits 121 (3) 118
Market risk benefit assets 8,899 (1,032) 7,867
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1,353) (573) (45) (1,971)
Market risk benefit liabilities (3,774) 430 (333) (77) (3,754)
Total Realized/Unrealized Gains (Losses) Included in
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Purchases,
Fair Value Sales, Transfers Fair Value
as of Net Other Issuances in and/or as of
January 1, Income Comprehensive and (out of) December 31,
December 31, 2024 2024 (Loss) Income (Loss) Settlements Level 3 2024
Assets
Debt securities
Other government securities $ 150 $ $ 6 $ (156) $ $
Public utilities 41 (18) 7 (41) 55 44
Corporate securities 83 5 (1) 153 34 274
Other asset-backed securities 975 (13) 12 (313) 661
Equity securities 8 (1) 7
Mortgage loans 481 (5) (27) 449
Limited partnerships 135 26 34 195
Policy loans 3,457 42 (10) 3,489
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits 149 (28) 121
Market risk benefit assets 6,737 2,162 8,899
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1,158) (199) 4 (1,353)
Market risk benefit liabilities (4,785) 1,674 (663) (3,774)

The components of the amounts included in purchases, sales, issuances and settlements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 shown above are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2025 Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Total
Assets
Debt securities
Public utilities $ $ (44) $ $ $ (44)
Corporate securities 232 (199) 33
Residential mortgage-backed 4 (4)
Other asset-backed securities 524 (436) 88
Mortgage loans 130 (264) (134)
Limited partnerships 73 (7) 66
Policy loans 230 (188) 42
Total $ 963 $ (954) $ 230 $ (188) $ 51
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1,180) 1,135 (45)
Market risk benefit liabilities (77) (77)
Total $ $ $ (1,257) $ 1,135 $ (122)
December 31, 2024 Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Total
Assets
Debt securities
Other government securities $ $ (156) $ $ $ (156)
Public utilities 4 (45) (41)
Corporate securities 230 (77) 153
Other asset-backed securities 250 (563) (313)
Mortgage loans 227 (254) (27)
Limited partnerships 34 34
Policy loans 221 (231) (10)
Total $ 745 $ (1,095) $ 221 $ (231) $ (360)
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties $ $ $ (697) $ 701 $ 4

In 2025, transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy were $388 million and transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 were $139 million. There were $14 million transfers from Level 3 to NAV and no transfers from NAV to Level 3.

In 2024, transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy were $13 million, transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 were $102 million. There were no transfers from Level 3 to NAV or transfers from NAV to Level 3.

The portion of gains (losses) included in net income (loss) or OCI attributable to the change in unrealized gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments still held was as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Included in <br>Net Income Included in OCI Included in <br>Net Income Included in OCI
Assets
Debt securities
Public utilities $ $ $ (1) $ 1
Corporate securities 1 10 (3) (3)
Other asset-backed securities (69) 21 (11) 5
Equity securities (1)
Mortgage loans 9 (5)
Limited partnerships 3 26
Policy loans 6 42
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits (3) (28)
Market risk benefit assets (1,032) 2,162
Liabilities
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (573) (199)
Market risk benefit liabilities 430 (333) 1,674 (663)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Other Than Fair Value

The table below presents the carrying amount and fair value by fair value hierarchy level of certain financial instruments that are not reported at fair value (in millions):

December 31, 2025
Fair Value
Carrying <br>Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Assets
Mortgage loans $ 9,887 $ 9,624 $ $ $ 9,624
Policy loans 889 889 889
FHLBI capital stock 119 119 119
Liabilities
Annuity reserves (1) $ 39,059 $ 38,552 $ $ $ 38,552
Guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements (2) 11,021 11,077 11,077
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties 12,989 12,989 12,989
Long-term debt 2,030 1,877 1,877
Securities lending payable (3) 35 35 35
Repurchase agreements (3) 1,001 1,001 1,001
Separate account liabilities (5) 236,496 236,496 236,496
December 31, 2024
Fair Value
Carrying <br>Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Assets
Mortgage loans $ 9,462 $ 8,902 $ $ $ 8,902
Policy loans 914 914 914
FHLBI capital stock 127 127 127
Liabilities
Annuity reserves (1) $ 34,698 $ 32,580 $ $ $ 32,580
Guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements (2) 8,384 8,271 8,271
Funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties 15,389 15,389 15,389
Long-term debt 2,034 1,836 1,836
Securities lending payable (3) 14 14 14
Repurchase agreements (3) 1,540 1,540 1,540
FHLB advances (4) 700 700 700
Separate account liabilities (5) 229,143 229,143 229,143
(1) Annuity reserves represent only the components of other contract holder funds that are considered to be financial instruments.
(2) Included as a component of other contract holder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Included as a component of repurchase agreements and securities lending payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Included as a component of other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(5) The values of separate account liabilities are set equal to the values of separate account assets.

The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values of the financial instruments that are not reported at fair value reported in the table above:

•Mortgage Loans: Fair values are generally determined by discounting expected future cash flows at current market interest rates, inclusive of a credit spread, for similar quality loans. For loans whose value is dependent on the underlying property, fair value is the estimated value of the collateral. Certain characteristics considered significant in determining the spread or collateral value may be based on internally developed estimates. As a result, these investments have been classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage loans held under a funds withheld reinsurance agreement are valued using third-party pricing services, which may use economic inputs, geographical information, and property specific assumptions in deriving the fair value price. The Company reviews the valuations from these pricing providers to ensure they are reasonable. Due to lack of observable inputs, these investments have been classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

•Policy Loans: As described under “Policy Loans” in Note 4 – Investments of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, due to the collateralized nature of policy loans and unpredictable timing of payments, the Company believes the carrying value of policy loans approximates fair value. The non-reinsurance related component of policy loans has been classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

•FHLBI Capital Stock: FHLBI capital stock, which is included in other invested assets, can only be sold to FHLBI at a constant price of $100 per share. Due to the lack of valuation uncertainty, the investment has been classified as Level 1.

•Other Contract Holder Funds: Fair values for immediate annuities without mortality features are derived by discounting the future estimated cash flows using current market interest rates for similar maturities. Fair values for deferred annuities, including the fixed option on variable annuities, fixed annuities, fixed index annuities and RILAs, are determined using projected future cash flows discounted at current market interest rates.

Fair values for guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements are based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at current market interest rates.

•Funds Withheld Payable Under Reinsurance Treaties: The fair value of the funds withheld payable is equal to the fair value of the assets held as collateral, which primarily consists of bonds, mortgages, limited partnerships, and cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of the assets generally uses industry standard valuation techniques as described above and the funds withheld payable components are valued consistent with the assets in the fair value hierarchy and the funds withheld payable is classified in its entirety according to the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. The funds withheld payable is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

•Debt: Fair values for the Company’s surplus notes and long-term debt are generally determined by prices obtained from independent broker dealers or discounted cash flow models. Such prices are derived from market observable inputs and are classified as Level 2.

•Securities Lending Payable: The Company’s securities lending payable is set equal to the cash collateral received. Due to the short-term nature of the loans, carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value and is classified as Level 2.

•FHLB Advances: Carrying value of the Company’s FHLB advances, which are included in other liabilities, is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value due to their short-term maturities and are classified as Level 2.

•Repurchase Agreements: Carrying value of the Company’s repurchase agreements is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value due to their short-term maturities and are classified as Level 2.

•Separate Account Liabilities: The values of separate account liabilities are set equal to the values of separate account assets, which are comprised of investments in mutual funds that transact regularly, but do not trade in active markets as they are not publicly available and are categorized as Level 2.

7.    Deferred Acquisition Costs

Certain costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance business are capitalized as deferred acquisition costs ("DAC") in the period in which they are incurred. These costs primarily pertain to commissions and certain costs associated with policy issuance and underwriting. All other acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Contracts are grouped into cohorts by contract type and issue year. For traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts, contracts are grouped consistent with the groupings used in estimating the associated liability. DAC are amortized into expense on a constant level basis over the expected term of the grouped contracts. For traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts, amortization is determined based on projected in force amounts. For non-traditional contracts, amortization is determined based on projected policy counts.

The expected term used to amortize DAC is determined using best estimate assumptions, including mortality and persistency, consistent with the best estimate assumptions used to determine the reserve for future policy benefits, MRBs, and additional liabilities for applicable contracts. For amortization of DAC related to contracts without these balances, assumptions used to determine expected term are developed in a similar manner. The amortization rate is determined using all information available as of the end of the reporting period, including actual experience and any assumption updates. Annually, or as circumstances warrant, a comprehensive review of assumptions is conducted, and assumptions are revised as appropriate. If assumptions are revised, the amortization rate is calculated using revised assumptions such that the effect of revised assumptions is recognized prospectively as of the beginning of that reporting period.

Unamortized DAC are written off when a contract is internally replaced and substantially changed. Substantially unchanged contracts are treated as a continuation of the replaced contract, with no change to the unamortized DAC at the time of the replacement.

The following table presents the roll-forward of the DAC (in millions). The current period amortization is based on the end of the period estimates of mortality and persistency. The amortization pattern is revised on a prospective basis at the beginning of the period based on the period’s actual experience.

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Variable Annuities
Balance, beginning of period $ 11,314 $ 11,967 $ 12,699
Deferrals of acquisition costs 526 411 394
Amortization (1,030) (1,064) (1,126)
Variable Annuities balance, end of period $ 10,810 $ 11,314 $ 11,967
RILA
Balance, beginning of period $ 399 $ 185 $ 73
Deferrals of acquisition costs 294 244 124
Amortization (56) (30) (12)
RILA balance, end of period $ 637 $ 399 $ 185
Reconciliation of total DAC
Variable Annuities balance, end of period $ 10,810 $ 11,314 $ 11,967
RILA balance, end of period 637 399 185
Other product lines, end of period 213 174 150
Total balance, end of period $ 11,660 $ 11,887 $ 12,302

The assumptions most relevant to calculating the amortization of deferred acquisition costs are mortality and persistency. We have undertaken a comprehensive review of the assumptions used in the amortization of deferred acquisition costs, and there was no significant impact during the periods presented from changes to the mortality or persistency assumptions.

8.     Reinsurance

The Company, through its subsidiary insurance companies, assumes and cedes reinsurance from and to other insurance companies as a means of managing capital and risk exposures. However, if the reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations, the originating issuer of the coverage retains the liability. The Company reinsures certain of its risks to other reinsurers on a coinsurance, coinsurance with funds withheld, modified coinsurance, or yearly renewable term basis. The Company regularly monitors the financial strength ratings of its reinsurers.

Athene Reinsurance

The Company entered into a funds withheld coinsurance agreement with Athene effective June 1, 2020, to reinsure on a 100% quota share basis, a block of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity product liabilities in exchange for a $1.2 billion ceding commission. The coinsurance with funds withheld agreement ("the coinsurance agreement") required Jackson to establish a segregated account in which the investments supporting the ceded obligations are maintained. While the economic benefits of the investments flow to Athene, Jackson retains physical possession and legal ownership of the investments supporting the reserve.

Pursuant to the Athene coinsurance agreement, the Company holds certain assets as collateral. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, assets held as collateral in the segregated custody account were $11.2 billion and $13.1 billion, respectively. The investments maintained in the segregated account are valued at statutory carrying value for purposes of determining periodic settlement amounts under the Athene coinsurance agreement. Further, the investments in the segregated account are not available to settle any policyholder obligations other than those specifically covered by the coinsurance agreement and are not available to settle obligations to general creditors of Jackson. The profit and loss with respect to obligations ceded to Athene are included in periodic net settlements pursuant to the coinsurance agreement. To further support its obligations under the coinsurance agreement, Athene procured $1.1 billion in letters of credit for Jackson’s benefit and established a trust account for Jackson’s benefit, which had a book value of approximately $110 million at December 31, 2025.

Swiss Re Reinsurance

Jackson has three retrocession reinsurance agreements (“retro treaties”) with Swiss Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“SRZ”). Pursuant to these retro treaties, Jackson ceded certain blocks of business to SRZ on a 100% coinsurance with funds withheld basis, subject to pre-existing reinsurance with other parties. As a result of the reinsurance agreements with SRZ, Jackson withholds certain assets, primarily in the form of policy loans and debt securities, as collateral for the reinsurance recoverable.

The Company has also acquired certain blocks of business that are closed to new business and wholly ceded to non-affiliates. These include both direct and assumed accident and health businesses, direct and assumed life insurance business, and certain institutional annuities.

GMIB Reinsurance

The Company’s guaranteed minimum income benefits ("GMIBs") are reinsured with an unrelated party. GMIB reinsured benefits are subject to aggregate annual claim limits. Deductibles also apply on reinsurance of GMIB business issued since March 1, 2005. The Company discontinued offering the GMIB in 2009.

Assumed and Ceded Premiums and Benefits Paid or Provided

Assumed and ceded premiums and benefits paid or provided are accounted for on bases consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Premium income and benefit expenses are reported net of reinsurance assumed and ceded.

The effect of reinsurance on premiums and benefits was as follows (in millions):

For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Premiums
Direct $ 334 $ 339 $ 328
Assumed 26 28 35
Ceded (211) (221) (216)
Total premium $ 149 $ 146 $ 147
Benefits
Direct $ 1,369 $ 1,369 $ 1,582
Assumed 734 812 802
Ceded (688) (771) (831)
Change in reserves, net of reinsurance (488) (542) (588)
Total benefits $ 927 $ 868 $ 965

Reinsurance Recoverables and Reinsured Market Risk Benefits

Ceded reinsurance agreements are reported on a gross basis on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset for amounts recoverable from reinsurers or as a component of other assets or liabilities for amounts, such as premiums, owed to or due from reinsurers.

Reinsurance recoverables relating to reinsurance of traditional and limited-payment contracts are required to be recognized and measured in a manner consistent with liabilities relating to the underlying reinsured contracts, including using consistent assumptions. Reinsurance contracts may be executed subsequent to the direct contract issue dates, and market interest rates may have changed between the date that the underlying insurance contracts were issued and the date the reinsurance contract is recognized in the financial statements, resulting in the underlying discount rate differing between the direct and reinsured business.

The Company regularly monitors the financial strength ratings of its reinsurers. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had an allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) of $30 million and $27 million, respectively, on its reinsurance recoverables, which are reported net of ACL on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ACL considers the credit quality of the reinsurer and is generally determined based on probability of default and loss given default assumptions, after considering any applicable collateral arrangements.

For reinsurance recoverables that are collateralized, the amount of collateral is expected to be adjusted as necessary as a result of fair value changes in that collateral. If the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date is less than the carrying value of the reinsurance recoverable, the Company recognizes an ACL on the difference between the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date and the carrying value of the reinsurance recoverable. Additions to or releases of the ACL are reported in Death, other policyholder benefits, and changes in reserves, net of deferrals in the Consolidated Income Statements.

Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits is recognized at fair value with changes being recognized in current period earnings within market risk benefit (gains) losses, net. Non-performance risk of the reinsurer is incorporated into the calculation through the adjustment of the risk-free rate curve based on credit spreads observed on instruments issued by similarly-rated life insurance companies.

The Company’s reinsurance contract that cedes only the GMIB elected on certain variable annuity products is classified as a reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits. These reinsured MRBs may have direct MRB balances recorded as either assets or liabilities; however, because the unit of account for the reinsured MRB is the reinsurance contract, the ceded MRB is presented in total within reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits. The fees used to determine the fair value of the reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits are those defined in the reinsurance contract.

Guaranteed benefits related to the optional lifetime income rider offered on certain fixed index annuities are MRBs that are reinsured with Athene. The reinsured MRBs are measured using a non-option valuation approach that uses cash flow assumptions and an attributed fee ratio consistent with those used to measure the MRBs on the direct contract and a discount rate that considers the reinsurer’s credit risk. The attributed fee is locked-in at inception of the contract.

Components of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable excluding MRBs were as follows (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Reserves:
Life $ 5,164 $ 5,205
Accident and health 525 450
Annuity benefits (1) 13,196 15,526
Claims liability and other 633 649
Total $ 19,518 $ 21,830

(1)     Other annuity benefits primarily attributable to fixed and fixed index annuities reinsured with Athene.

Components of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits were as follows (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Variable annuity $ 41 $ 62
Other product lines 77 59
Total $ 118 $ 121

Reinsurance and Funds Withheld Payable Under Reinsurance Treaties

Under the reinsurance agreement with Athene and the retro treaties with SRZ, the Company maintains ownership of the underlying investments instead of transferring them to the reinsurer and, as a result, records a funds withheld liability payable to the reinsurer. Investment returns earned on withheld assets are paid by the Company to the reinsurer, pursuant to the terms of the agreements. Investment income and net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments are reported net of gains or losses on the funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties.

The amounts credited to reinsurers on the funds withheld payable is based on the return earned on those assets. The return earned on the assets is subject to the credit risk of the original issuer of the instrument rather than Jackson’s own creditworthiness, which results in an embedded derivative (total return swap).

Funds withheld under reinsurance agreement with Athene

The Company recognizes a liability for the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld under the Athene reinsurance agreement within funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The embedded derivative is measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements. At inception of the reinsurance agreement with Athene, the fair value of the withheld investments differed from their book value and, accordingly, while the investments are held, the amortization of this difference is reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements. See Note 5 - Derivative Instruments of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the embedded derivative.

Funds withheld under reinsurance agreements with SRZ

At execution of the retro treaties with SRZ, the Company elected the fair value option for the withheld assets, as well as the related funds withheld payable. Accordingly, the embedded derivative is not bifurcated or separately measured. The funds withheld payable is measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. The fair value of the funds withheld payable is equal to the fair value of the assets held as collateral.

The following assets and liabilities were held in support of reserves associated with the Company’s funds withheld reinsurance agreements and were reported in the respective financial statement line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Assets
Debt securities, available-for-sale $ 7,947 $ 9,058
Debt securities, at fair value under the fair value option 6 116
Equity securities 88 125
Mortgage loans 2,102 2,611
Mortgage loans, at fair value under the fair value option 324 449
Policy loans 3,548 3,501
Freestanding derivative instruments, net (4) 45
Other invested assets 712 777
Cash and cash equivalents 375 253
Accrued investment income 92 114
Other assets and liabilities, net 5 (41)
Total assets (1) $ 15,195 $ 17,008
Liabilities
Funds held under reinsurance treaties (2) $ 14,960 $ 16,742
Total liabilities $ 14,960 $ 16,742

(1)     Certain assets are reported at amortized cost while the fair value of those assets is reported in the embedded derivative in the funds withheld liability.

(2) Includes funds withheld embedded derivative asset (liability) of $1,752 million and $2,314 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The sources of income related to funds withheld under reinsurance treaties reported in net investment income in the Consolidated Income Statements were as follows (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Debt securities (1) $ 372 $ 503 $ 644
Equity securities 5 12 (22)
Mortgage loans (2) 145 177 231
Policy loans 335 328 321
Limited partnerships 36 49 52
Other investment income 12 16 21
Total investment income on funds withheld assets 905 1,085 1,247
Other investment expenses on funds withheld assets (3) (50) (61) (73)
Total net investment income on funds withheld reinsurance treaties $ 855 $ 1,024 $ 1,174

(1) Includes $1 million, $1 million, and $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to the change in fair value for securities carried under the fair value option.

(2) Includes $9 million, $(5) million, and $(3) million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to the change in fair value for mortgage loans carried under the fair value option.

(3)    Includes management fees.

The gains and losses on funds withheld reinsurance treaties as a component of net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments in the Consolidated Income Statements were as follows (in millions):

2024 2023
Available-for-sale securities
Realized gains on sale 9 $ 5 $ 26
Realized losses on sale (69) (173)
Credit loss expense (41) (5)
Credit loss expense on mortgage loans 25 (32)
Other (31) 12
Net gains (losses) on non-derivative investments (111) (172)
Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments 33 (37)
Net gains (losses) on funds withheld payable under reinsurance treaties (1) (974) (1,592)
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments (1,304) $ (1,052) $ (1,801)
(1) Includes the Athene embedded derivative gain (loss) of (562) million, (154) million and (690) million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

All values are in US Dollars.

9.    Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits

For non-participating traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts, the reserve for future policy benefits represents the present value of estimated future policy benefits to be paid to or on behalf of policyholders in future periods and certain related expenses less the present value of estimated future net premiums.

Reserves for future policy benefits for non-participating traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts are measured using the net premium ratio ("NPR") measurement model. The NPR measurement model accrues for future policy benefits in proportion to the premium revenue recognized. The reserve for future policy benefits is derived from the Company's best estimate of future net premium and future benefits and expenses, which is based on best estimate assumptions including mortality, persistency, claims expense, and discount rate. On an annual basis, or as circumstances warrant, we conduct a comprehensive review of our current best estimate assumptions based on our experience, industry benchmarking, and other factors, as applicable. Expense assumptions are updated based on estimates of expected non-level costs, such as termination or settlement costs, and costs after the premium-paying period and exclude acquisition costs or any costs that are required to be charged to expenses as incurred. Updates to assumptions are applied on a retrospective basis, and the change in the reserve for future policy benefits resulting from updates to assumptions is reported separately in the Consolidated Income Statements within the (gain) loss from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net. Each reporting period the reserve for future policy benefits is updated to reflect actual experience to date.

The Company establishes cohorts, which are groupings used to measure reserves for future policy benefits. In determining cohorts, the Company considers both qualitative and quantitative factors, including the issue year, type of product, product features, and legal entity.

The discount rate used to estimate reserves for future policy benefits is consistent with an upper-medium grade (low-credit risk) fixed-income corporate instrument yield, which has been interpreted to represent a single-A corporate instrument yield. This discount rate curve is determined by fitting a parametric function to yields to maturity and related times to maturity of market observable single-A rated corporate instruments. The discount rate used to recognize interest accretion on the reserves for future policy benefits is locked at the initial measurement of the cohort. Each reporting period thereafter, the reserve for future policy benefits is remeasured using the current discount rate. The difference between the reserve calculated using the current discount rate and the reserve calculated using the locked-in discount rate is recorded in OCI.

For limited-payment insurance contracts, premiums are paid over a period shorter than the period over which benefits are provided. Gross premiums received in excess of the net premium are deferred and recognized as a deferred profit liability ("DPL"). The DPL is included within the reserve for future policy benefits and profits are recognized in income as a component of benefit expenses on a constant relationship with the amount of expected future benefit payments. Interest is accreted on the balance of the DPL using the discount rate locked in at the initial measurement of the cohort. Measurement of the DPL uses best estimate assumptions for mortality. These assumptions are similarly subject to the annual review process discussed above.

Additional Liabilities – Universal Life-type

For universal life-type insurance contracts, a liability is recognized for the policyholder’s account value as discussed further in Note 10 of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Where these contracts provide additional benefits beyond the account balance or base insurance coverage that are not market risk benefits or embedded derivatives, liabilities in addition to the policyholder’s account value are recognized. These additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits are reported within reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable. The methodology uses a benefit ratio defined as a constant percentage of the assessment base. This ratio is multiplied by current period assessments to determine the reserve accrual for the period. The assumptions used in the measurement of the additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits are based on best estimate assumptions including mortality, persistency, investment returns, and discount rates. These assumptions are similarly subject to the annual review process discussed above. As available-for-sale debt securities are carried at fair value, an adjustment is made to these additional liabilities equal to the change in liability that would have occurred if such securities had been sold at their stated fair value and the proceeds reinvested at current yields. This adjustment, along with the change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale debt securities, net of applicable tax, is credited or charged directly to equity as a component of OCI.

See Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding other contract holder funds.

Other Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable

In conjunction with a prior acquisition, the Company recorded a fair value adjustment at acquisition related to certain annuity and interest-sensitive liability blocks of business to reflect the cost of the interest guarantees within the in-force liabilities, based on the difference between the guaranteed interest rate and at purchase assumed new money guaranteed interest rate. This adjustment is included in other future policy benefits and claims payable as disclosed in the table below. This liability is remeasured at the end of each period, taking into account changes in the in-force block. Any resulting change in the liability is recorded as a gain (loss) from updating future policy benefits cash flow assumptions, net through the Consolidated Income Statements.

In addition, annuity and life claims liabilities in course of settlement are included in other future policy benefits and claims payable as disclosed in the table below.

The following table summarizes the Company’s reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable balances (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Reserves for future policy benefits
Payout Annuities $ 1,169 $ 1,095
Closed Block Life 3,580 3,578
Closed Block Annuity 3,647 3,837
Reserves for future policy benefits 8,396 8,510
Additional liabilities
Closed Block Life 1,195 1,184
Other future policy benefits and claims payable 1,305 1,378
Reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable $ 10,896 $ 11,072

The following tables present the roll-forward of components of reserves for future policy benefits (in millions):

Present Value of Expected Net Premiums
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Payout Closed Block Closed Block Payout Closed Block Closed Block
Annuities Life Annuity Annuities Life Annuity
Balance, beginning of period $ $ 847 $ $ $ 1,140 $
Beginning of period cumulative effect of changes in discount rate assumptions 125 113
Beginning balance at original discount rate 972 1,253
Effect of changes in cash flow assumptions 232 (193)
Effect of actual variances from expected experience (33) (2)
Balance adjusted for variances from expectation 1,171 1,058
Issuances 2 4
Interest accrual 35 41
Net premiums collected (124) (131)
Ending balance at original discount rate 1,084 972
End of period cumulative effect of changes in discount rate assumptions (86) (125)
Balance, end of period $ $ 998 $ $ $ 847 $

For the year-ended December 31, 2025, the effect of actual variances from expected experience of $33 million was mainly attributed to slightly lower actual premiums versus expected premiums related to our closed block products, which are mostly reinsured, resulting in an immaterial net impact to the reserve balance.

Present Value of Expected Future Policy Benefits
Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Payout Closed Block Closed Block Payout Closed Block Closed Block
Annuities Life Annuity Annuities Life Annuity
Balance, beginning of period $ 1,095 $ 4,425 $ 3,837 $ 1,090 $ 5,134 $ 4,215
Beginning of period cumulative effect of changes in discount rate assumptions 100 806 255 99 767 185
Beginning balance at original discount rate (including DPL of $91, $0 and $588 in December 31, 2025, and, $42, $0 and $626 in December 31, 2024 for payout annuities, closed block life and closed block annuity, respectively) 1,195 5,231 4,092 1,189 5,901 4,400
Effect of changes in cash flow assumptions (20) 414 (8) (41) (247) (13)
Effect of actual variances from expected experience (16) (30) 6 (34) (6) 4
Balance adjusted for variances from expectation 1,159 5,615 4,090 1,114 5,648 4,391
Issuances 171 8 173 10
Interest accrual 47 150 169 45 165 182
Benefits payments (150) (524) (455) (137) (592) (481)
Ending balance of original discount rate (including DPL of $110, $0 and $546 in December 31, 2025, and, $91, $0 and $588 in December 31, 2024 for payout annuities, closed block life and closed block annuity, respectively) 1,227 5,249 3,804 1,195 5,231 4,092
End of period cumulative effect of changes in discount rate assumptions (58) (671) (157) (100) (806) (255)
Balance, end of period $ 1,169 $ 4,578 $ 3,647 $ 1,095 $ 4,425 $ 3,837
Reserves for future policy benefits 1,169 3,580 3,647 1,095 3,578 3,837
Less: Reinsurance recoverable 128 2,012 4 109 1,978 4
Reserves for future policy benefits, after reinsurance recoverable $ 1,041 $ 1,568 $ 3,643 $ 986 $ 1,600 $ 3,833

The following table presents the weighted average duration of the reserves for future policy benefits. The weighted average duration represents average cohort-level duration weighted by the benefit reserves amount:

Payout Closed Block Closed Block
Annuities Life Annuity
December 31, 2025
Weighted average duration (years) 6.2 6.8 6.5
December 31, 2024
Weighted average duration (years) 6.5 6.9 6.6

The significant assumptions used in the liability for future policy benefits calculation consist of mortality, persistency, and discount rate. We undertook a comprehensive review of the significant assumptions used in the liability for future policy benefits calculation during 2025. Assumptions were unlocked with the most significant impact from an update to mortality. An update to mortality and lapse was made for the additional liabilities - universal life-type insurance contracts.

The discount rate assumption related to the single-A corporate instrument yield was updated based on current market data. Discount rates decreased in 2025 compared to 2024, based on the duration of the liability. This resulted in a increase in the liability. Refer to the roll-forward above for further details.

The following table presents the amount of undiscounted and discounted expected future gross premiums and expected future benefit payments for future policy benefits for non-participating traditional and limited-payment insurance contracts (in millions). The discounted premiums are calculated using the current discount rate, while the undiscounted cash flows represent the gross cash flows before any discounting is applied:

December 31,
2025 2024
Undiscounted Discounted Undiscounted Discounted
Payout Annuities
Expected future benefit payments $ 1,547 $ 1,059 $ 1,530 $ 1,003
Expected future gross premiums
Closed Block Life
Expected future benefit payments 6,875 4,696 6,820 4,539
Expected future gross premiums 3,810 2,429 4,589 2,729
Closed Block Annuity
Expected future benefit payments 4,618 3,101 4,988 3,226
Expected future gross premiums $ $ $ $

The following table presents the amount of revenue and interest related to non-participating traditional and limited-pay insurance contracts recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements (in millions):

Gross Premiums Interest Expense
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2025 2024
Payout Annuities $ 67 $ 53 $ 47 $ 45
Closed Block Life 295 316 115 124
Closed Block Annuity (2) (2) 169 182
Total $ 360 $ 367 $ 331 $ 351

The following table presents the weighted average interest rate for the reserves for future policy benefits at the cohort level for the locked-in discount rate (interest accretion rate), and current discount rate, weighted by the cohort's benefit reserve amount:

December 31,
2025 2024
Payout Annuities
Interest accretion rate 4.26 % 4.06 %
Current discount rate 5.10 % 5.52 %
Closed Block Life
Interest accretion rate 3.08 % 3.05 %
Current discount rate 5.31 % 5.65 %
Closed Block Annuity
Interest accretion rate 4.40 % 4.40 %
Current discount rate 5.16 % 5.54 %

The following table presents a roll-forward of Closed Block Life additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Balance, beginning of period $ 1,184 $ 1,153
Beginning of period cumulative effect of changes in shadow adjustments 23 17
Beginning balance excluding shadow 1,207 1,170
Effect of changes in cash flow assumptions 5 90
Effect of actual variances from expected experience 33 18
Interest accrual 58 57
Net assessments collected (94) (128)
Ending balance excluding shadow 1,209 1,207
End of period cumulative effect of changes in shadow adjustments (14) (23)
Balance, end of period $ 1,195 $ 1,184

The following table presents the weighted average duration of Closed Block Life additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits. The weighted average duration represents average cohort-level duration weighted by the benefit reserves amount:

December 31,
2025 2024
Weighted average duration (years) 8.7 9.1

The significant assumptions used in the additional liability for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits calculation consist of mortality, persistency, investment returns, and crediting rate. We have undertaken a comprehensive review of the significant assumptions used in the additional liability for annuitization, death, and other insurance benefit calculations. An update to mortality and lapse was made for the additional liabilities.

The following table presents assessments and interest expense of Closed Block Life additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements (in millions):

Assessments Interest Expense
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2025 2024
Additional liability for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits $ (94) $ (128) $ 58 $ 57

The following table presents the weighted average current discount rate of Closed Block Life additional liabilities for annuitization, death and other insurance benefits, applied at the cohort level weighted by reserve benefit amount:

December 31,
2025 2024
Weighted average current discount rate 5.00 % 4.99 %

10.    Other Contract Holder Funds

Other contract holder funds represent the policyholder account balance on our universal life-type products, investment contracts, and the fair value of the embedded derivatives associated with the indexed crediting features on our fixed index annuities and RILA.

•Universal life-type products: Universal life-type contracts have, as a principal component, an account balance in which interest is credited to policyholders and assessments are deducted for mortality risk and contract administration. The account balance is recognized as a liability within other contract holder funds, and the liability is updated each period for fee and assessment deductions and increased for interest or returns credited to the account balance.

Certain of our universal life-type contracts contain features that are not classified as market risk benefits or embedded derivatives but provide additional benefits beyond the account balance or base insurance coverage for which a liability in addition to the account balance is necessary. These additional liabilities for death or other insurance benefits are reported as a component of reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 9 - Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Claims Payable of these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding these additional liabilities.

•Investment contracts: Certain contracts without significant mortality or morbidity risk and certain annuities that lack insurance risk are treated as investment contracts. For investment contracts, payments received are reported as liabilities and accounted for in a manner consistent with the accounting for interest-bearing or other financial instruments, within other contract holder funds.

The Company issues a variety of annuity products including variable annuities, registered index linked annuities, fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, and payout annuities. For annuity contracts that are classified as investment contracts, the liability is the account balance as of the reporting date, reported within the other contract holder funds. For the variable annuity products, only the allocations to fixed fund options are reported in other contract holder funds.

•Embedded derivatives - product liabilities: For our RILA and fixed index annuities, the equity-linked option issued by the Company is accounted for at fair value as an embedded derivative on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of other contract holder funds, with changes in fair value recorded in net income.

The fair value of the embedded derivative for the FIA and RILA products is determined using an option-budget method with capital market inputs of market index returns and discount rates as well as actuarial assumptions including lapse, mortality and withdrawal rates. We typically update our actuarial assumptions annually, unless a material change is observed in an interim period that we feel is indicative of a long-term trend.

Our annuity products may contain certain features or guarantees that are classified as MRBs. These market risk benefits are a component of the market risk benefits line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding market risk benefits.

The Company’s institutional products business is comprised of the guaranteed investment contracts, funding agreements backed by medium-term notes ("FABN funding agreements"), funding agreements backed by commercial paper ("FABCP funding agreements"), and funding agreements issued in conjunction with the Company's participation in the U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") program ("FHLB funding agreements") described below.

•FABN funding agreements: Jackson has established a funding agreement-backed note (“FABN”) program, pursuant to which a special purpose statutory business trust may issue up to $32 billion aggregate principal amount of medium-term notes and deposit the proceeds with Jackson pursuant to a FABN funding agreement issued by Jackson to the special purpose statutory trust. The carrying values of the FABN funding agreements at December 31, 2025 and 2024 totaled $8.0 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively.

Liabilities for foreign currency denominated FABN funding agreements are adjusted to reflect the effects of foreign currency translation gains and losses using exchange rates as of the reporting date. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included in net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments. FABN funding agreements issued in a foreign currency have been hedged for changes in exchange rates using cross-currency swaps.

•FABCP funding agreements: In the second quarter of 2025, Jackson established a FABCP funding agreement program, pursuant to which a special purpose limited liability company may issue commercial paper and deposit the proceeds with Jackson under FABCP funding agreements issued by Jackson to the special purpose limited liability company. The current maximum aggregate principal amount permitted to be outstanding at any one time under the program is $3.0 billion. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $626 million outstanding under the program.

•FHLB funding agreements: Jackson is a member of the FHLBI primarily for the purpose of participating in the bank’s mortgage-collateralized loan advance program with long-term funding facilities. Advances are in the form of funding agreements issued to, and short-term and long-term borrowings from, FHLBI. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held $119 million and $127 million of FHLBI capital stock, respectively, supporting $1.9 billion and $2.7 billion in FHLB funding agreements and short-term and long-term borrowings at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the FHLB funding agreements and short-term and long-term borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-related securities and commercial mortgage loans with a carrying value of $2.8 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively.

The following table presents the liabilities for other contract holder funds (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Variable Annuity $ 6,351 $ 7,206
RILA 20,282 11,685
Fixed Annuity 9,494 9,615
Fixed Index Annuities 7,946 8,515
Payout Annuity 854 844
Closed Block Life 10,494 10,750
Closed Block Annuity 1,057 1,149
Institutional Products 11,021 8,384
Other Product Lines 164 164
Total other contract holder funds $ 67,663 $ 58,312

The following table presents a roll-forward of other contract holder funds, gross of reinsurance (in millions):

Fixed Closed Closed
Variable Fixed Indexed Payout Block Block
Annuity RILA Annuity Annuities Annuity Life Annuity Total
Balance as of January 1, 2025 $ 7,206 $ 11,685 $ 9,615 $ 8,515 $ 844 $ 10,750 $ 1,149 $ 49,764
Deposits 855 6,926 1,085 816 220 272 3 10,177
Surrenders, withdrawals and benefits (2,204) (399) (1,392) (1,596) (238) (655) (132) (6,616)
Net transfers from (to) separate accounts 372 372
Investment performance / change in value of equity option 2,002 156 2,158
Interest credited 182 66 350 150 28 631 38 1,445
Policy charges and other (60) 2 (164) (95) (504) (1) (822)
Balance as of December 31, 2025 $ 6,351 $ 20,282 $ 9,494 $ 7,946 $ 854 $ 10,494 $ 1,057 $ 56,478
Fixed Closed Closed
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Variable Fixed Indexed Payout Block Block
Annuity RILA Annuity Annuities Annuity Life Annuity Total
Balance as of January 1, 2024 $ 8,396 $ 5,219 $ 9,736 $ 10,243 $ 860 $ 11,039 $ 1,252 $ 46,745
Deposits 722 5,674 1,427 181 214 280 4 8,502
Surrenders, withdrawals and benefits (2,160) (193) (1,706) (2,298) (258) (694) (151) (7,460)
Net transfers from (to) separate accounts 94 94
Investment performance / change in value of equity option 948 232 1,180
Interest credited 225 37 319 175 28 613 45 1,442
Policy charges and other (71) (161) (18) (488) (1) (739)
Balance as of December 31, 2024 $ 7,206 $ 11,685 $ 9,615 $ 8,515 $ 844 $ 10,750 $ 1,149 $ 49,764

The following table presents weighted average crediting rate, net amount at risk, and cash surrender value of contract holder account balances (dollars in millions):

Fixed Closed Closed
Variable Fixed Indexed Payout Block Block
Annuity RILA Annuity Annuities Annuity Life Annuity
December 31, 2025
Weighted-average crediting rate (1) 2.87 % 0.33 % 3.69 % 1.89 % 3.28 % 6.01 % 3.60 %
Net amount at risk (2) $ $ $ $ $ $ 14,750 $
Cash surrender value (3) $ 6,330 $ 19,736 $ 9,277 $ 7,711 $ $ 10,445 $ 1,057
December 31, 2024
Weighted-average crediting rate (1) 3.12 % 0.32 % 3.32 % 2.06 % 3.32 % 5.70 % 3.92 %
Net amount at risk (2) $ $ $ $ $ $ 15,713 $
Cash surrender value (3) $ 7,153 $ 11,285 $ 9,446 $ 8,256 $ $ 10,694 $ 1,148

(1) Weighted average crediting rate is the average crediting rate weighted by contract holder account balances invested in fixed account funds.

(2) Net amount at risk represents the standard excess benefit base for guaranteed death benefits on universal life type products. The net amount at risk associated with market risk benefits are presented within Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Cash surrender value represents the amount of the contract holder’s account balance distributable at the balance sheet date less the applicable surrender charges.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, excluding reinsurance business, approximately 93% and 94% of the Company’s annuity account values correspond to crediting rates that are at the minimum guaranteed interest rates, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, excluding reinsurance business, approximately 82% and 82% of the Company’s closed block life account values correspond to crediting rates that are at the minimum guaranteed interest rates, respectively.

The following table presents contract holder account balances invested in fixed account funds by range of guaranteed minimum crediting rates and the related range of the difference between rates being credited to other contract holder funds and the respective guaranteed minimums (in millions):

December 31, 2025
At Guaranteed 1 Basis Point-50 51 Basis Points-150 Greater Than 150
Range of Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Rate Minimum Basis Points Above Basis Points Above Basis Points Above Total
Variable Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ $ $ $ $
1.51%-2.50% 137 137
Greater than 2.50% 6,113 101 6,214
Total $ 6,250 $ 101 $ $ $ 6,351
RILA
0.00%-1.50% $ 5 $ $ 3 $ 3 $ 11
1.51%-2.50%
Greater than 2.50% 136 93 229
Total $ 141 $ 93 $ 3 $ 3 $ 240
Fixed Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ 25 $ 37 $ 12 $ 28 $ 102
1.51%-2.50% 16 1 1 18
Greater than 2.50% 3,001 33 278 3,312
Total $ 3,042 $ 71 $ 13 $ 306 $ 3,432
Fixed Index Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ 3 $ 11 $ 2 $ 28 $ 44
1.51%-2.50%
Greater than 2.50% 36 86 53 175
Total $ 39 $ 11 $ 88 $ 81 $ 219
Closed Block Life
0.00%-1.50% $ $ $ $ $
1.51%-2.50% 1 10 11
Greater than 2.50% 5,251 388 720 5 6,364
Total $ 5,252 $ 398 $ 720 $ 5 $ 6,375
Closed Block Annuity
0.00%-1.50% $ $ $ $ $
1.51%-2.50% 1 11 12
Greater than 2.50% 872 18 24 914
Total $ 872 $ 18 $ 25 $ 11 $ 926
December 31, 2024
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
At Guaranteed 1 Basis Point-50 51 Basis Points-150 Greater Than 150
Range of Guaranteed Minimum Crediting Rate Minimum Basis Points Above Basis Points Above Basis Points Above Total
Variable Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ $ 10 $ $ $ 10
1.51%-2.50% 153 153
Greater than 2.50% 7,043 7,043
Total $ 7,196 $ 10 $ $ $ 7,206
RILA
0.00%-1.50% $ 6 $ $ 3 $ 4 $ 13
1.51%-2.50%
Greater than 2.50% 89 10 99
Total $ 95 $ 10 $ 3 $ 4 $ 112
Fixed Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ 34 $ 44 $ 28 $ 1 $ 107
1.51%-2.50% 24 1 1 26
Greater than 2.50% 2,075 41 1 265 2,382
Total $ 2,133 $ 86 $ 30 $ 266 $ 2,515
Fixed Index Annuities
0.00%-1.50% $ 3 $ 8 $ 2 $ 38 $ 51
1.51%-2.50%
Greater than 2.50% 17 94 28 139
Total $ 20 $ 8 $ 96 $ 66 $ 190
Closed Block Life
0.00%-1.50% $ $ $ $ $
1.51%-2.50% 1 11 12
Greater than 2.50% 5,461 403 746 5 6,615
Total $ 5,462 $ 414 $ 746 $ 5 $ 6,627
Closed Block Annuity
0.00%-1.50% $ $ $ $ $
1.51%-2.50% 1 11 12
Greater than 2.50% 950 19 25 994
Total $ 950 $ 19 $ 26 $ 11 $ 1,006

11.    Separate Account Assets and Liabilities

The Company issues variable contracts through its separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contract holder (traditional variable annuities). The Company also issues variable contracts through separate accounts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contract holder (variable contracts with guarantees) the following: a) return of no less than total deposits made to the account adjusted for any partial withdrawals, b) total deposits made to the account adjusted for any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return, or c) the highest account value on a specified anniversary date adjusted for any withdrawals following the contract anniversary. These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death (guaranteed minimum death benefits, or "GMDB"), at annuitization (guaranteed minimum income benefits, or "GMIB"), upon the depletion of funds (guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, or "GMWB") or at the end of a specified period (guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, or "GMAB"). These guarantees are classified as market risk benefits. See Note 12 - Market Risk Benefits of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding market risk benefits.

The separate account assets supporting the variable portion of both traditional variable annuities and variable contracts with guarantees are carried at fair value and reported as summary total separate account assets with an equivalent summary total reported for separate account liabilities. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the assets and liabilities associated with variable life and annuity contracts were $236 billion and $229 billion, respectively. Investment risks associated with market value changes are borne by the contract holders, except to the extent of minimum guarantees made by the Company.

Separate account net investment income, net investment realized and unrealized gains and losses, and the related liability changes are offset within the same line item in the Consolidated Income Statements. Amounts assessed against the contract holders for mortality, variable annuity benefit guarantees, administrative, and other services are reported in revenue as fee income.

The following table presents the roll-forward of the separate account balance for variable annuities (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Balance as of beginning of period $ 228,851 $ 219,381
Deposits (1) 9,998 9,839
Surrenders, withdrawals and benefits (1) (27,633) (27,016)
Net transfer from (to) general account (372) (94)
Investment performance 28,278 29,532
Policy charges and other (2,716) (2,791)
Balance as of end of period, gross $ 236,406 $ 228,851
Cash surrender value (2) $ 231,711 $ 224,157

(1) Excludes certain internal exchanges.

(2) Cash surrender value represents the amount of the contract holder’s account balances distributable at the balance sheet date less applicable surrender charges.

The following table presents the reconciliation of the separate account balance on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Variable Annuities $ 236,406 $ 228,851
Other Product Lines 90 292
Total $ 236,496 $ 229,143

Included in the separate account balance of Other Product Lines above are separate account assets related to a Jackson-issued group variable annuity contract designed for use in connection with and issued to the Company’s Defined Contribution Retirement Plan ("the Plan"). As of December 31, 2024, these separate account assets, and the related separate account liabilities, totalled $208 million. During 2025, the Plan withdrew all assets held under this variable annuity contract and transferred them to other investment options under the Plan. As of December 31, 2025, separate account assets and separate account liabilities related to this variable annuity contract are nil.

The following table presents aggregate fair value of assets, by major investment asset category, supporting separate accounts (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Variable Annuities By Fund Type
Equity $ 171,046 $ 163,904
Bond 19,711 19,486
Balanced 43,317 42,909
Money Market 2,332 2,552
Total Variable Annuities 236,406 228,851
Other Product Lines 90 292
Total Separate Accounts $ 236,496 $ 229,143

12.    Market Risk Benefits

Contracts or contract features that provide protection to the contract holder from capital market risk and expose the Company to other-than-nominal capital market risk are classified as MRBs.

All long-duration insurance contracts and certain investment contracts are subject to MRB evaluation. MRBs are measured at fair value at the contract level and can be in either an asset or liability position. For contracts that contain multiple MRB features, the MRBs are valued together as a single compound MRB. Market risk benefit assets and Market risk benefit liabilities are reported separately on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Changes in fair value are reported in Net (gains) losses on market risk benefits in the Consolidated Income Statements. However, the change in fair value related to our own non-performance risk is reported as a component of other comprehensive income in Change in non-performance risk on market risk benefits on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

A description of the items affecting the change in fair value by category is as follows:

•Changes in interest rates — movement in risk free rates (impacts both assumed future separate account returns and discounting of cash flows)

•Fund performance — separate account returns gross of fees

•Change in equity index volatility — movement in implied volatility

•Expected policyholder behavior — policyholder behavior as assumed in reserving

•Actual policyholder behavior different than expected — difference between actual behavior during the period versus assumed behavior

•Time — effect of passage of time including reduction to separate account balances from fees, the change in proximity of future cash flows, and impacts to policy features such as bonus credits

•Change in assumptions — effect of actuarial assumption updates and model enhancements

•Change in non-performance risk — changes in Jackson’s non-performance risk

See Note 6 - Fair Value Measurements of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding fair value measurements.

Additionally, when an annuitization occurs (for annuitization benefits) or upon extinguishment of the account balance (for withdrawal benefits), the balance related to the MRB is derecognized and the amount deducted (after derecognition of any related amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income) is used in the calculation of the liability for future policy benefits for the resulting payout annuity.

Variable Annuities

Variable annuity contracts issued by the Company offer various guaranteed minimum death, withdrawal, income and accumulation benefits. These guaranteed benefit features, as well as the reinsurance recoverable on the Company’s GMIB, are classified as MRBs and measured at fair value. The Company discontinued offering the GMIB in 2009.

Variable annuity guaranteed benefit features classified as MRBs, which have explicit fees, are measured using the attributed fee method. Under the attributed fee method, fair value is measured as the difference between the present value of projected future liabilities and the present value of projected attributed fees. At the inception of the contract, the Company attributes to the MRB a portion of total fees expected to be assessed against the contract holder to offset the projected claims over the lifetime of the contract. The attributed fee is expressed as a percentage of total projected future fees at inception of the contract. This percentage of total projected fees is considered a fixed term of the MRB feature and is held static over the life of the contract. This percentage may not exceed 100% of the total projected contract fees as of contract inception. As the Company may issue contracts that have projected future liabilities greater than the projected future guaranteed benefit fees at issue, the Company may also attribute mortality and expense charges when performing this calculation. In subsequent valuations, the present value of both future projected liabilities and projected attributed fees are remeasured based on current market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.

Fixed Index Annuities and RILA

Our FIA and RILA contracts may be issued with features that guarantee benefits that are payable upon death (GMDB) or upon depletion of funds (GMWB). These features are classified as MRBs and measured at fair value.

Where the guaranteed benefit features have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the difference between the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits and the present value of projected attributed fees (the attributed fee method). At inception of the contract, the Company attributes a percentage of total projected future fees expected to be assessed against the policyholder to offset the projected future guaranteed benefits over the lifetime of the contract. Where the projected attributed fees are sufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, the MRB has an initial fair value of zero resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract. If the projected attributed fees are insufficient to offset the projected guaranteed benefits at issue, an MRB liability is recognized at issuance and the value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

If the guaranteed benefits do not have explicit fees, the fair value of the MRB is measured as the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. At inception, the initial value of the MRB is deducted from the host contract liability resulting in no gain or loss on issuance of the contract.

The following table presents the reconciliation of the market risk benefits balance on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024
Variable Other Variable Other
Annuities Product Lines Total Annuities Product Lines Total
Market risk benefit - (assets) $ (7,863) $ (4) $ (7,867) $ (8,894) $ (5) $ (8,899)
Market risk benefit - liabilities 3,598 156 3,754 3,718 56 3,774
Market risk benefit - net (asset) liability $ (4,265) $ 152 $ (4,113) $ (5,176) $ 51 $ (5,125)

The following table presents the roll-forward of the net MRB (assets) liabilities for variable annuities (dollars in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024
Net MRB balance, beginning of period $ (5,176) $ (2,000)
Beginning of period cumulative effect of changes in non-performance risk 314 972
Net MRB balance, beginning of period, before effect of changes in non-performance risk (4,862) (1,028)
Effect of changes in interest rates (72) (3,555)
Effect of fund performance (3,518) (3,545)
Effect of changes in equity index volatility 509 (196)
Effect of expected policyholder behavior 758 820
Effect of actual policyholder behavior different from expected 572 673
Effect of time 1,957 1,537
Effect of changes in assumptions 374 432
Net MRB balance, end of period, before effect of changes in non-performance risk (4,282) (4,862)
End of period cumulative effect of changes in non-performance risk 17 (314)
Net MRB balance, end of period, gross (4,265) (5,176)
Reinsurance recoverable on market risk benefits at fair value, end of period (41) (62)
Net MRB balance, end of period, net of reinsurance $ (4,306) $ (5,238)
Weighted average attained age (years) (1) 70 70
Net amount at risk (2) $ 5,471 $ 6,360

(1) Weighted-average attained age is defined as the average age of policyholders weighted by account value.

(2) Net amount at risk (NAR) is defined as of the valuation date for each contract as the greater of Death Benefit NAR (DBNAR) and Living Benefit NAR (LBNAR), as applicable, where DBNAR is the GMDB benefit base in excess of the account value, and LBNAR is the actuarial present value of guaranteed living benefits in excess of the account value.

At each reporting date, the Company regularly evaluates the inputs and assumptions to be used to measure the fair value of the MRB assets and MRB liabilities. Since June 30, 2023, non-performance risk is incorporated into the calculation through the adjustment of the risk-free rate curve based only on credit spreads for debt and debt-like instruments issued by the Company or its insurance operating subsidiaries, adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the financial strength ratings of the issuing insurance subsidiaries. Prior thereto, the non-performance risk adjustment was determined based on credit spreads indicated by a blend of yields on similarly rated peer debt and yields on Company debt. The change was made as a result of management’s determination that the reliability of credit spreads on debt and debt-like instruments issued by the Company as a measure of company-specific credit risk has increased due to sustained levels of market trading volume of these instruments.

The significant assumptions used in the MRB fair value calculations are discussed in Note 6 - Fair Value Measurements of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The use of models and assumptions used to determine fair value of MRBs requires a significant amount of judgment. As such, we have undertaken a comprehensive review of the significant assumptions used.

During 2025, the following notable changes were made to the inputs and assumptions used in the fair value estimates of the MRB calculations:

•Decreases in short-term interest rates and slight increases in long-term interest rates led to lower assumed separate account returns, but also lower discount rates on primarily fee cashflows and higher discount rates on primarily claim cashflows. The combination of these effects resulted in a decrease to the MRB reserve.

•Increases in equity markets led to higher separate account fund performance and a decrease in future projected benefits, which resulted in a decrease in the MRB reserve.

•Impacts of our annual assumption review resulted in an increase in the MRB reserve. This reserve increase was primarily related to updated policyholder behavior assumptions such as lapse and partially offset by updated mortality assumptions and model enhancements.

•Increases in equity index volatility led to lower assumed separate account returns, which resulted in an increase in the MRB reserve.

•The non-performance risk adjustment decreased as a result of decreasing spreads which resulted in an increase in the MRB reserve that was recorded within OCI.

During 2024, the following notable changes were made to the inputs and assumptions used in the fair value estimates of the MRB calculations:

•Increases in interest rates led to higher assumed separate account returns and higher discount rates, which resulted in a decrease to the MRB reserve.

•Increases in equity markets led to higher separate account fund performance and a decrease in future projected benefits, which resulted in a decrease in the MRB reserve.

•Impacts of our annual assumption review resulted in an increase in the MRB reserve. This reserve increase was primarily related to data enhancements and assumption updates for withdrawal utilization on policies with GMWBs.

•Decreases in equity index volatility led to higher assumed separate account returns, which resulted in a decrease in the MRB reserve.

•The non-performance risk adjustment decreased as a result of decreasing spreads on the short end of the curve, which resulted in an increase in the MRB reserve that was recorded within OCI.

13.    Long-Term Debt

Liabilities for the Company’s debt are primarily carried at an amount equal to the principal balance net of any unamortized original issuance discount or premium. Original issuance discount or premium and any debt issue costs, if applicable, are recognized as a component of interest expense over the period the debt is expected to be outstanding.

The aggregate carrying value of long-term debt was as follows (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Long-Term Debt
5.170% Senior Notes due 2027 $ 399 $ 398
3.125% Senior Notes due 2031 496 497
5.670% Senior Notes due 2032 348 347
4.000% Senior Notes due 2051 490 490
Surplus notes due 2027 250 250
FHLBI bank loans due 2034 & 2035 47 52
Total long-term debt $ 2,030 $ 2,034

The following table presents the contractual maturities of the Company's long-term debt as of December 31, 2025 (in millions):

Calendar Year
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 and thereafter Total
Long-term debt $ $ 649 $ $ $ 1,381 $ 2,030

Revolving Credit Facility

On February 24, 2023, the Company replaced its prior revolving credit facility that was scheduled to expire in February 2024, with a new revolving credit facility (the "2023 Revolving Credit Facility") with a syndicate of banks and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The 2023 Revolving Credit Facility provides for borrowings for working capital and other general corporate purposes under aggregate commitments of $1.0 billion, with a sub-limit of $500 million available for letters of credit. The 2023 Revolving Credit Facility further provides for the ability to request, subject to customary terms and conditions, an increase in commitments thereunder by up to an additional $500 million.

The credit agreement for the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility contains financial maintenance covenants, including a minimum adjusted consolidated net worth test of no less than 70% of our adjusted consolidated net worth as of September 30, 2022 (plus (to the extent positive) or minus (to the extent negative) 70% of the impact on such adjusted consolidated net worth resulting from the application of the one-time transition adjustment for the LDTI accounting change for insurance contracts, and plus 50% of the aggregate amount of any increase in adjusted consolidated net worth resulting from equity issuances by the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries after September 30, 2022), and a maximum consolidated indebtedness to total capitalization ratio test not to exceed 35%. Commitments under the 2023 Revolving Credit Facility terminate on February 24, 2028.

Surplus Notes

Under Michigan insurance law, for statutory reporting purposes, the surplus notes are not part of the legal liabilities of the Company and are considered surplus funds. Payments of interest or principal may only be made with the prior approval of the Michigan Director of Insurance and only out of surplus earnings that the director determines to be available for such payments under Michigan insurance law.

On March 15, 1997, the Company, through its subsidiary, Jackson, issued 8.2% surplus notes in the principal amount of $250 million due March 15, 2027. These surplus notes are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims and may not be redeemed at the option of the Company or any holder prior to maturity. Interest is payable semi-annually on March 15th and September 15th of each year. Interest expense on the notes was $20 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

FHLB Loans

The Company received loans of $50 million from the FHLBI under its community investment program in both 2015 and 2014, which amortize on a straight-line basis over the loan term. The weighted average interest rate on these loans was 4.2% and 5.1% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The outstanding balance on these loans was $47 million and $52 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. See Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the carrying value of our collateralization of our FHLB obligations.

Line of Credit Agreement

Jackson is a party to an Uncommitted Money Market Line Credit Agreement dated April 6, 2023, among Jackson, Jackson Financial, and Société Générale. This agreement is an uncommitted short-term cash advance facility that provides an additional form of liquidity to Jackson and to Jackson Financial. The aggregate borrowing capacity under the agreement is $500 million and each cash advance request must be at least $100 thousand. The interest rate is set by the lender at the time of the borrowing and is fixed for the duration of the advance. Jackson and Jackson Financial are jointly and severally liable to repay any advance under the agreement, which must be repaid prior to the last day of the quarter in which the advance was drawn.

  1. Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The Company, through its subsidiary, Jackson, entered into an advance program with the FHLBI in which interest rates were either fixed or variable based on the FHLBI cost of funds or market rates. Advances of nil and $700 million were outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and were recorded in other liabilities. Interest expense on such advances was $6 million, $6 million, and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. See Note 10 - Other Contract Holder Funds of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the carrying value of securities pledged as collateral for our FHLB obligations.

  1. Income Taxes

U.S. Tax Law Changes

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act ("OBBBA") was enacted on July 4, 2025 and includes a broad range of tax reform provisions that impact corporations which are effective for the 2025 tax year. As of December 31, 2025, the corporate income tax provision effective for the 2025 tax year did not impact the Company's current income tax liability. As of December 31, 2025, the Company recorded a $2 million valuation allowance expense related to the provision in the law that impacted the Company's ability to utilize the deferred tax asset for the charitable contributions carryover.

Effective Tax Rate

The components of the provision for federal, state and local income taxes were as follows (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
U.S. Income (Loss) from continuing operations before income tax (benefit) expense $ (159) $ 992 $ 938
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations:
Current tax (benefit) expense
Federal $ (15) $ (250) $ 213
State and local 2 2 (2)
Total current tax (benefit) expense (13) (248) 211
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Federal (172) 275 (205)
State and local (1) 19 (2)
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense (173) 294 (207)
Total income tax (benefit) expense
Federal (187) 25 8
State and local 1 21 (4)
Total income tax (benefit) expense $ (186) $ 46 $ 4

The federal income tax provisions differ from the amounts determined by multiplying pretax income attributable to the Company by the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% as follows (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage
U.S. Federal Income taxes at statutory rate $ (33) 21.0 % $ 208 21.0 % $ 197 21.0 %
Domestic Federal
Tax Credits
Foreign tax credits ("FTC") (1) (64) 40.0 % (37) (3.7) % (48) (5.1) %
Nontaxable and nondeductible items
Dividends received deduction (121) 75.7 % (134) (13.5) % (133) (14.2) %
Nondeductible compensation (2) 9 (5.8) % 11 1.1 % 5 0.5 %
Other (3) 2 (0.6) % (4) (0.5) % (8) (0.8) %
Net tax refund interest (benefit) (2) (11) 7.2 % (9) (0.9) % (1) (0.1) %
Valuation allowance 31 (19.7) % (5) (0.5) % (5) (0.5) %
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect (4) 1 (0.8) % 16 1.6 % (3) (0.3) %
Total Income tax (benefit) expense $ (186) 117.0 % $ 46 4.6 % $ 4 0.5 %

Reconciling items recorded in the current year to adjust prior year income taxes for items such as for the return-to-provision true-ups are included in the

reconciling item category in which they would have been included in the prior year.

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, this represents the net benefit from foreign tax credits generated by the fund investments of the variable life and annuity contracts.

(2) For the year ending December 31, 2025, the Company has determined this meets the 5% disclosure threshold. As a result, comparative amounts are

presented for the years ending December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

(3) Aggregation of insignificant reconciling items that are less than the 5% of the computed income tax expense (benefit) threshold in each year presented.

(4) For the year ending December 31, 2025, state and local income taxes in Florida and Illinois comprise the majority of the state and local income taxes, net of federal category. For the year ending December 31, 2024, state and local income taxes in Florida comprise the majority of the state and local income taxes net of federal category. For the year ending December 31, 2023, state and local income taxes in New York comprise the majority of the state and local income taxes net of federal category.

The dividends received deduction (“DRD”) reduces the amount of income subject to tax. The DRD for the current period was estimated using information from 2024 and estimates of current year investments results. The actual current year DRD can vary based on factors such as changes in the amount of dividends received that are eligible for the DRD, changes in the amount of distributions received from fund investments, changes in the account balances of variable life and annuity contracts, and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD.

Income Taxes Paid (Refunded)

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
U.S. Federal (1) $ (98) $ (10) $ (21)
U.S. State and Local (2) 1 2
Total $ (97) $ (8) $ (21)

(1) The income taxes refunded in 2025, 2024, and 2023 include $(11), $(12), and $(2) million of net IRS interest, respectively.

(2) For the year ending December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 payments to Florida comprise the majority of the state and local income taxes paid (refunded).

Deferred Taxes and Assessment of Valuation Allowance

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in millions):

December 31,
2025 2024
Gross deferred tax asset
Difference between financial reporting and the tax basis of:
Policy reserves and other insurance items $ 237 $
Employee benefits 144 147
Derivative investments 581 1,174
Tax Credits Carryforward 283 203
Net unrealized losses 684 1,013
Net operating loss carryforward 2,070 1,768
Other 47 64
Total gross deferred tax asset 4,046 4,369
Valuation allowance (486) (734)
Gross deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance $ 3,560 $ 3,635
Gross deferred tax liability
Difference between financial reporting and the tax basis of:
Policy reserves and other insurance items $ $ (148)
Deferred acquisition costs and sales inducements (2,305) (2,368)
Other investment items (468) (598)
Other (68) (41)
Total gross deferred tax liability (2,841) (3,155)
Net deferred tax asset $ 719 $ 480

The Company is required to evaluate the recoverability of its deferred tax assets and establish a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce its deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realizable. Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required when determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary and, if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. When evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers many factors, including: the nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; taxable income in prior carryback years; future reversals of temporary differences; the length of time carryovers can be utilized; and any tax planning strategies the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused. The Company has adopted an accounting policy to analyze the ability to recover the CAMT credit carryover deferred tax asset separately from the deferred tax assets generated under the regular tax system.

The Company utilized a three-year rolling calculation of actual comprehensive income before taxes adjusted for permanent items to measure the cumulative losses in recent years. In 2020, the Company entered into a funds withheld coinsurance agreement with Athene, which results in the cumulative comprehensive income including items that are not indicative of the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income. As such, an adjustment was made to exclude the change in AOCI not attributable to the funds withheld coinsurance agreement with Athene. The change in AOCI attributable to these assets is excluded because our invested assets are generally invested to closely match the duration of our liabilities, which are longer duration in nature, and therefore the Company believes that the period-to-period fair market value fluctuations in AOCI are inconsistent when analyzing trends in our business. The changes in AOCI within the funds withheld account related to the Athene Reinsurance Transaction are not excluded because they offset the related earnings from the Athene Reinsurance Transaction included in pre-tax income and thus appropriately results in removing the impact from the Athene Reinsurance Transaction from the cumulative income test which economically should be minimal over the life of the reinsured business. Based on these factors, it is reasonable for the Company to rely on the estimated projection of future income as evidence in assessing the sources of taxable income available to realize the benefit of deferred tax assets.

The Company evaluated each component of the deferred tax asset and assessed the effects of limitations and/or interpretations on the value of such components to be fully recognized in the future. The Company also evaluated the likelihood of sufficient taxable income in the future to offset the available deferred tax assets based on evidence considered to be objective and verifiable. Based on the analysis at December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company concluded that it is more likely than not that the $719 million and $480 million, respectively, of net deferred tax assets will be realized through future projected taxable income.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, changes in market conditions and interest rates, impacted the unrealized tax gains and losses in the available for sale securities portfolio resulting in deferred tax assets related to net unrealized tax capital losses for the life insurance group. The deferred tax asset relates to the unrealized losses for which the carryforward period has not yet begun, and as such, when assessing its recoverability, we consider our ability and intent to hold the underlying securities to recovery, our capital loss carryback capacity, along with reversing capital deferred tax liabilities.

As of December 31, 2025, based on all available evidence, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance should be established on a portion of the deferred tax asset related to unrealized losses and charitable contributions carryover, which was impacted by the OBBBA, that are not more likely than not to be realized. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded an decrease of $250 million to the valuation allowance associated with the realized capital losses and the unrealized tax losses in the Company’s available for sale securities portfolio, and recorded an increase of $2 million for the charitable contributions carryover. The $248 million decrease for the twelve months ending December 31, 2025 to the valuation allowance consists of $280 million tax benefit recorded to other comprehensive income and $32 million tax expense recorded in the income tax expense. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has recorded a total valuation allowance of $486 million and $734 million, respectively, primarily associated with the unrealized tax losses in the Life Companies’ available for sale securities portfolio and charitable contributions carryover where it is not more likely than not that the full tax benefit of the losses will be realized.

Carryforwards

The following table sets forth the amount and expiration dates of federal and state operating, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax periods indicated. Included in the table is a Section 382 loss carryforward attributable to a previous acquisition. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes limitations on the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards. The Section 382 limitation is an annual limitation on the amount of pre-acquisition net operating losses that a corporation may use to offset post-acquisition income. Section 382 further limits certain unrealized built-in losses at the time of acquisition.

2024
Federal net operating and capital loss carryforwards (1) 9,481 $ 8,104
Section 382 net operating loss from previous acquisition (2) 137
State net operating and capital loss carryforwards (3) 594
Federal capital loss carryforwards (4) 116
Foreign Tax Credit (5) 196
Alternative Minimum Credit (6) 6
Other Tax Credits (7)
Total 10,881 $ 9,153
(1) Unlimited carryforward.
(2) Subject to annual limitation. 126 million can be used in 2026. 126 million expires in 2026 and 11 million expires in 2027.
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2025, includes 497 million expires in 0-20 years and 319 million unlimited carryforward.
(4) For the year ended December 31, 2025, includes 11 million expires in 2028, 89 million expires in 2029, and 64 million expires in 2030.
(5) 10 year carryforward and begin to expire in 2031.
(6) Subject to Section 383 limitations.
(7) 20 year carryforward and begin to expire in 2041.

All values are in US Dollars.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The portion of a tax position that is greater than the 50% likelihood of being realized is recorded on the financial statements and any unrecognized part of a position due to uncertainties are recorded as a liability and are charged to income tax in the period that determination is made. The Company has considered both permanent and temporary positions in determining the unrecognized tax benefit rollforward. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held no reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax (benefit) expense. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalty expense in 2025, 2024 or 2023. For 2025 and 2024, the Company did not accrue any amounts for interest expense or penalties.

Tax Examinations and Litigation

The Company is subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company is not currently subject to federal, state or local income tax examination. The IRS completed an examination of the 2019-2023 Brooke Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries federal consolidated returns during 2025 that resulted in no changes. Tax years from 2022 to 2025 remain open under the statute of limitations.

Organization and Tax Sharing Agreements

Our U.S. federal consolidated income tax group includes both life companies and non-life companies. The Company files separate non-life and life insurance consolidated federal income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and local jurisdictions, as well as certain foreign jurisdictions.

Jackson Financial and its non-life insurance subsidiaries, Jackson Holdings, LLC and PPM, file a consolidated non-life federal income tax return. Brooke Life files a consolidated life insurance company tax return with Jackson, JNY, Squire Re II, Brooke Re, and Hickory Re. VFL International Life Company SPC, LTD is taxed as a controlled foreign corporation of Jackson. With the exception of several insignificant wholly-owned subsidiaries that are not included in the Brooke Life consolidated tax return, all other subsidiaries of Jackson are limited liability companies with all of their interests owned by Jackson. Accordingly, they are not considered separate entities for income tax purposes and, therefore, are taxed as part of the operations of Jackson. Income tax expense is calculated on a separate company basis.

Jackson Financial, Jackson Holdings LLC, and PPM have entered into written tax sharing agreements. These tax sharing agreements are generally based on a separate return basis with benefits for credits and losses.

Brooke Life, Jackson, JNY, Squire RE II, Brooke Re and Hickory Re have entered into written tax sharing agreements. These tax sharing agreements are generally based on a separate return basis with benefits for credits and losses.

CAMT liability is allocated to each company based on its share of the impact of CAMT in the respective consolidated tax return filing group in which it is a member.

16.    Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to legal actions and, at times, regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate their impact on the Company’s financial position. A reserve is established for contingent liabilities if it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s contingent liabilities, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded, could have a material effect upon the Company’s financial position. However, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate disposition of contingent liabilities is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position. Jackson has been named in civil litigation proceedings, which appear to be substantially similar to other class action litigation brought against many life insurers including allegations of misconduct in the sale and administration of insurance products. The Company accrues for legal contingencies once the contingency is deemed to be probable and reasonably estimable.

At December 31, 2025, the Company had unfunded commitments related to its investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies totaling $708 million. At December 31, 2025, unfunded commitments related to fixed-rate mortgage loans and other debt securities totaled $900 million.

17.    Leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under several operating leases that expire at various dates through 2051. The Company determines if a contract is a lease at inception or modification. Lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease and are included in the lease measurement when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and corresponding lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are determined using the Company’s incremental borrowings rate based upon information available at lease commencement. Certain lease incentives such as free rent periods are recorded as a reduction of the ROU asset. Lease costs for operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

The Company has lease agreements with both lease and non-lease components. The Company elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for certain real estate leases.

Variable lease expenses may include changes in index-linked lease payments and certain variable operating expenses associated with real estate leases. These payments are recognized in operating expenses in the period incurred.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had operating lease net ROU assets of $54 million and $20 million and associated lease liabilities of $56 million and $26 million, respectively, classified within other assets and other liabilities, respectively. Net lease expense was $57 million, $53 million, and $43 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, including expenses associated with software leases.

The following table summarizes the components of operating lease costs and other information related to operating leases recorded within operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals (dollars in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Lease Cost:
Operating leases (1) $ 7 $ 7 $ 7
Variable lease costs 4 4 4
Sublease income (3) (3) (3)
Net Lease Cost $ 8 $ 8 $ 8
Other Information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liability $ 9 $ 9 $ 10
ROU assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities $ 48 $ $ 2
Weighted average lease term 8 years 5 years 5 years
Weighted average discount rate 5.7 % 4.2 % 4.0 %

(1) Operating lease costs exclude software leases, as intangible assets are excluded from the scope of Accounting Standard Codification 842, Leases.

At December 31, 2025, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows (in millions):

2026 $ 11
2027 9
2028 8
2029 7
2030 7
Thereafter 37
Total $ 79
Less: interest 23
Present value of lease liabilities $ 56

18.    Share-Based Compensation

2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In April 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s shareholders approved, Jackson Financial Inc.’s 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 OIP”). The 2021 OIP became effective upon the Company becoming an independent public company.

The 2021 OIP allows for stock-based awards including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, performance share awards, and deferred share units. The 2021 OIP has a ten-year term, expiring in September 2031. The Company currently has restricted share unit and performance share unit equity-based compensation awards outstanding. Dividend equivalents generally accrue on restricted share units and performance share units outstanding as of the dividend record date. These dividend equivalents are accrued and are paid out only upon vesting of the related restricted share units and performance share units. Generally, the requisite service period is the vesting period. In the case of retirement (eligibility is based on the associate's age and years of service as provided in the relevant award agreement), awards vest in full but are subject to the satisfaction of any applicable performance criteria and paid in line with the original vesting date. The number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2021 OIP shall not exceed 11,000,000 shares paid out in cash, including shares withheld to cover associate payroll taxes, as well as shares that expire, terminate, or are canceled or forfeited, may be awarded or granted again under the 2021 OIP.

The Company reflects the cash settled awards under the 2021 OIP as a liability classified plan and, therefore, reports the accrued compensation expense and the value of the cash settled awards within other liabilities. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $132 million and $139 million, respectively, accrued for future payments under the 2021 OIP.

Restricted Share Units ("RSUs")

JFI grants RSUs to certain associates and non-employee directors. The majority of associate RSUs are expected to vest annually in three equal installments on the first through third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to forfeiture and transfer restrictions, and are payable in cash or shares at the Company’s discretion. For senior vice presidents and above, the awards are distributed only in shares. RSUs paid out in shares have immediate dividend rights and voting rights upon issuance of underlying shares when the share units vest. In lieu of cash dividend payments, the dividend equivalents on unvested RSUs are awarded in additional share units equal to the value of the dividends and are subject to the same vesting and distribution terms as the underlying RSU.

Outstanding unvested RSUs granted to associates were as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Share-Settled Cash-Settled
RSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share RSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested at beginning of period 558,991 $ 52.18 1,825,349 $ 51.44
Granted (1) 204,491 $ 82.80 579,257 $ 82.32
Vested (302,583) $ 52.08 (960,010) $ 50.95
Forfeited (6,741) $ 69.30 (21,643) $ 65.16
Unvested at end of period 454,158 $ 67.70 1,422,953 $ 66.14

(1) Includes dividend equivalents units granted in the current period on awards outstanding

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Share-Settled Cash-Settled
RSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share RSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested at beginning of period 604,577 $ 36.93 2,122,780 $ 36.85
Granted (1) 311,851 $ 61.47 920,951 $ 61.62
Vested (343,185) $ 37.21 (1,172,161) $ 37.77
Forfeited (14,252) $ 53.85 (46,221) $ 50.05
Unvested at end of period 558,991 $ 52.18 1,825,349 $ 51.44

(1) Includes dividend equivalents units granted in the current period on awards outstanding

Performance Share Units ("PSUs")

JFI grants PSUs to certain associates. PSU awards entitle recipients to receive, upon vesting, on a one-for-one basis, a number of shares ranging from 0% to 200% of the number of PSUs awarded, depending on the level of achievement of specified performance conditions. For PSUs granted in 2025 and 2024, the awards also include a vesting modifier based on the Company's performance relative to a defined peer group. The awards generally are expected to cliff vest after a period of three years, subject to forfeiture and transfer restrictions, and are payable in cash or shares at the Company’s discretion. For senior vice presidents and above, the awards are distributed only in shares. PSU award recipients have immediate dividend rights and voting rights upon issuance of underlying shares when the share units vest. The dividends on unvested PSUs are awarded in additional share units equal to the value of the dividends and are subject to the same vesting and distribution terms as the underlying PSUs.

Outstanding unvested PSUs granted were as follows:

Year Ended December 31, 2025 Share-Settled Cash-Settled
PSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share PSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested at beginning of period 1,154,861 $ 48.55 395,163 $ 44.92
Granted (1) 202,898 $ 83.17 6,337 $ 92.65
Vested (515,905) $ 47.44 (209,872) $ 47.39
Forfeited (3,699) $ 73.04 (2,794) $ 50.80
Unvested at end of period 838,155 $ 60.64 188,834 $ 49.64

(1) Includes dividend equivalent units granted in the current period on awards outstanding

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Share-Settled Cash-Settled
PSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share PSUs Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Unvested at beginning of period 1,477,574 $ 35.59 687,751 $ 35.34
Granted (1) 300,747 $ 62.98 16,747 $ 75.93
Vested (527,001) $ 32.53 (258,968) $ 32.33
Forfeited (96,459) $ 34.35 (50,367) $ 34.15
Unvested at end of period 1,154,861 $ 48.55 395,163 $ 44.92

(1) Includes dividend equivalent units granted in the current period on awards outstanding

Compensation Cost

JFI charges the fair value of the RSUs and PSUs to expense over the requisite service period. For performance-based awards, JFI estimates the number of shares expected to vest at the end of the performance period based on the probable achievement of the performance objectives. RSUs have graded vesting features and JFI recognizes expense for those awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur when recognizing share-based compensation expense.

For most of the equity-classified RSUs and PSUs, the fair value is based on the price of JFI’s common stock on the grant date. For PSU equity awards granted in 2025 and 2024, the Company measures fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation that considers the Company’s projected total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to a defined group of peers as well as other inputs to estimate the grant date fair value of the awards.

For liability-classified RSUs and most liability-classified PSUs, the fair value is based on the price of JFI’s common stock as of the reporting date. For PSU liability awards granted in 2023, the Company uses a Monte Carlo simulation that considers the Company’s projected TSR relative to a defined group of peers as well as other inputs to estimate the grant date fair value of the awards.

Total expense related to these share-based plans was as follows (in millions):

For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Compensation expense recognized $ 132 $ 191 $ 107
Income tax benefit recognized 24 39 25

Unrecognized compensation cost for RSUs and PSUs under the Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2025 was $61 million with a weighted average recognition period of 1.01 years.

The shares issued under the OIP may be authorized and unissued, or reacquired treasury shares.

19.    Statutory Accounting and Regulatory Matters

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are required to prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance department of the state of domicile. Statutory accounting practices primarily differ from U.S. GAAP by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred and establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, as well as valuing investments and certain assets and accounting for deferred income taxes on a different basis.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, Jackson’s statutory capital and surplus was $4.8 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively. Jackson had statutory net income (loss) of $1,590 million, $278 million, and $(122) million, in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Furthermore, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, Brooke Life’s statutory capital and surplus was $5.6 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively, which includes its total investments in Jackson and Brooke Re of $5.6 billion and $5.1 billion, in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Brooke Life’s statutory net income (loss) was $1,026 million, $713 million, and $385 million in 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Brooke Life’s statutory net income included a dividend payment of $1,115 million and $830 million from Jackson in 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company’s consolidated assets are primarily those of its life insurance subsidiary, Jackson. Under the Michigan Insurance Code, Jackson must notify the Michigan Director of Insurance prior to payment of any dividend. Ordinary dividends on capital stock are subject to a capacity calculation and may only be distributed out of earned surplus. Ordinary dividend capacity is limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus as of the preceding year end, excluding any increase arising from the application of permitted practices, or the statutory net income, excluding any net realized investment gains, for the twelve-month period ended on the preceding December 31, the result of which is reduced by cumulative dividends and other capital distributions occurring in the preceding twelve-month period. Earned surplus is reported unassigned surplus on the preceding December 31 reduced by any unrealized capital gains and effect of increase from the application of permitted practices, if any. The Michigan Director of Insurance may approve payment of dividends in excess of these amounts, which would be deemed an extraordinary dividend. As a result of cumulative dividends and other capital distributions occurring in the preceding 12 months as of December 31, 2025, future dividends from both Jackson and Brooke Life are expected to be classified as extraordinary. The Company’s insurance subsidiaries have received approval in the past for payments of extraordinary dividends.

In connection with the formation of Brooke Re, Jackson remitted a $1,920 million return of capital to its parent company, Brooke Life, in the first quarter of 2024. Brooke Life subsequently made a $1,870 million capital contribution to its subsidiary, Brooke Re. Brooke Re then recorded a $1.2 billion ceding commission to Jackson. In subsequent quarters of 2024, Jackson paid cumulative extraordinary dividends of $830 million to Brooke Life.

In connection with the formation of Hickory Re in 2025, Jackson Financial remitted a $150 million capital contribution which was down streamed to its subsidiary, Hickory Re.

Brooke Life paid cumulative returns of capital of $1,025 million and $785 million in 2025 and 2024, which were up streamed to its ultimate parent, Jackson Financial.

The NAIC has developed certain risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements for life insurance companies. Under those requirements, compliance is determined by a ratio of a company’s total adjusted capital (“TAC”), to its authorized control level RBC, each calculated in a manner prescribed by the NAIC. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. The minimum level of TAC before corrective action commences is twice the authorized control level RBC (“Company action level RBC”). At December 31, 2025, Jackson and Brooke Life’s TAC remained well in excess of the Company action level RBC.

In addition, on the basis of statutory financial statements that insurers file with the state insurance regulators, the NAIC annually calculates twelve financial ratios to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies. A usual range of results for each ratio is used as a benchmark and departure from the usual range on four or more of the ratios can lead to inquiries from individual state insurance departments. In 2025 and 2024, there were no significant exceptions to any ratios.

20.    Benefit Plans

Jackson has a defined contribution retirement plan covering substantially all associates and certain affiliates. Associates are immediately eligible to participate in Jackson’s matching contribution. To be eligible to participate in Jackson’s profit-sharing contribution, an associate must have attained the age of 21, completed at least 1,000 hours of service in a 12-month period and passed their 12-month employment anniversary. In addition, the associate must be employed on the applicable January 1 or July 1 entry date. Jackson’s annual profit-sharing contributions, as declared by Jackson’s Board of Directors, are based on a percentage of eligible compensation paid to participating associates during the year. In addition, Jackson matches a participant’s elective contributions, up to 6 percent of eligible compensation, to the plan during the year. The expense related to this plan was $39 million, $37 million, and $34 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Jackson maintains non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plans for certain associates and independent agents. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the total aggregate liability for such plans was $481 million and $479 million, respectively, and was reported in other liabilities. The expense (income) related to these plans, including a match of elective deferrals for the agents’ deferred compensation plan and the change in value of participant elective deferrals, was $23 million, $48 million, and $58 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. During the third quarter of 2025, the Company began utilizing derivative instruments to economically hedge the equity market exposure related to the Company’s non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plans. These derivative instruments are not designated as accounting hedges and are carried at fair value with gains or losses reported as a component of operating costs and other expenses, net of deferrals in the Consolidated Income Statement.

21.    Operating Costs and Other Expenses

The following table is a summary of the Company’s operating costs and other expenses (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Asset-based commission expenses $ 1,153 $ 1,137 $ 1,022
Other commission expenses 1,144 928 720
Sub-advisor expenses 309 326 311
General and administrative expenses (1) 1,067 1,120 1,007
Deferral of acquisition costs (876) (686) (511)
Total operating costs and other expenses $ 2,797 $ 2,825 $ 2,549
(1) Includes gains (losses) on derivative instruments economically hedging liabilities related to the non-qualified voluntary deferred compensation plan beginning in the third quarter 2025.

22.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in shareholders’ equity (except those arising from transactions with owners/shareholders) and includes net income, net unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities, the impact of changes in the non-performance risk used in the remeasurement of market risk benefits, and the impact of changes in the discount rate used in the remeasurement of our reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable.

The following table represents changes in the balance of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"), net of income tax, related to unrealized investment gains (losses) (in millions):

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Balance, beginning of period (1) $ (3,522) $ (2,808) $ (3,378)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) of investments 1,531 (337) 1,337
Change in current discount rate - reserve for future policy benefits (2) (192) 90 (187)
Change in non-performance risk on market risk benefits (333) (664) (1,220)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) - other (9) 5 (21)
Change in deferred tax asset 66 135 231
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 1,063 (771) 140
Reclassifications from AOCI, net of tax (11) 57 430
Other comprehensive income (loss) 1,052 (714) 570
Balance, end of period (1) $ (2,470) $ (3,522) $ (2,808)

(1)Includes $(1,269) million, $(1,597) million and $(1,612) million related to the investments held within the funds withheld account related to the Athene Reinsurance Transaction as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2)Represents the impact of changes in the discount rate used in the remeasurement of our direct reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable, net of the remeasurement of ceded reserves for future policy benefits and claims payable.

The following table represents amounts reclassified out of AOCI (in millions):

AOCI Components Amounts<br>Reclassified from AOCI Affected Line Item in the<br>Consolidated Income Statements
Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Net unrealized investment gain (loss):
Net realized gain (loss) on investments $ 64 $ 69 $ 600 Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments
Other impaired securities (75) (10) (51) Net gains (losses) on derivatives and investments
Net unrealized gain (loss) (11) 59 549
Income tax expense (benefit) 2 119
Reclassifications, net of income taxes $ (11) $ 57 $ 430

23.    Equity

Preferred Stock

On March 13, 2023, the Company issued and sold 22,000,000 depositary shares (the “Depositary Shares”), each representing a 1/1,000th fractional interest in a share of the Company’s Fixed-Rate Reset Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $25,000 liquidation preference per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), with a 5-year dividend rate reset period and noncumulative dividends (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). After underwriting discounts and expenses, we received net proceeds of approximately $533 million.

The Series A Preferred Stock carries a dividend rate equal to i) from issuance to but excluding March 30, 2028, 8.000% per annum; and ii) from, and including, March 30, 2028, during each reset period, at a rate per annum equal to the Five-year U.S. Treasury Rate as of the applicable reset dividend determination date plus 3.728%. The dividend is payable quarterly in arrears on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30, and commenced on June 30, 2023. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are not cumulative. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, if the Company has not declared and paid, or declared and set aside a sum sufficient for the payment of, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for the immediately preceding dividend period, then the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to its common stock, or to repurchase or otherwise acquire its common stock, is subject to certain restrictions. Similar restrictions would apply in respect of any preferred stock ranking on parity with, or junior to, the Series A Preferred Stock, if any such preferred stock were to be issued by the Company.

We may, at our option, redeem the shares of Series A Preferred Stock (a) in whole but not in part at any time prior to March 30, 2028, (i) within 90 days after the occurrence of a “rating agency event” at a redemption price equal to $25,500 per share (equivalent to $25.50 per Depositary Share), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date, or (ii) within 90 days after the occurrence of a “regulatory capital event,” at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date, or (b) in whole or in part, from time to time, on or after March 30, 2028, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date. If we redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, a proportionate number of Depositary Shares will be redeemed. Holders of Depositary Shares have no right to require the redemption or repurchase of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Depositary Shares.

The net proceeds from the sale were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of senior notes that matured in November 2023.

The following table presents the declaration date, record date, payment date and dividends paid per preferred share of, and per depositary share representing, the Series A Preferred Stock:

Dividends Paid
Declaration Date Record Date Payment Date Per Preferred Share Per Depositary Share
Quarter Ended
03/31/2025 February 17, 2025 March 11, 2025 March 31, 2025 $500 $0.50
06/30/2025 May 2, 2025 June 12, 2025 June 30, 2025 $500 $0.50
09/30/2025 August 1, 2025 September 15, 2025 September 30, 2025 $500 $0.50
12/31/2025 October 30, 2025 December 4, 2025 December 30, 2025 $500 $0.50
Quarter Ended
03/31/2024 February 20, 2024 March 12, 2024 April 1, 2024 $500 $0.50
06/30/2024 May 2, 2024 June 6, 2024 July 1, 2024 $500 $0.50
09/30/2024 August 1, 2024 September 5, 2024 September 30, 2024 $500 $0.50
12/31/2024 November 1, 2024 December 5, 2024 December 30, 2024 $500 $0.50

Common Stock

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company was authorized to issue up to 1 billion shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

TPG Transaction

On February 11, 2026, Jackson Financial and TPG completed the transaction announced on January 6, 2026, resulting in TPG acquiring a $500 million equity stake in Jackson Financial. See Note 25 – Subsequent Events for more information.

Share Repurchase Program

On September 18, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized an increase of $1 billion in our existing authorization to repurchase shares of our outstanding common stock as part of the Company's share repurchase program. As of February 18, 2026, the Company had remaining authorization to purchase $903 million of its common shares.

The Company expects to repurchase common shares from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing, form and amount of the share repurchases under the program are at the discretion of management and will depend on a variety of factors, including funds available at the Company, other potential uses for such funds, market conditions, the Company's capital position, legal requirements and other factors. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board at any time. It does not have an expiration date. There can be no assurance that we will continue share repurchases or approve any further increase to our current, or approve any new, stock repurchase program, or any assurance to the amount of any repurchases that may be made pursuant to such programs.

Through December 31, 2025, we have incurred $10 million of excise tax in connection with share repurchases that exceeded stock issuances. The excise tax incurred was recognized as part of the cost basis of the treasury stock acquired and not reported as income tax expense.

The following table represents share repurchase activities as part of our share repurchase program:

Period Number of Shares Repurchased Total Payments<br> (in millions) Average Price Paid Per Share
2024 (January 1- March 31) 2,157,372 $ 116 $ 53.76
2024 (April 1- June 30) 1,294,473 90 69.16
2024 (July 1- September 30) 1,352,821 113 83.39
2024 (October 1- December 31) 974,324 96 98.31
Total 2024 5,778,990 $ 415 $ 71.65
2025 (January 1 - March 31) 1,966,909 172 87.69
2025 (April 1- June 30) 1,920,154 158 82.06
2025 (July 1- September 30) 1,636,094 154 94.32
2025 (October 1- December 31) 1,507,378 150 99.66
Total 2025 7,030,535 $ 634 $ 90.26
2026 (January 1 - February 18) 859,300 $ 99 $ 115.46

The following table presents changes in the number of shares of common stock outstanding:

Common Stock Issued Treasury Stock Total Common Stock Outstanding
Shares at December 31, 2023 94,481,006 (15,820,785) 78,660,221
Share-based compensation programs 7,309 492,103 (1) 499,412
Shares repurchased under repurchase program (5,778,990) (5,778,990)
Shares at December 31, 2024 94,488,315 (21,107,672) 73,380,643
Share-based compensation programs 475,524 (1) 475,524
Shares repurchased under repurchase program (7,030,535) (7,030,535)
Shares at December 31, 2025 94,488,315 (27,662,683) 66,825,632

(1) Represents net shares issued from treasury stock pursuant to the Company’s share-based compensation programs.

Dividends to Shareholders

Any declaration of cash dividends on common stock will be at the discretion of JFI’s Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, preferred stock, contractual restrictions with respect to paying cash dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that JFI’s Board of Directors deems relevant in making any such determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our stock or as to the amount of any such cash dividend.

The following table presents declaration date, record date, payment date and dividends paid per share of JFI’s common stock:

Declaration Date Record Date Payment Date Dividends Paid Per Share
Quarter Ended
03/31/2025 February 17, 2025 March 11, 2025 March 20, 2025 $0.80
06/30/2025 May 2, 2025 June 12, 2025 June 26, 2025 $0.80
09/30/2025 August 1, 2025 September 15, 2025 September 25, 2025 $0.80
12/31/2025 October 30, 2025 December 4, 2025 December 18, 2025 $0.80
Quarter Ended
03/31/2024 February 20, 2024 March 12, 2024 March 21, 2024 $0.70
06/30/2024 May 2, 2024 June 6, 2024 June 20, 2024 $0.70
09/30/2024 August 1, 2024 September 5, 2024 September 19, 2024 $0.70
12/31/2024 November 1, 2024 December 5, 2024 December 19, 2024 $0.70
Quarter Ended
03/31/2023 February 27, 2023 March 14, 2023 March 23, 2023 $0.62
06/30/2023 May 8, 2023 June 1, 2023 June 15, 2023 $0.62
09/30/2023 August 7, 2023 August 31, 2023 September 14, 2023 $0.62
12/31/2023 November 6, 2023 November 30, 2023 December 14, 2023 $0.62

Dividend equivalents are generally accrued on RSUs and PSUs outstanding as of the record date. Dividend equivalents on RSUs and PSUs that are paid out in cash are recognized as compensation expense while those that are distributed in shares are recognized as dividends.

24.    Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial common shareholders, by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, plus shares representing the dilutive effect of share-based awards. The Company grants share-based awards subject to vesting provisions of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which can have a dilutive effect. See Note 18 - Share-Based Compensation of these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further description of our share-based awards.

The following table sets forth the calculation of earnings per common share:

Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
(in millions, except share and per share data)
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. $ 27 $ 946 $ 934
Less: Preferred stock dividends 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to Jackson Financial Inc. common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - basic 70,978,898 76,049,665 81,799,820
Dilutive common shares 207,171 759,722 1,777,406
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - diluted 71,186,069 76,809,387 83,577,226
Earnings per share—common stock
Basic $ (0.24) $ 11.86 $ 10.99
Diluted $ (0.24) $ 11.74 $ 10.76

25.    Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 24, 2026, the date of the filing of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Dividends Declared to Shareholders

On February 16, 2026, our Board of Directors approved a first quarter cash dividend on JFI's common stock, $0.90 per common share, payable on March 26, 2026, to shareholders of record on March 16, 2026. The Company also declared a cash dividend of $0.50 per depositary share, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-Rate Reset Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The dividend will be payable on March 30, 2026, to depositary shares shareholders of record at the close of business on March 16, 2026.

Long-term Strategic Partnership with TPG

On January 6, 2026, Jackson announced that it entered a long-term strategic partnership with TPG, combining the strength of Jackson’s annuity product expertise and broad distribution network with TPG’s private credit platform. The partnership aims to expand Jackson’s spread-based product sales.

The transaction closed on February 11, 2026. At the closing, subsidiaries and affiliates of Jackson Financial and TPG entered into a non-exclusive investment management arrangements with a 10-year initial term with automatic 1-year renewals through year 15, with TPG providing Investment Grade Asset Based Finance and Direct Lending investment capabilities to complement the asset management capabilities of PPM America, Inc. ("PPM"), a Jackson subsidiary. Under the agreement, PPM will continue to manage the majority of Jackson’s general account and both Jackson and PPM will retain oversight of Jackson’s investment portfolio.

TPG acquired a $500 million equity stake in Jackson Financial consisting of 4,715,554 shares of Jackson Financial common stock, representing an approximately 6.5% common equity stake. Additionally, TPG issued to a wholly owned, indirect subsidiary of Jackson $150 million in TPG common shares, equating to 2,279,109 shares of its common stock. Under the terms of the transaction, TPG and Jackson have agreed to certain limitations on their ability to divest their respective ownership stakes over time.

Schedule I
Jackson Financial Inc.
Summary of Investments—Other Than Investments in Related Parties
(In millions)
As of December 31, 2025
Amount at
Which Shown
Cost or on Balance
Type of Investment Amortized Cost Fair Value Sheet
Debt securities:
Bonds:
U.S. government securities $ 3,854 $ 3,005 $ 3,005
Other government securities 1,254 1,065 1,065
Public utilities 6,529 6,146 6,146
Corporate securities 34,515 32,916 32,916
Residential mortgage-backed 445 442 442
Commercial mortgage-backed 1,873 1,829 1,829
Other asset-backed securities 5,491 5,388 5,388
Total debt securities 53,961 50,791 50,791
Equity securities 172 172 172
Mortgage loans 10,211 N/A 10,211
Policy loans 4,426 N/A 4,426
Derivative instruments 448 N/A 448
Other invested assets 2,705 N/A 3,185
Total investments $ 71,923 $ 69,233

See the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Schedule II
Jackson Financial Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share data)
December 31,
2025 2024
Assets
Debt securities, available-for-sale (amortized cost: 2025 $33) $ 26 $
Other invested assets 11
Investment in subsidiaries 8,975 8,756
Cash and cash equivalents 654 712
Accrued investment income 2 3
Intercompany receivables 2,030 2,027
Deferred income taxes, net 4 5
Other assets 1 4
Total assets $ 11,703 $ 11,507
Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities
Senior Notes due 2027 - unaffiliated (1) (2) $ 399 $ 398
Senior Notes due 2031 - unaffiliated (1) (2) 496 497
Senior Notes due 2032 - unaffiliated (1) (2) 348 347
Senior Notes due 2051 - unaffiliated (1) (2) 490 490
Other liabilities 17 11
Total liabilities 1,750 1,743
Equity
Series A non-cumulative preferred stock and additional paid in capital, $1.00 par value per share: 24,000 shares authorized; 22,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024; liquidation preference $25,000 per share (See Note 23 - Equity to Consolidated Financial Statements) 533 533
Common stock; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value per share and 66,825,632 and 73,380,643 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively (See Note 23 - Equity to Consolidated Financial Statements) 1 1
Additional paid-in capital 6,063 6,046
Treasury stock, at cost; 27,662,683 and 21,107,672 shares at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively (1,645) (1,007)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (2,470) (3,522)
Retained earnings (deficit) 7,471 7,713
Total equity 9,953 9,764
Total liabilities and equity $ 11,703 $ 11,507

(1) See Note 13 - Long-Term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these borrowings.

(2) Includes unamortized debt issuance costs totaling $12 million and $14 million for the senior notes on a combined basis at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(continued)

Schedule II
Jackson Financial Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Income
(In millions)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Revenues
Net investment income $ 28 $ 25 $ 29
Dividends from subsidiaries 360
Interest income from subsidiaries 90 90 91
Other income (1) (2)
Total revenues 118 114 478
Benefits and Expenses
Interest expense 78 78 84
Operating costs and other expenses 41 46 34
Total benefits and expenses 119 124 118
Pretax income (1) (10) 360
Income tax expense (benefit) 4 (3) 1
Subsidiary equity earnings (loss) 32 953 575
Net income (loss) 27 946 934
Less: Dividends on preferred stock 44 44 35
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders $ (17) $ 902 $ 899

(continued)

Schedule II
Jackson Financial Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2025 2024 2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 27 $ 946 $ 934
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Subsidiary equity earnings (32) (953) (575)
Amortization of discount and premium on investments (23)
Change in other assets and liabilities, net 17 58 62
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 12 51 398
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales, maturities and repayments of:
Debt securities 1,373
Purchases of:
Debt securities (33) (900)
Other investing activities (12) (1) (26)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (45) (1) 447
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on debt (598)
Capital distribution from subsidiary 1,025 785 150
Capital contribution to subsidiary (155) (25) (15)
Dividends on common stock (223) (211) (201)
Dividends on preferred stock (44) (44) (35)
Purchase of treasury stock (669) (442) (306)
Issuance of preferred stock 533
Other financing activities 41
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (25) 63 (472)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (58) 113 373
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 712 599 226
Total cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 654 $ 712 $ 599
Non-cash financing transactions
Non-cash dividend equivalents on stock based awards $ (5) $ (5) $ (8)

See the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Schedule III
Jackson Financial Inc.
Supplemental Insurance Information
(In millions)
Reserves for
Deferred Future Policy
Acquisition Benefits and Other Contract
Costs Claims Payable Holder Funds
December 31, 2025
Retail Annuities $ 11,567 $ 1,495 $ 44,927
Institutional Products 11,021
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 93 9,401 11,715
Corporate and Other
Total $ 11,660 $ 10,896 $ 67,663
December 31, 2024
Retail Annuities $ 11,786 $ 1,408 $ 37,865
Institutional Products 8,384
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 101 9,664 12,063
Corporate and Other
Total $ 11,887 $ 11,072 $ 58,312
December 31, 2023
Retail Annuities $ 12,192 $ 1,426 $ 34,454
Institutional Products 8,406
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 110 10,472 12,459
Corporate and Other
Total $ 12,302 $ 11,898 $ 55,319

(continued)

Schedule III
Jackson Financial Inc.
Supplemental Insurance Information
(In millions)
Interest Credited Deferred
on Other Acquisition and Operating
Net Investment Contract Holder Sales Inducements Costs and
Premium Income Funds Amortization Other Expenses
December 31, 2025
Retail Annuities $ 67 $ 935 $ 420 $ 592 $ 2,490
Institutional Products 535 438 5
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 91 724 363 8 145
Corporate and Other 38 157
Segment subtotal 158 2,232 1,221 600 2,797
Non-operating items (1) (9) 919 503
Total $ 149 $ 3,151 $ 1,221 $ 1,103 $ 2,797
December 31, 2024
Retail Annuities $ 52 $ 725 $ 362 $ 559 $ 2,457
Institutional Products 438 338 4
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 103 659 410 8 150
Corporate and Other (2) 214
Segment subtotal 155 1,820 1,110 567 2,825
Non-operating items (1) (9) 1,042 541
Total $ 146 $ 2,862 $ 1,110 $ 1,108 $ 2,825
December 31, 2023
Retail Annuities $ 21 $ 436 $ 374 $ 551 $ 2,178
Institutional Products 408 334 5
Closed Life and Annuity Blocks 136 644 437 10 163
Corporate and Other 58 203
Segment subtotal 157 1,546 1,145 561 2,549
Non-operating items (1) (10) 1,308 591
Total $ 147 $ 2,854 $ 1,145 $ 1,152 $ 2,549

(1) See Note 3- Segment Information to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the non-operating items.

See the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Schedule IV
Jackson Financial Inc.
Reinsurance
For the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
(In millions)
% Amount
Assumed to
Gross Amount Ceded Assumed Net Amount Net
December 31, 2025
Life insurance in-force $ 64,961 $ 35,414 $ 13,552 $ 43,099 31.4 %
Insurance premium
Life insurance $ 246 $ 180 $ 25 $ 91 27.5 %
Accident and health 21 22 1
Payout annuity 67 67
Annuity guaranteed benefits 9 (9)
Total insurance premium $ 334 $ 211 $ 26 $ 149 17.4 %
December 31, 2024
Life insurance in-force $ 69,428 $ 37,458 $ 14,238 $ 46,208 30.8 %
Insurance premium
Life insurance $ 264 $ 187 $ 26 $ 103 25.2 %
Accident and health 22 24 2
Payout annuity 53 53
Annuity guaranteed benefits 10 (10)
Total insurance premium $ 339 $ 221 $ 28 $ 146 19.2 %
December 31, 2023
Life insurance in-force $ 75,239 $ 40,972 $ 15,545 $ 49,812 31.2 %
Insurance premium
Life insurance $ 280 $ 176 $ 32 $ 136 23.5 %
Accident and health 26 29 3
Payout annuity 22 22
Annuity guaranteed benefits 11 (11)
Total insurance premium $ 328 $ 216 $ 35 $ 147 23.8 %

See the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Schedule V
Jackson Financial Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
For the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
(In millions)
Balance at Charged to
Beginning Costs and Balance at
of Period Expenses Deductions End of Period
December 31, 2025
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities $ 39 $ 55 $ (83) (1) $ 11
Allowances for credit losses on mortgage and other loans 121 (14) 26 (2) 133
Allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverable 27 3 30
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 734 (248) (3) 486
$ 921 $ 44 $ (305) $ 660
December 31, 2024
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities $ 21 $ 62 $ (44) (1) $ 39
Allowances for credit losses on mortgage and other loans 165 (3) (41) (2) 121
Allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverable 29 (2) 27
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset 689 45 (3) 734
$ 904 $ 104 $ (87) $ 921

(1) Represents reductions for securities disposed.

(2) Represents provision (release) of allowance for write-offs and reductions for mortgages disposed.

(3) Includes increase (decrease) of $(248) million and $46 million valuation allowance during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, associated with the unrealized tax losses in the companies' available for sale securities portfolio, see Note 15. Income Taxes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

See the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. During the period covered by this Form 10-K, we, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act).

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Jackson Financial Inc. (“Jackson Financial”) along with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process, under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management, under the oversight of Jackson Financial's Audit Committee, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on the criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on our assessment under that framework, the Company’s management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their “Report of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm” included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Insider Trading Arrangements

During the three months ended December 31, 2025, none of our Section 16 officers or JFI directors adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of Jackson Financial’s securities that was intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Exchange Act or any "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement" (as defined in Item 408(c) of Regulation S-K).

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Unless stated otherwise below, all information required by Items 10, 11, 12 (including equity compensation plan information), 13 and 14 of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for the Company's 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 calendar days after the close of the fiscal year pursuant to Regulation 14A; provided that the information contained in the definitive proxy statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Compensation Committee Report” and “Pay vs. Performance” shall not be deemed “filed” by virtue of this incorporation by reference.

Information about our Executive Officers is also located in Item 1. Business of this Form 10-K.

JFI Insider Trading Policy

On July 23, 2021, the Company adopted an insider trading policy governing the purchase, sale, and/or other disposition of the Company’s securities by its directors, officers and employees and that is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and applicable NYSE listing standards. The current version of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy is attached as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

See Item 10 above.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

See Item 10 above.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

See Item 10 above.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

See Item 10 above.

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

Number Description
3.1 Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Jackson Financial Inc., effective as of May 23, 2024, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 29, 2024.
3.2 Amended and Restated By-Laws of Jackson Financial Inc., effective as of December 8, 2022, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 12, 2022.
3.3 Certificate of Designations with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock of Jackson Financial Inc., dated March 10, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13, 2023.
4.1 Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed April 16, 2021.
4.2* Description of Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
4.3 Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2021, between Jackson Financial Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 23, 2021.
4.3a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2021, between Jackson Financial Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 3.125% Senior Notes due 2031, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 23, 2021.
4.3b Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2021, between Jackson Financial Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 4.000% Senior Notes due 2051, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 23, 2021.
4.3c Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2022, between Jackson Financial Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.170% Senior Notes due 2027, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 8, 2022.
4.3d Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2022, between Jackson Financial Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, relating to the 5.670% Senior Notes due 2032, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 8, 2022.
4.4 Deposit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2023, among Jackson Financial Inc., Equiniti Trust Company, as a depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13, 2023.
4.4a Form of Depositary Receipt between Jackson Financial Inc. and Equiniti Trust Company, dated as of March 13, 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 13, 2023. 10.1 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2023, among Jackson Financial Inc., the Subsidiary Account Parties, as additional obligors, the Banks party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed March 1, 2023.
--- ---
10.2 Uncommitted Money Market Line of Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2023 by and among Jackson Financial Inc., Jackson National Life Insurance Company and SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended March 31, 2023, filed May 9, 2023.
10.3 Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2020, by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Athene Life Re Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed March 22, 2021.
10.3a Amendment No. 1 to Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and between Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Athene Life Re Ltd., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed March 22, 2021.
10.4 Investment Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2020, by and between Athene Life Re Ltd. and Brooke (Holdco1) Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed March 22, 2021.
10.5† Jackson Financial Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6. of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to its General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed April 16, 2021.
10.6† Jackson Financial Inc. Severance Plan, dated as of November 7, 2022, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2022, filed November 10, 2022.
10.7 Form of Director Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to its General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10, filed April 16, 2021.
10.8†* Retirement Agreement, datedJanuary20, 2026, by and between Craig Smith and PPM America, Inc.
10.9† Retirement Agreement, dated October 7, 2025, by and between Marcia Wadsten and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, filed November 4, 2025.
10.10† Separation Agreement, dated August 14, 2025, by and between Scott Romine and Jackson National Life Distributors, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, filed November 4, 2025.
10.11† Offer Letter Agreement, dated and signed April 7, 2025, by and between Christopher Raub and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, filed May 7, 2025.
10.12† Offer Letter Agreement, dated and signed May 23, 2024, by and between Craig Anderson and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, filed August 7, 2024.
10.13† Offer Letter Agreement, dated May 23, 2024 and signed May 24, 2024, by and between Don Cummings and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, filed August 7, 2024.
10.14† Offer Letter Agreement, dated May 23, 2024 and signed May 28, 2024, by and between Marcia Wadsten and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, filed August 7, 2024.
10.15† Offer Letter, dated as of December 13, 2021, by and between Scott E. Romine, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 22, 2022. 10.16† Offer Letter, dated July 29, 2021, by and between Carrie Chelko and Jackson National Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Jackson National Life Insurance Company's Post Effective Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement, filed April 9, 2024.
--- ---
10.17† Offer Letter Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2021, by and between Laura L. Prieskorn, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 22, 2022.
10.18† Offer Letter Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2021, by and between Marcia L. Wadsten, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 22, 2022.
10.19† Offer Letter Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2020, by and between Craig D. Smith and PPM America, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 17, 2023.
10.20† Form of 2025 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2025 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (annual equity retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Steven A. Kandarian, Derek G. Kirkland, Drew Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, filed August 5, 2025.
10.21† Form of 2025 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2025 Director Restricted Share Units Agreement (annual equity in lieu of cash retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, filed August 5, 2025.
10.22† Form of 2024 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2024 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (annual equity retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Steven A. Kandarian, Derek G. Kirkland, Drew Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, filed August 7, 2024.
10.23† Form of 2024 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2024 Director Restricted Share Units Agreement (annual equity in lieu of cash retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Derek G. Kirkland, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, filed August 7, 2024.
10.24† Form of 2023 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2023 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (annual equity retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Steven A. Kandarian, Derek G. Kirkland, Drew Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, filed August 8, 2023.
10.25† Form of 2023 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2023 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (annual equity in lieu of cash retainer) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Martin J. Lippert and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, filed August 8, 2023.
10.26† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Shares and 2022 Director Restricted Shares Award Agreement (annual equity retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and Derek G. Kirkland, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022, filed August 10, 2022.
10.27† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Shares and 2022 Director Restricted Shares Award Agreement (equity in lieu of cash retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and Derek G. Kirkland, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022, filed August 10, 2022. 10.28† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2022 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (annual equity retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Steven A. Kandarian, Drew Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022, filed August 10, 2022.
--- ---
10.29† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2022 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement (equity in lieu of cash retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Martin J. Lippert, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022, filed August 10, 2022.
10.30† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement and notice of grant (annual equity in lieu of cash retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Martin J. Lippert and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.31† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement and Notice of grant (annual equity retainer), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Steven A. Kandarian, Derek G. Kirkland, Drew E. Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, Russell G. Noles, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.32† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement and Notice of grant (annual equity retainer September 13, 2021-September 30, 2021), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Derek G. Kirland and Russell G. Noles, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.33† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Shares Award Agreement and Notice of grant (annual equity retainer October 1, 2021-May 31, 2022), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Derek G. Kirkland and Russell G. Noles, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.34† Form of the 2021 Converted Cash Retainer Director Restricted Shares Award Agreement and Notice of grant (annual equity in lieu of cash retainer October 1, 2021-May 31, 2022), between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Russell G. Noles and Derek G. Kirkland, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.35† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Shares Award Agreement - Founders' Award, between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Derek G. Kirkland and Russell G. Noles, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.36† Form of the 2021 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement - Founders' Award, between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Lily Fu Claffee, Gregory T. Durant, Drew E. Lawton, Martin J. Lippert, and Esta E. Stecher, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.37† 2021 Director Restricted Share Unit Agreement - Founders' Award, dated as of December 24, 2021, between Jackson Financial Inc. and Steven A Kandarian, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed March 7, 2022.
10.38† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2025 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (Mid-Cycle) between Jackson Financial Inc. and Christopher A. Raub, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, filed August 5, 2025.
10.39† Form of Notice of Award of Performance Units and 2025 Performance Unit Award Agreement (Mid-Cycle) between Jackson Financial Inc. and Christopher A. Raub, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2025, filed August 5, 2025. 10.40† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2025 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Carrie L. Chelko, Don W. Cummings, Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine and Craig D. Smith, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, filed May 7, 2025.
--- ---
10.41† Form of Notice of Award of Performance Units and 2025 Performance Unit Award Agreement between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Carrie L. Chelko, Don W. Cummings, Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine and Craig D. Smith, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, filed May 7, 2025.
10.42† Form of 2024 Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2024 Restricted Share Unit Agreement (Mid-Cycle) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Craig Anderson and Don Cummings, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, filed November 6, 2024.
10.43† Form of 2024 Notice of Award of Performance Share Units and 2024 Performance Share Unit Agreement (Mid-Cycle) between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Craig Anderson and Don Cummings, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2024, filed November 6, 2024.
10.44† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2024 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Carrie L. Chelko, Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine, Craig D. Smith and Marcia L. Wadsten, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, filed May 8, 2024.
10.45† Form of Notice of Award of Performance Units and 2024 Performance Unit Award Agreement between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Carrie L. Chelko, Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine, Craig D. Smith and Marcia L. Wadsten, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, filed May 8, 2024.
10.46† Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units Retention Award and 2024 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement Retention Award between Jackson Financial Inc. and Don W. Cummings, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, filed May 8, 2024.
10.47† Form of Notice of Award of Restricted Share Units and 2023 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine, Craig D. Smith and Marcia L. Wadsten, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 17, 2023.
10.48† Form of Notice of Award of Performance Share Units and 2023 Performance Share Unit Award Agreement, between Jackson Financial Inc. and each of Laura L. Prieskorn, Scott E. Romine, Craig D. Smith and Marcia L. Wadsten, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Jackson National Life Insurance Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-1, filed April 17, 2023.
10.49† Form of Amendment to All Outstanding Performance Share Unit Award Agreements and All Outstanding Restricted Share Award Agreements (relating to agreements provided between January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024) (regarding share delivery process upon death), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed February 26, 2025.
19.1 Jackson Financial Inc. Insider Trading Policy (September 17, 2025), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 of Jackson Financial Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2025, filed November 4, 2025.
21.1* List of Subsidiaries of Jackson Financial Inc.
23.1* Consent of KPMG LLP, dated February24, 2026. 31.1* Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
--- ---
31.2* Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1* Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2* Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1* Jackson Financial Inc. Compensation Clawback Policy (September17,2025).
101.INS* Inline XBRL Instance Document – The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
104* Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* Filed herewith.

† Identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

JACKSON FINANCIAL INC.
(Registrant)
Date: February 24, 2026 By: /s/ Laura L. Prieskorn
Laura L. Prieskorn
President and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Laura L. Prieskorn and Don W. Cummings, and each of them severally, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, to sign in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all things and execute any and all instruments that such attorney may deem necessary or advisable under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments hereto, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 24th of February, 2026.

Signature Title
/s/ Steven A. Kandarian Chairman of the Board; Director
Steven A. Kandarian
/s/ Laura L. Prieskorn President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
Laura L. Prieskorn
/s/ Don W. Cummings Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Don W. Cummings
/s/ Craig A. Anderson Senior Vice President, Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Craig A. Anderson
/s/ Gregory T. Durant Director
Gregory T. Durant
/s/ Lily Fu Claffee Director
Lily Fu Claffee
/s/ Derek G. Kirkland Director
Derek G. Kirkland
/s/ Drew Lawton Director
Drew Lawton
/s/ Martin J. Lippert Director
Martin J. Lippert
/s/ Russell G. Noles Director
Russell G. Noles
/s/ Esta E. Stecher Director
Esta E. Stecher

215

Document

Exhibit 4.2

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Jackson Financial Inc. has two classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): (i) our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”); and (ii) our depositary shares (the “Depositary Shares”), each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of our Fixed-Rate Reset Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), filed on May 23, 2024, our Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective as of December 8, 2022 (the “By-Laws”), and, in the case of the Depositary Shares, the Deposit Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2023 (the "Deposit Agreement”), among us, Equiniti Trust Company, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Shares, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.[2] is a part. We encourage you to read our Certificate of Incorporation, our By-Laws, the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), and, in the case of the Depositary Shares, the Deposit Agreement, for additional information.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. With respect to the preferred stock, 24,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and the remaining 99,976,000 are undesignated. Our board of directors (the “Board”) is authorized without further shareholder action to cause the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock. Any additional preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, each with preferences, limitations, designations, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, dividend rights, redemption provisions, voluntary and involuntary liquidation rights and other rights as our Board may determine at the time of issuance. As of February 18, 2026, 70,681,886 shares of our Common Stock are issued and outstanding. As of February 18, 2026, 22,000,000 Depositary Shares are issued and outstanding, representing 22,000 shares of issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share.

Except as required by applicable law, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Company or the limited voting rights applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock, and except with respect to the election of directors, all matters to be voted on by common shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. Except as described below under “Series A Preferred Stock and Depositary Shares – Voting -- Right to Elect Two Directors upon Nonpayment”:

•in all director elections other than uncontested elections, the nominees for director shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast, meaning that the number of nominee directors who receive the most votes of the common shareholders present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the annual meeting will be the elected directors and

•in uncontested elections, the election of directors is determined by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.

Page 1 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

Dividends

Subject to any preferences applicable to any outstanding series of our preferred stock, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of any of our funds legally available therefor when, as and if declared by the Board in its discretion.

Liquidation

Under our Certificate of Incorporation, in the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of the debts and liabilities of the Company and all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of any outstanding series of our preferred stock, our remaining assets legally available for distribution to common shareholders, if any, will be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

Other Rights and Preferences

The holders of our Common Stock do not have any preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The Common Stock is not subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of holders of our Common Stock are subject to the rights and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock and any additional series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

Exchange Listing

Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol, “JXN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Equiniti Trust Company, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100.

Series A Preferred Stock and Depositary Shares

Series A Preferred Stock

The Series A Preferred Stock represents a single series of our authorized preferred stock. The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of our Common Stock or any other class or series of our other securities and is not subject to any sinking fund or any other obligation of ours for their repurchase or retirement. The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to future assessments by us.

Dividends

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by our Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board), noncumulative cash dividends applied to the liquidation amount of $25,000 per share of the Series A Preferred Stock on each dividend payment date for each dividend period. Dividends accrue as follows:

•from the original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock to, but excluding, March 30, 2028 at a rate per annum equal to 8.000%; and

•from, and including, March 30, 2028, during each reset period, at a rate per annum equal to the Five-year U.S. Treasury Rate as of the applicable reset dividend determination date plus 3.728%.

A “dividend payment date” means March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, provided that if any such date is not a business day, then on the dividend payment date shall be the next succeeding business day (without any adjustment in the amount of the dividends paid).

Page 2 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

A “dividend period” means each period from, and including, a dividend payment date and continuing to, but excluding, the next succeeding dividend payment date. As that term is used in this exhibit, each dividend payment date “relates” to the dividend period most recently ending before such dividend payment date.

A “reset date” means March 30, 2028 and each date falling on the fifth anniversary of the preceding reset date.

A “reset period” means the period from and including March 30, 2028 to, but excluding, the next following reset date and thereafter each period from and including a reset date to, but excluding, the next following reset date.

A “reset dividend determination date” means, in respect of any reset period, the day falling three business days prior to the beginning of such reset period.

The “Five-year U.S. Treasury Rate” means, as of any reset dividend determination date, as applicable, (i) the average of the yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year maturities, for the five business days appearing (or, if fewer than five business days appear, such number of business days appearing) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” in the most recently published H.15 Daily Update (as defined below) as of 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) as of any date of determination; or (ii) if there are no such published yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year maturities, then the rate will be determined by interpolation between the average of the yields on actively traded U.S. treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity for two series of actively traded U.S. treasury securities, (A) one maturing as close as possible to, but earlier than, the reset date following the next succeeding reset dividend determination date and (B) the other maturing as close as possible to, but later than, the reset date following the next succeeding reset dividend determination date, in each case for the five business days appearing (or, if fewer than five business days appear, such number of business days appearing) under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” in the H.15 Daily Update as of 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) as of any date of determination.

If we, in our sole discretion, determine that the Five-year U.S. Treasury Rate cannot be determined in the manner applicable for such rate (which, as of the original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock, is pursuant to the methods described in clauses (i) or (ii) above), we may, in our sole discretion, initiate a process to determine whether there is an industry-accepted successor rate and, if so determined, any adjustments needed to implement that successor rate or to adjust it to make it comparable to the then-applicable base rate (which, as of the original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock, is the initial base rate) in each case, in a manner that is consistent with industry-accepted practices for the use of such successor rate. If we, in our sole discretion, do not initiate that process or the process indicates there is no industry-accepted successor rate to then-applicable base rate, then the Five-year U.S. Treasury Rate will be the same rate determined for the prior reset dividend determination date or, if this sentence is applicable with respect to the first reset dividend determination date, 4.272%.

“H.15 Daily Update” means the daily statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Dividends on shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are not cumulative and are not mandatory. If a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock is not declared in respect of a dividend period, then no dividend will be deemed to have accrued for such dividend period, be payable on the related dividend payment date, or accumulate, and we will have no obligation to pay any dividend accrued for such dividend period, whether or not our Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board) declares a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other series of our preferred stock or on our common stock for any future dividend period. References to the “accrual” (or similar terms) of dividends in this description refer only to the determination of the amount of such dividend and do not imply that any right to a dividend arises prior to the date on which a dividend is declared.

Dividends will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the applicable record date, which will be the 15th calendar day before the applicable dividend payment date, or such other record date fixed by our Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such dividend payment date, in advance of payment of each particular dividend.

The amount of dividends payable per share of the Series A Preferred Stock will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Page 3 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

During any dividend period, so long as the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, unless the full dividends for the preceding dividend period on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside (for the avoidance of doubt, there was no preceding dividend period for the initial dividend period):

(a)    no dividend shall be declared, paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared, made or set aside for payment on any junior stock, such as the Common Stock (other than (1) a dividend payable solely in junior stock or (2) any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under such plan),

(b)   no shares of junior stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us, directly or indirectly (other than (1) as a result of a reclassification of junior stock for or into other junior stock, (2) the exchange or conversion of one share of junior stock for or into another share of junior stock, (3) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of junior stock in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (4) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of junior stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such securities or the security being converted or exchanged, (5) purchases of our common stock pursuant to contractually binding requirement to buy common stock existing prior to the preceding dividend period, including, in each case, under a contractually binding stock repurchase program, and (6) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of junior stock) nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by us and

(c)   no shares of parity stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by us other than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series A Preferred Stock and such parity stock (other than the exchange or conversion of such parity stock for or into shares of junior stock).

If dividends are not declared and paid in full upon the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any parity stock, all dividends declared upon shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and any parity stock will be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current dividend period per share of the Series A Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends for the then-current dividend period per share of any parity stock (including, in the case of any parity stock that bear cumulative dividends, all accrued and unpaid dividends), bear to each other.

Subject to the considerations described above, dividends (payable in cash, stock, or otherwise), as may be determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board, may be declared and paid on any securities, including the Common Stock, any other junior stock and any parity stock from time to time out of any assets legally available for such payment, and holders of Series A Preferred Stock will not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Redemption

The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and has no maturity date. The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, or other similar provisions. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock have no right to require the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

We may also, upon notice, at our option, redeem the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock:

(a)     in whole but not in part at any time prior to March 30, 2028, (i) within 90 days after the occurrence of a “rating agency event” at a redemption price equal to $25,500 per share (equivalent to $25.50 per Depositary Share), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date, or (ii) within 90 days after the occurrence of a “regulatory capital event,” at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), or

Page 4 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

(b)     in whole or in part, from time to time, on or after March 30, 2028, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Dividends will cease to accrue on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock called for redemption from, and including, the redemption date.

For the purposes of the preceding paragraph:

“rating agency event” means that any nationally recognized statistical rating organization as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, that then publishes a rating for us (a “rating agency”) amends, clarifies or changes the criteria it uses to assign equity credit to securities such as the Series A Preferred Stock, which amendment, clarification or change results in:

•the shortening of the length of time the Series A Preferred Stock is assigned a particular level of equity credit by that rating agency as compared to the length of time it would have been assigned that level of equity credit by that rating agency or its predecessor on the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, or

•the lowering of the equity credit (including up to a lesser amount) assigned to the Series A Preferred Stock by that rating agency as compared to the equity credit assigned by that rating agency or its predecessor on the initial issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock.

“regulatory capital event” means our good faith determination that, as a result of:

•any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States or any other governmental agency or instrumentality as may then have group-wide oversight of our regulatory capital that is enacted or becomes effective after March 13, 2023,

•any proposed amendment to, or change in, those laws, rules or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after March 13, 2023, or

•any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws, rules or regulations that is announced after March 13, 2023,

there is more than an insubstantial risk that the liquidation preference per share of the Series A Preferred Stock outstanding from time to time would not qualify as capital (or a substantially similar concept) for purposes of any group capital standard to which we are or will be subject.

If we become subject to capital regulation and the Series A Preferred Stock is included in our regulatory capital, the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Depositary Shares may be subject to our receipt of any required prior approval from a capital regulator and to the satisfaction of any conditions set forth in applicable capital rules and any other regulations of such capital regulator.

Notice of redemption shall be given by first class mail to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, mailed at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (provided that if the Series A Preferred Stock or any Depositary Shares are held in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”), we may give this notice in any manner permitted by the DTC). Each notice will state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from the holder; (iii) the redemption price or the manner of its calculation; and (iv) if Series A Preferred Stock is evidenced by definitive certificates, the place or places where the certificates representing those shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

If notice of redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock has been duly given and if, on or before the redemption date specified in the notice, the funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of record of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption, then from and after the redemption date, those shares will no longer be deemed

Page 5 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

outstanding and all rights of the holders of those shares (including the right to receive any dividends) will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive in full a liquidating distribution of $25,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “liquidation preference amount”), plus dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of distributions to shareholders, without regard to any undeclared dividends, before we make or set aside any distribution of assets to the holders of Common Stock or any other junior stock. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are not entitled to any other amounts from us after they have received their full liquidating distribution.

If our assets are not sufficient to pay the full liquidating distribution to holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of parity stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of any parity stock are to be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidating distribution owed to those holders, plus any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of distributions to shareholders, without regard to any undeclared dividends.

For purposes of the liquidation rights, none of the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of our property and assets, nor the consolidation or merger by us with or into any other corporation or by another corporation with or into us, will constitute our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

Voting Rights

Except as described under “Right to Elect Two Directors upon Nonpayment” and “Other Voting Rights” below or as otherwise required by law, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights.

•Right to Elect Two Directors upon Nonpayment

If and when the dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of our preferred stock that ranks equally with the Series A Preferred Stock and that has voting rights equivalent to those described in this paragraph (“voting parity stock”), have not been declared and paid (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of voting parity stock bearing non-cumulative dividends, in full for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) or (ii) in the case of voting parity stock bearing cumulative dividends, in an aggregate amount equal to full dividends for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) (a “nonpayment event”), the authorized number of directors then constituting our Board will automatically be increased by two. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of voting parity stock, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to elect two additional members of our Board (the “preferred stock directors”) at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected or any special meeting of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any voting parity stock for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided below; provided it shall be a qualification for any such preferred stock director that election of any preferred stock directors would not cause us to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which our securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. In addition, our Board shall at no time have more than two preferred stock directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of voting parity stock are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights).

At any time after this voting power has vested as described above, our Secretary may, and upon the written request of holders of record of at least 20% of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and voting parity stock (addressed to the Secretary at our principal office) must, call a special meeting of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and voting parity stock for the election of the preferred stock directors; provided that if any such written request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of our shareholders such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders. Such request to call such a special meeting shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series A Preferred Stock or voting parity stock, and delivered to our Secretary. If our Secretary fails to call a special meeting within 20 days after receiving

Page 6 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

proper notice, then any holder of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock may (at our expense) call a special meeting for the election of the preferred stock directors, and for that purpose shall have access to our stock ledger.

Whenever full dividends have been paid on the Series A Preferred Stock and any noncumulative voting parity stock for at least one year and all dividends on any cumulative voting parity stock have been paid in full, then the right of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to elect the preferred stock directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of these voting rights in the case of any future nonpayment event, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not be based on failure to declare or pay dividends for any quarterly dividend period on which a prior nonpayment event was based), the terms of office of all preferred stock directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting our Board will be reduced accordingly.

Any preferred stock director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and voting parity stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). The preferred stock directors elected at any such special meeting shall hold office until the next annual meeting of our shareholders unless they have been previously terminated as above provided. In case any vacancy occurs among the preferred stock directors, a successor will be elected by our Board to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders upon the nomination of the then remaining preferred stock director or if no preferred stock director remains in office, by the vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and all voting parity stock for which dividends have not been paid, voting as a single class. The preferred stock directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.

•Other Voting Rights

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required to:

oauthorize or increase the authorized amount of, or issue shares of any class or series of senior stock, or issue any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such shares;

oamend the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation so as to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series A Preferred Stock or authorized Common Stock or preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock (whether such dividends are cumulative or noncumulative) in the distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

oconsolidate with or merge into any other corporation unless the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of such consolidation or merger or sale are converted into or exchanged for preference securities having such rights, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A Preferred Stock, taken as a whole.

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock will have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds will have been set aside by us for the benefit of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to effect such redemption.

No voting parity stock is currently outstanding.

Page 7 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

No Preemptive and Conversion Rights

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock do not have any preemptive rights. The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for property or shares of any other series or class of our capital stock.

Transfer Agent, Registrar, Dividend Disbursement Agent and Redemption Agent

Equiniti Trust Company, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120, is the depositary, transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and redemption agent for the Series A Preferred Stock. We may at any time remove Equiniti Trust Company as the depositary, and we will then appoint a successor depositary. Any such termination of Equiniti Trust Company as the depositary will automatically be deemed to be a removal of Equiniti Trust Company as transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and redemption agent. We will use our best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as the depositary.

Depositary Shares

Dividends and Other Distributions

Each dividend on a Depositary Share will be in an amount equal to 1/1,000th of the dividend declared on each share of Series A Preferred Stock.

Equiniti Trust Company, as the dividend disbursement agent, will distribute any cash dividends or other cash distributions received in respect of the deposited Series A Preferred Stock to the record holders of Depositary Shares in proportion to the number of the Depositary Shares held by each holder on the relevant record date. The dividend disbursement agent will distribute any distribution received by it other than cash, rights, preferences or privileges upon the Series A Preferred Stock to the record holders of Depositary Shares entitled to those distributions, unless it determines that the distribution cannot be made proportionally among those holders or that it is not feasible to make a distribution. In that event, the depositary may, with our approval, adopt such method as it deems equitable and practicable including selling the property and distributing the net proceeds from the sale to the holders of Depositary Shares in proportion to the number of Depositary Shares they hold.

Record dates for the payment of dividends and other matters relating to the Depositary Shares will be the same as the corresponding record dates for the Series A Preferred Stock.

The amounts distributed to holders of Depositary Shares will be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the depositary or by us on account of taxes or other governmental charges.

Redemption of the Depositary Shares

If we redeem the Series A Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares, a corresponding number of Depositary Shares will be redeemed from the proceeds received by the depositary resulting from the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the depositary. The redemption price per Depositary Share will be equal to 1/1,000th of the redemption price per share payable with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share or, in the case of a rating agency event, $25.50 per Depositary Share), plus a proportional amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the redemption date, on the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. Whenever we redeem shares of the Series A Preferred Stock held by the depositary, the depositary will redeem, as of the same redemption date, the number of the Depositary Shares representing shares of the Series A Preferred Stock so redeemed.

In case of any redemption of less than all of the outstanding Depositary Shares, the Depositary Shares to be redeemed will be selected by the depositary pro rata, by lot or by such other method in accordance with the DTC’s procedures. If fewer than all of the Depositary Shares are redeemed, the depositary will deliver to the holder of such shares, upon its surrender to the depositary, together with the redemption payment, a new depositary receipt evidencing the Depositary Shares evidenced by the prior receipt and not called for redemption.

Page 8 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

The depositary will, if requested in writing, mail (or otherwise transmit by an authorized method) notice of redemption to holders of Depositary Shares not less than 10 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Depositary Shares.

Voting of the Depositary Shares

When the depositary receives notice of any meeting at which the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, the depositary will, if requested in writing, mail (or otherwise transmit by an authorized method) the information contained in the notice to the record holders of Depositary Shares relating to the Series A Preferred Stock. Each record holder of Depositary Shares on the record date, which will be the same date as the record date for the Series A Preferred Stock, may instruct the depositary to vote the amount of whole shares of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares evidenced by such record holder’s depositary receipts. Although each Depositary Share is entitled to 1/1,000th of a vote, the depositary can only vote whole shares of Series A Preferred Stock. To the extent possible, the depositary will vote the amount of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares as to which instructions are received and in accordance with the instructions it receives. We will agree to take all reasonable actions that the depositary determines are necessary to enable the depositary to vote as instructed. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the holders of any Depositary Shares, it will not vote the amount of the Series A Preferred Stock represented by the Depositary Shares evidenced by such receipts.

Listing

The Depositary Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JXN PR A.”

Form of the Depositary Shares

The Depositary Shares were issued in book-entry form through the DTC. The Series A Preferred Stock was issued in registered form to the depositary.

Depositary

Equiniti Trust Company, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120, is the depositary for the Depositary Shares. We may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor depositary at any time and from time to time, provided that we will use our best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such depositary.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

Certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws may discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider to be in his or her best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Common Stock. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board, which could result in an improvement of their terms.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Common Stock

As of February 18, 2026, approximately 70,681,886 shares of our Common Stock were outstanding and 27,662,683 shares were held as treasury shares. The remaining shares of authorized and unissued Common Stock and the treasury shares will be available for future issuance without additional shareholder approval. While the additional shares are not designed to deter or prevent a change of control, under some circumstances we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our Board in opposing a hostile takeover bid.

Page 9 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock

Under our Certificate of Incorporation, our Board has the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue up to 99,976,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock could reduce our attractiveness as a target for an unsolicited takeover bid since we could, for example, issue shares of preferred stock to parties who might oppose such a takeover bid or shares that contain terms the potential acquiror may find unattractive. This may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the market price of the Common Stock, and may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our Common Stock.

Removal of Directors

Our By-Laws provide that directors elected by holders of Common Stock may be removed, with or without cause, at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, acting at a shareholder meeting. Any vacancy in our Board (other than in respect of directors elected by holders of Series A Preferred Stock as described above) shall be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Shareholders Advance Notice Procedure

Our By-Laws require advance notice for shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders. The By-Laws provide that any shareholders wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our Secretary a written notice of the shareholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company. To be timely, the shareholder’s notice must be delivered to our Secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held during the preceding year, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to our Secretary not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by us.

No Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Our Certificate of Incorporation prohibits shareholders from acting by written consent. Shareholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of shareholders.

Special Meetings of Shareholders

Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights granted to holders of Series A Preferred Stock and any rights granted to holders of any other preferred stock then outstanding, special meetings of shareholders for any purpose may be called only by the Chair of our Board, pursuant to a resolution of our Board adopted by at least a majority of the directors then in office, or by our Secretary upon written request of one or more record holders representing ownership of 25% or more of the total combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote on the business to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Page 10 of 11

Exhibit 4.2

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an ”interested shareholder” for a 3-year period following the time that such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within 3 years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited, unless one of the following conditions is satisfied:

•before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

•upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and officers; or

•at or after the time the shareholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

This provision is expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our Board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of Common Stock held by our shareholders.

Insurance Regulations

The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination or other strategic transaction involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most state insurance laws, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our Company, even if our Board decides that it is in the best interests of shareholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our subsidiaries.

Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 10.8 Retirement Agreement_FY_2025 10-K Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Exhibit 10.8

Retirement Agreement

Craig Smith (“Retiree”) and PPM America, Inc. (“PPM”) agree as follows:

1.References. All references to PPM in this Retirement Agreement (“Agreement”) shall

also include Jackson Financial Inc. and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and

affiliates, including, but not limited to, Jackson Holdings LLC, Jackson National Life

Insurance Company, Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York, Jackson

National Life Distributors, LLC, Jackson National Asset Management, LLC, Brooke Life

Reinsurance Company, and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates.

2.Retirement Date. Retiree’s last date of employment with PPM was December 31, 2025

(the “Retirement Date”).

3.Compensation to Retiree. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and provided that

Retiree complies with the terms and obligations of this Agreement and signs, returns, and

does not revoke this Agreement, PPM shall make payment (the “Retirement Payment”),

which sums Retiree and PPM agree are reasonable and adequate consideration for, among

other terms, the releases and waivers described in this Agreement, to Retiree as follows:

a.A cash bonus for the 2025 performance year, which will be determined based on

the results of both PPM’s and Jackson’s key performance indicators that are used

to determine bonus funding levels for other eligible associates, shall be paid to

Retiree when annual bonuses are paid to other eligible associates for the relevant

year; and

b.Long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) award payments as outlined in i-vi below.

Retiree understands and agrees that the performance share unit (“PSU”) and

restricted share unit (“RSU”) awards described in this Paragraph 3(b) shall vest at

their original future vesting dates, with the ultimate number of Jackson common

shares (or cash value in respect thereof) to be delivered remaining contingent

upon the achievement of applicable performance metrics and other provisions as

set forth in the relevant program documents, where applicable. Retiree further

understands and agrees that shares (or cash value in respect thereof), as

applicable, that become deliverable pursuant to this agreement are subject to

administrative processes and will settle within thirty (30) days of each applicable

vesting date.

i.2023 PSU Grant.  A number of the PSUs granted on March 10,

2023 (“2023 PSUs”) under the Jackson Financial Inc. 2021

Omnibus Incentive Plan (“OIP”) shall be earned and become

vested based on the actual achievement of the relevant

performance goals that apply to the 2023 PSUs during the entire

performance period. The performance period for the 2023 PSUs is

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 2 of 13

defined as the three-year period commencing January 1, 2023 and

ending December 31, 2025.

ii.2023 RSU Grant. The restricted share units (“2023 RSUs”) granted

on March 10, 2023 (“2023 Grant Date”) under the OIP vest in

three equal installments.  The first and second installments vested

in the normal course on the first and second anniversaries of the

2023 Grant Date in accordance with the award agreement

applicable to the 2023 RSUs and are outside the scope of this

Agreement.  The third installment shall vest on the third

anniversary of the 2023 Grant Date.

iii.2024 PSU Grant.  A number of the PSUs granted on March 10,

2024 (“2024 PSUs”) under the OIP shall be earned and become

vested based on the actual achievement of the relevant

performance goals that apply to the 2024 PSUs during the entire

performance period (as if the Retiree’s employment had continued

during the entire performance period). The performance period for

the 2024 PSUs is defined as the three-year period commencing

January 1, 2024 and ending December 31, 2026.

iv.2024 RSU Grant.  The restricted share units (“2024 RSUs”)

granted on March 10, 2024 (“2024 Grant Date”) under the OIP

vest in three equal installments. The first installment vested in the

normal course on the first anniversary of the 2024 Grant Date in

accordance with the award agreement applicable to the 2024 RSUs

and is outside the scope of this Agreement.  The second and third

installments shall vest on the second and third anniversaries of the

2024 Grant Date, respectively.

v.2025 PSU Grant.  A number of the PSUs granted on March 10,

2025 (“2025 PSUs”) under the OIP shall be earned and become

vested based on the actual achievement of the relevant

performance goals that apply to the 2025 PSUs during the entire

performance period (as if the Retiree’s employment had continued

during the entire performance period). The performance period for

the 2025 PSUs is defined as the three-year period commencing

January 1, 2025 and ending December 31, 2027.

vi.2025 RSU Grant.  The restricted share units (“2025 RSUs”)

granted on March 10, 2025 (“2025 Grant Date”) under the OIP

vest in three equal installments. The first, second, and third

installments shall vest on the first, second, and third anniversaries

of the 2025 Grant Date, respectively.

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 3 of 13

4.General Release.  Subject to Paragraph 20 and except for any claims that by law are non-

waivable, Retiree, without limitation of any kind, waives, releases and forever discharges

PPM and the other Released Parties, from all claims, including claims as a class action

participant, known and unknown, that Retiree might now have or has ever had against

PPM or any of the other Released Parties arising from or related to any act, omission, or

thing occurring or existing at any time prior to or on the date on which Retiree signs this

Agreement, including, without limitation, on account of or arising from or in any way

related to Retiree’s employment with PPM, compensation, other terms and conditions of

employment, and/or the conclusion of that employment, including, but not limited to,

claims related to any disclosures PPM must make to the Financial Industry Regulatory

Authority (“FINRA”) or any regulatory authority regarding the conclusion of Retiree’s

employment, claims for breach of any express or implied contract and/or employee

handbook, claims for wrongful discharge, and claims for employment discrimination of

all types, including but not limited to retaliation, harassment, race, color, national origin,

religion, ethnicity, age, gender, sex, sexual orientation and disability.  The term

“Released Parties” as used in this Agreement includes: (a) PPM and its past, present, and

future parents, divisions, subsidiaries, partnerships, affiliates, and other related entities

(whether or not they are wholly owned); and (b) the past, present, and future owners,

trustees, fiduciaries, administrators, shareholders, directors, officers, partners, agents,

representatives, members, associates, employees, and attorneys of each entity listed in

subpart (a) above; and (c) the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each entity listed

in subparts (a) and (b) above.

5.Specific Release. Without limiting in any way the General Release provided in Paragraph

4 of this Agreement, and notwithstanding any provision anywhere to the contrary, Retiree

specifically waives, releases and forever discharges PPM and the other Released Parties

from all claims, known and unknown, that Retiree might now have or has ever had:

a.in any federal, state, or local court, commission or agency, or under any common

law theory (including without limitation all claims for breach of contract (oral,

written or implied), wrongful termination, defamation, invasion of privacy,

infliction of emotional distress, tortious interference, fraud, estoppel, unjust

enrichment, and any other contract, tort or other common law claim of any kind);

b.for employment discrimination and actions prohibited by the Age Discrimination

in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), 42 U.S.C. §§621-634, as amended by the

Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”); Title VII of the Civil

Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§2000e, et seq; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (except for vested ERISA

benefits), 29 U.S.C. §1001, et seq; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,

as amended; the Rehabilitation Act; the Reconstruction Era Civil Rights Act.

including 42 U.S.C. §1981 and 42 U.S.C. §1983, the Family and Medical Leave

Act and any similar state laws; the Equal Pay Act and any similar laws; the

Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the

Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 4 of 13

and any similar state laws; the National Labor Relations Act; the Genetic

Information Nondiscrimination Act; the Illinois Human Rights Act; the Illinois

Equal Wage Act; the Illinois Minimum Wage Law; the Illinois Right to Privacy in

the Workplace Act; the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act; the Illinois

Genetic Privacy Act; the Illinois Nursing Mothers in the Workplace Act; the

Illinois School Visitation Rights Act; the Illinois AIDS Confidentiality Act; the

Illinois Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Illinois Victims’

Economic Security and Safety Act; the Illinois Family Military Leave Act, if

applicable; the Illinois Workplace Transparency Act; the Illinois Occupational

Safety and Health Act; and the Illinois Constitution; all as amended, and any

claims or rights arising under any other applicable federal, state, local, or foreign

statutes, laws, and/or regulations that may be legally waived and released;

c.or acquire, for any award of money and equitable relief that by law or regulation,

or otherwise, Retiree might pursue or be awarded in any forum, including but not

limited to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and any federal

or state fair employment practice agency.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in Paragraphs 4 and 5 above, these releases and waivers

shall not apply to any claim for unemployment or workers’ compensation, or a claim that

by law is non-waivable.

6.Taxes.  PPM will withhold income, employment, and other taxes required to be withheld

as a matter of law, rule or regulation from the payment(s) described in this Agreement,

and Retiree exclusively shall be responsible for taxes due as a result of any payments and

benefits under this Agreement. The payments made pursuant to this Agreement are

intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue

Code of 1986, as amended, and the applicable regulations and guidance thereunder

(“Section 409A”), and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly. In no event

whatsoever will PPM be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be

imposed on Retiree under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with

Section 409A. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate

payment for purposes of Section 409A.

7.Exclusive Payments.  Retiree acknowledges and agrees that he has been provided with

and has received all compensation to which he was legally entitled during his

employment with PPM, that he was not subjected to any improper treatment, conduct or

actions as a result of a compensation request, that he has no other pending claims,

lawsuits, or administrative charges against PPM and that he has not sustained any work-

related illness or injuries for which he has not already filed a workers’ compensation

claim.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, PPM shall have no obligation

pursuant to any employment agreement or offer letter; any bonus, incentive or transitional

management plan or award, including but not limited to the OIP or otherwise, whether or

not vested, to make payment of any kind to or for Retiree, and Retiree expressly waives

any such claim to other compensation, payments, benefits, or recovery of any kind from

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 5 of 13

PPM (including without limitation any bonus, severance, equity or other payments).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither this Paragraph nor any other Paragraph of this

Agreement impairs in any manner whatsoever the entitlement Retiree may have, if any, to

benefits provided under the Jackson National Life Insurance Company Defined

Contribution Retirement Plan  (the “401(k) Plan”), the Jackson National Life Insurance

Company Management Deferred Income Plan (the “MDIP”), and any entitlement that

Retiree may have to continue to participate in Jackson’s Group Benefit Plan as required

by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) or applicable law.

If Retiree elects to receive COBRA coverage, Retiree is responsible for paying the full

amount of the premium for any such coverage.

8.Return of Property. Retiree shall return to PPM all property, equipment, items,

documents, lists, and other materials belonging to or generated for PPM, including, but

not limited to, computer hardware, including laptop computers; computer software;

business records and information, including correspondence, spreadsheets, and computer-

generated printouts; and keys and access badges on or before the Retirement Date.  If any

property that is otherwise subject to return under this provision is stored electronically on

a form of media that cannot be returned to PPM, such as a third-party email server,

Retiree shall permanently delete such information and retain no copies thereof.

9.No Disparagement or Public Disclosure.

a.Retiree shall not disparage or denigrate PPM, its officers, directors, or employees

or the officers, directors, or employees of its parent, subsidiary, or affiliated

companies, or PPM’s products, in any manner whatsoever and will do and say

nothing to encourage or facilitate the disassociation of persons currently affiliated

with PPM and, if called upon by PPM to do so, will employ honest effort to

encourage continued and new affiliations with PPM.

b.Except as provided by Paragraph 9c of this Agreement, Retiree neither shall

disclose, nor participate in public discussion of, PPM-related information,

regardless of whether PPM considers the information Confidential Information,

that Retiree acquired by virtue of Retiree’s employment with PPM.

c.Nothing in this Paragraph 9 or any other Paragraph of this Agreement shall

preclude Retiree from reporting or providing information to, cooperating with, or

assisting any regulatory agency and/or law enforcement agency regarding any

claim or suspicion that PPM has or may have violated any law or regulation, or

otherwise disclosing or providing information at PPM’s written request.

10.Continued Cooperation. Retiree represents and warrants that Retiree has acted in good

faith while employed by PPM and, as well, that Retiree will cooperate in the orderly

transition of duties to the extent reasonably requested by PPM. Retiree, without duration

limitation, shall provide all assistance, including but not limited to attendance at

depositions, hearings, and participation in other proceedings or in connection with

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 6 of 13

investigations, that PPM shall reasonably require. Retiree shall make no untrue statement

or allegation in or with respect to any such proceeding, or to any legal authority or

regulator.  Should Retiree be subpoenaed or otherwise contacted in any way in

connection with any litigation, proceeding, or investigation involving PPM, Retiree

agrees to immediately notify PPM and give PPM an opportunity to respond to such notice

before taking any action or making any decision in connection with the subpoena or

contact, except this requirement will not apply to communications permitted by

Paragraph 20 herein.  PPM agrees to reimburse Retiree for reasonable out-of-pocket

expenses incurred in connection with the above cooperation under this Paragraph.

11.Non-Solicitation and Non-Interference with Business Relations. In consideration for the

Retirement Payment set forth in this Agreement and consistent with the OIP and relevant

award agreements, Retiree agrees that Retiree will not, without PPM’s prior express

written authorization, for the period occurring between the Retirement Date and the

vesting date of any compensation described in Paragraph 3 of this Agreement, directly or

indirectly through any third party (including, without limitation, through a fund,

partnership, corporation, or similar entity) or in any other capacity:

a.own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services

for, or otherwise be or be connected in any manner with any business competing

directly or indirectly with the business of PPM or the business of its subsidiaries

or any other business that PPM and its subsidiaries have conducted during the

one-year period immediately preceding the Retirement Date or has plans to

conduct as of the Retirement Date anywhere in the world;

b.hire, solicit, recruit, or induce (or attempt to hire, solicit, recruit, or induce) any

person (i) while he or she is an employee, partner, or member of Jackson or any of

its subsidiaries and affiliates or (ii) who was an employee, partner, or member of

Jackson or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates within the twelve (12) months

preceding the date of such hiring, solicitation, recruitment, or inducement

(collectively “Off-Limits Employees”);

c.assist, directly or indirectly, in hiring, soliciting, recruiting, or inducing any Off-

Limits Employees for Retiree or any other individual or entity (including, without

limiting the generality of the foregoing, by suggesting to any such individual or

entity or to any of their respective agents potential employment opportunities for,

or candidacy of, any Off-Limits Employees);

d.encourage any Off-Limits Employee to terminate his or her employment,

partnership, or membership with PPM or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates;

e.solicit, induce, or assist another individual or entity in soliciting or inducing any

of PPM’s current, former, or prospective customer (individually or collectively,

“Customers”) or interfering with PPM’s business relationship with any such

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 7 of 13

Customer; provided, however, that it shall not be a breach of this clause if, on

behalf of a subsequent employer, (i) Retiree participates in ordinary-course

reporting, such as an investor presentation on an investment, to any group of

investors that includes a Customer or (ii) Retiree engages with Customers who

were pre-existing customers of Retiree’s employer prior to commencing that

employment, other than for the purpose of interfering with PPM’s business

relationship with any such Customer; or

f.induce or attempt to induce or assist another individual or entity in soliciting or

inducing any person or entity (including any supplier, broker, agent, licensee or

other business relation of PPM or any of its subsidiary) to cease doing business

with PPM or any of its subsidiaries, or interfere in any way with the relationship

between any such person or entity and PPM or any of its subsidiaries, that was,

within the twelve (12) months preceding or following such solicitation or

inducement, a member of PPM’s networks of directors, experts, advisors, or

service providers whose services directly support activities related to PPM’s

business (collectively “Off-Limits Third Parties”); provided, however, that

Retiree may utilize the services of any of the Off-Limits Third Parties that is (i) a

law firm, (ii) an investment bank, or (iii) any other Off-Limits Third Party that has

a pre-existing business relationship with a subsequent employer to the extent that

(A) those services are available to persons other than PPM, (B) Retiree’s

utilization of those services does not prevent, diminish, or otherwise interfere with

PPM’s utilization of those services, and (C) in utilizing those services, Retiree

does not violate any of Retiree’s other commitments and obligations to PPM.

Retiree further acknowledges and agrees that (i) unless otherwise approved by PPM,

without limiting any of PPM’s rights pursuant to any clawback or recapture policy that

PPM may have in effect from time to time, in the event of Retiree’s violation of any of

the covenants contained in this Paragraph 11, Retiree will immediately forfeit all

unvested PSUs and RSUs held by Retiree, and Retiree will have no further rights with

respect thereto; and (ii) the identities and contact information of Customers, Off-Limits

Employees, or Off-Limits Third Parties (including, for the sake of clarity, prospective

clients, or prospective investors) that are not otherwise publicly available in their

capacities as such shall constitute Confidential Information and that the sale or

unauthorized use or disclosure of this or any other Confidential Information would

constitute a breach of Retiree’s non-disclosure obligations.

12.Breach of Agreement. Notwithstanding any Paragraph in this Agreement to the contrary,

in the event that Retiree shall breach this Agreement, the releases and waivers to which

Retiree agreed in this Agreement shall survive that breach and remain valid and fully

enforceable, but Retiree will forfeit any remaining payments due pursuant to this

Agreement, and PPM shall retain all other legal and equitable remedies available to it.

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 8 of 13

13.Controlling Law. Except to the extent federal law controls, this Agreement shall be

interpreted in accordance with the law of Illinois, except for Illinois’s conflict of laws

rules, which shall not apply.

14.Litigation Venue and Attorney Fees. Any litigation to enforce any term of this Agreement

shall be pursued exclusively in Cook County Circuit Court, Illinois, or the United States

District Court for the Northern District of Illinois.

In the event PPM prevails in legal proceedings to enforce the terms of this Agreement,

then PPM shall recover its actual costs and reasonable attorney fees incurred.

15.Unenforceable Provisions. In the event Retiree obtains any legally binding determination

that one or more Paragraphs of this Agreement is unenforceable by application of law, the

remaining Paragraphs nevertheless shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by

law; provided, however, in such event, PPM may elect to terminate PPM’s and Retiree’s

remaining obligations under this Agreement by sending Retiree written notice of that

election within thirty (30) days of any final legal declaration of unenforceability.

16.PPM’s “Non-Solicitation, Intellectual Property Assignment and Confidentiality

Agreement” and Award Agreements. Retiree’s obligations and assignments described in

any written PPM agreement previously signed and/or acknowledged by Retiree

governing Retiree’s obligations with respect to “Non-Solicitation,” “Intellectual

Property,” and/or “Confidentiality” and with respect to any long term incentive awards

described in Paragraph 3 shall continue and remain enforceable; provided however, that

in the event of a conflict between such obligations and the terms of this Agreement: (i)

the terms of this Agreement shall control with regard to “Non-Solicitation,” “Intellectual

Property,” and/or “Confidentiality”; and (ii) the terms of the relevant award agreement

shall control with regard to the long term incentive awards described in Paragraph 3.

17.Headings. The Paragraph headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not

limit or otherwise inform the Paragraphs’ meaning.

18.No Further Authority. As of the Retirement Date and unless otherwise expressly

authorized in writing by PPM, Retiree shall have no authority or power to, and shall not

represent to third parties that Retiree has the authority or power to, act for or on behalf of

PPM or bind PPM with respect to third parties, and Retiree relinquishes all offices,

directorships, committee appointments, and similar positions with PPM or any direct or

indirect subsidiary, affiliate, fund, or parent of PPM.

19.Acceptance of, and Right to Revoke, Agreement.

a.Retiree may not accept, sign, date, or return this Agreement before Retiree’s

Retirement Date.

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 9 of 13

b.Consistent with federal laws protecting persons from age discrimination,

including the ADEA as amended by the OWBPA:

i.Retiree acknowledges that Retiree is knowingly and voluntarily

waiving and releasing any rights Retiree may have under the

ADEA and OWBPA through the date Retiree signs this

Agreement, and that the consideration given for this waiver is in

addition to anything of value to which Retiree is already entitled;

ii.PPM hereby advises Retiree that this release does not apply to any

rights or claims that may arise after the date Retiree signs this

Agreement;

iii.PPM hereby advises Retiree to consult with an attorney (at

Retiree’s cost) prior to signing and returning this Agreement;

iv.Retiree shall have until 11:59 p.m. central time on the date twenty-

one (21) days after being presented with this Agreement to accept

and sign the Agreement, and to deliver the Agreement as provided

in Paragraph 19d of this Agreement; and

v.Should Retiree timely accept and sign the Agreement, Retiree

thereafter shall have seven (7) days to revoke Retiree’s acceptance.

If Retiree revokes such acceptance of this Agreement as described

in Paragraph 19e of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be

rendered void and without effect and neither PPM nor Retiree shall

have any duty or obligation to the other party hereunder.

c.No deadline provided in this Paragraph of this Agreement shall be extended

because of any change to any of the terms, material or otherwise, of the

Agreement as initially or subsequently presented to Retiree.  Changes to this

Agreement, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of Retiree’s

21-day consideration period.

d. In the event Retiree elects to ACCEPT this Agreement, Retiree must deliver this

Agreement, signed, dated and initialed where indicated, to Katie Schmitz in

Human Resources.  Delivery may be made via email so long as the original signed

document is separately mailed to Katie Schmitz.

e. In the event Retiree elects to REVOKE Retiree’s acceptance of this Agreement,

Retiree must communicate that decision to Katie Schmitz.

20.No Forbidden Waiver. Retiree acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is intended

to include in its release effect, without limitation, all claims known or unknown that he

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 10 of 13

has or may have, up to and including the date of this Agreement, except for claims which:

(a) cannot be released solely by private agreement; (b) are for unemployment or workers’

compensation benefits; (c) are to enforce or challenge this Agreement; (d) arise after the

effective date of this Agreement; (e) are for vested 401(k) or pension benefits; or (f) are

permitted by this Paragraph.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this this Agreement

shall (i) prohibit Retiree from making reports of possible violations of federal law or

regulation to any governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of, and

rules promulgated under, Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section

806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as amended), FINRA, or of any other

whistleblower protection provisions of federal, state, or local law or regulation, or (ii)

require notification or prior approval by PPM of any reporting described in provision (i)

of this Paragraph.  Nor is this Agreement intended to preclude Retiree from filing a

charge or complaint with, communicating and cooperating with, giving truthful testimony

or statements or disclosures to, or participating in any investigation or other proceeding

undertaken by, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), any

state or local fair employment practices agency acting as an EEOC referring agency, or

other federal state, local or other governmental agency or regulatory entity, or otherwise

pursuing any claim that by law cannot be released or waived by private agreement.

Furthermore, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, an individual may not be

held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the

disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local

government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the

purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a

complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

Further, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a

suspected violation of law may disclose the employer’s trade secrets to the attorney and

use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the individual: (a) files any

document containing the trade secret under seal; and (b) does not disclose the trade

secret, except pursuant to court order. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits or creates

liability for any such protected conduct.

21.Agreement Effective Date. This Agreement is effective only in the event that Retiree

accepts, signs and timely delivers this Agreement as provided in Paragraph 19d of this

Agreement and does not timely revoke Retiree’s acceptance; in that circumstance, the

Agreement Effective Date is the date upon which Retiree’s right to revoke the Agreement

expires.

22.Remedies.  Retiree acknowledges and agrees that a breach by Retiree of any provision of

Paragraph 11 of this Agreement will result in immediate and irreparable harm to PPM for

which full damages cannot readily be calculated and for which damages are an

inadequate remedy.  Accordingly, Retiree agrees that PPM shall be entitled to injunctive

relief to prevent any such actual or threatened breach or any continuing breach by Retiree

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 11 of 13

(without posting a bond or other security), without limiting any other remedies that may

be available to it.  Retiree further agrees to reimburse PPM for all costs and expenditures,

including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, incurred by it in

connection with the successful enforcement of any of its rights under Paragraph 11 of this

Agreement.

23.Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this

Agreement, no third party is intended to be, and no third party shall be deemed to be, a

beneficiary of any provision of this Agreement. Retiree agrees that all PPM subsidiaries

and affiliates shall be express third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement (and the

releases and waivers contained in this Agreement) and shall be permitted to enforce the

terms of this Agreement as it they were parties hereto.

24.Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement is the entire agreement between Retiree

and PPM concerning the matters identified herein and, except as provided in Paragraph

16 of this Agreement or as otherwise expressly stated herein, supersedes all prior and

contemporaneous oral and written agreements and understandings between the parties

concerning the matters identified herein. This Agreement will be binding on the parties’

successors, assigns, heirs, and executors. No modification of this Agreement shall be

effective unless written and signed by both parties.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 12 of 13

SIGNATURES

The terms and conditions of this Agreement are agreed to by both Parties as witnessed by

their respective signatures below. By signing this Agreement, the signatories below each

certify that they are duly authorized to bind themselves or their respective Party to this

Agreement.

RETIREEPPM AMERICA, INC.

Signed: /s/ Craig D. Smith                Signed: /s/ Tom Janda

Name: Craig D. Smith                      Name: Tom Janda

Date: Jan. 20, 2026                          Title: VP, Total Rewards and Consulting

Date: 1/28/2026

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Retiree acknowledgement page follows.]

Retirement Agreement

Initial: Retiree /s/ CDS

Page 13 of 13

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I acknowledge that:

  1. I have read and understand completely the terms and effect of this Agreement and

that my decision to sign this Agreement was knowing and voluntary and made only after full

and careful consideration.

  1. I was advised before I signed this Agreement that I had the right to consult with an

attorney (at my cost) before signing this Agreement and to consult an attorney again (at my

cost) before expiration of the revocation period described in Paragraph 19e of this

Agreement.

  1. The payments and benefits described in this Agreement are those to which I am

entitled only by virtue of signing (without revoking) this Agreement, in addition to anything

of value to which I already am entitled, and are offered to me in return for the releases,

waivers, and other obligations to which I have agreed in this Agreement.

  1. By virtue of signing this Agreement, I am releasing and waiving claims through the

date on which I sign this Agreement.

  1. PPM has made no representation regarding the likely income tax treatment or

consequences of the payments described in this Agreement.

/s/ Craig D. Smith                                            Date Jan. 20, 2026

Retiree

Document

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF JACKSON FINANCIAL INC.

Jackson Financial Inc.’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 are listed below. (1)

Legal Name State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Allied Life Brokerage Agency, Inc. Iowa
B2B Solutions, LLC Delaware
Brier Capital LLC Michigan
Brooke Life Insurance Company Michigan
Brooke Life Reinsurance Company Michigan
Hermitage Management, LLC Michigan
Hickory Brooke Reinsurance Company Michigan
Jackson Brooke LLC Delaware
Jackson Finance LLC Michigan
Jackson Holdings LLC Delaware
Jackson National Asset Management LLC Michigan
Jackson National Life Distributors LLC Delaware
Jackson National Life Insurance Agency, LLC Illinois
Jackson National Life Insurance Company Michigan
Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York New York
Mission Plans of America, Inc. Texas
National Planning Holdings LLC Delaware
Old Hickory Fund I, LLC Delaware
PGDS (US ONE) LLC Delaware
PPM America, Inc. Delaware
PPM America Capital Partners III, LLC Delaware
PPM America Capital Partners VIII, LLC Delaware
PPM America Capital Partners IX, LLC Delaware
PPM America Private Equity Fund VIII-A LP Delaware
PPM CLO 2, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 2 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM CLO 2018-1, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 2018-1 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM CLO 3, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 3 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM CLO 4, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 4 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM CLO 5, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 5 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM CLO 6, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 6-R Ltd. Jersey
PPM CLO 7, LLC Delaware
PPM CLO 7 Ltd. Jersey
PPM CLO 8, LLC Delaware
--- ---
PPM CLO 8 Ltd. Cayman Islands
PPM Holdings, Inc Delaware
PPM Loan Management Company 2, LLC Delaware
PPM Pomona Capital Partners, LLC Delaware
PPM Strategic Opportunities Capital Partners I, LLC Delaware
PPM Strategic Opportunities Fund I LP Delaware
PPM Strategic Opportunities Aggregator Fund I LP Delaware
REALIC of Jacksonville Plans, Inc. Texas
ROP, Inc. Delaware
Squire Reassurance Company II, Inc. Michigan
VFL International Life Company SPC, Ltd. Cayman Islands

(1)    Reflects subsidiaries that Jackson Financial Inc., directly or indirectly, controls by virtue of having share ownership greater than 50%.

Document

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-259967) on Form S-8, and (No. 333-266832) on Form S-4, and (No. 333-284340) on Form S-3ASR of our report dated February 24, 2026, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Jackson Financial Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 24, 2026

Document

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Laura L. Prieskorn, certify that:

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jackson Financial Inc.;

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

  1. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2026

/s/ Laura L. Prieskorn

Laura L. Prieskorn

President and

Chief Executive Officer

Document

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Don W. Cummings, certify that:

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Jackson Financial Inc.;

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

  1. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2026

/s/ Don W. Cummings

Don W. Cummings

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Document

Exhibit 32.1

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 by the

Chief Executive Officer, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Jackson Financial Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 24, 2026

/s/ Laura L. Prieskorn

Laura L. Prieskorn

President and Chief Executive Officer

Document

Exhibit 32.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 by the

Chief Financial Officer, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Jackson Financial Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 24, 2026

/s/ Don W. Cummings

Don W. Cummings

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

Document

Exhibit 97.1

capture1.jpg

Jackson Financial Inc. Compensation

Clawback Policy

9/11/2024

capture2.jpg

1

1.Introduction

This Compensation Clawback Policy (the “Policy”) of Jackson Financial Inc. (“JFI” or the “Company”) provides for the recoupment of certain incentive-based compensation in the event of (i) an accounting restatement resulting from material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements under the federal securities laws or (ii) misconduct that either results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material reputational or other harm to the Company. This Policy is being adopted by the JFI Board of Directors (the “Board”) in order to comply with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), the rules promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).

2.Scope

As specified herein, this Policy applies to the Company’s current and former executive officers (each an “executive officer” and, as a group, the “executive officers”) as designated by the Board pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, Section 5 of this Policy applies to all officers, including executive officers, of the Company (i.e., those with a grade level of X1, X2, X3 or X4).

3.Definitions

“Accounting Restatement” means an accounting restatement that the Company is required to prepare due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements - i.e., a “Big R” restatement, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error from a prior period were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period - i.e., a “little r” restatement. For the avoidance of doubt, the following are not Accounting Restatements:

•restatements resulting solely from the retrospective application of a change in generally accepted accounting principles;

•retrospective revisions to reportable segment information due to a change in the structure of the Company’s internal organization;

•retrospective revisions for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in capital structure;

•retrospective application of a change in reporting entity, such as from a reorganization of entities under common control; and

•retrospective reclassifications due to discontinued operations.

“Financial reporting measure” means (a) any measure that is determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measure derived wholly or in part from such measures, (b) the Company’s stock price, or (c) the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR). A financial reporting measure need not be presented within the Company’s financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC.

capture2.jpg

2

“Incentive Compensation” means any compensation (including cash and equity compensation) that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part on the attainment of a financial reporting measure. Incentive Compensation subject to this Policy may be provided by the Company or subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company (“Company Affiliates”)

“Trigger Date” means the earlier to occur of: (a) the date the Board, the Audit Committee of the Board, or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement; or (b) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.

4.Clawbacks – Accounting Restatement

This Policy mandates that in the event the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, the Company will reasonably promptly require the reimbursement or forfeiture of any excess Incentive Compensation received by any executive officer during the three (3) completed fiscal years immediately preceding the Trigger Date, as well as any transition period (that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years (except that a transition period that comprises a period of at least nine months shall count as a completed fiscal year). Incentive Compensation is deemed “received” for purposes of Section 4 of this Policy in the fiscal reporting period during which the measure specified in the Incentive Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of such Incentive Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

The amount of Incentive Compensation subject to recovery by the Company under Section 4 of this Policy shall be the amount of Incentive Compensation received based on the erroneous data that exceeds the amount of Incentive Compensation that otherwise would have been received had it been determined based on the restated results, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the JFI Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”), and shall be computed without regard to any taxes paid. If the Compensation Committee cannot determine the amount of excess Incentive Compensation received by the executive officer directly from the information in the Accounting Restatement, such as in the case of Incentive Compensation based on Company stock price or TSR, then it will make its determination based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement (in which case, the Company shall maintain documentation of such determination of that reasonable estimate and provide such documentation to the NYSE).

5.Clawbacks - Misconduct

The Company may seek recovery of Incentive Compensation delivered to any Officer (as defined below) who knowingly, intentionally or recklessly engaged in serious misconduct, or failed to supervise a subordinate employee who engaged in serious misconduct which the Officer knew, or was reckless in not knowing, was occurring, and such misconduct either results in a material violation of law or the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics or Code of Financial Ethics and causes, or could reasonably be expected to cause, substantial financial, reputational or other harm to the Company.

capture2.jpg

3

The Compensation Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, will evaluate all facts and circumstances that the Compensation Committee considers relevant and shall take such actions as it deems to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. For purposes of this Section 5, “Officer” is defined as any officer, including an executive officer (as defined in Section 2), of the Company. Within the compensation structure, an Officer has a grade level of X1, X2, X3 or X4.

6.Method of Recoupment

The Compensation Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, the method for recouping Incentive Compensation hereunder, which may include, without limitation, to the extent permitted by law:

a.requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive Compensation previously awarded;

b.seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer, or other disposition of any equity-based awards;

c.offsetting the recouped amount from any compensation otherwise owed by the Company or the Company Affiliates to the applicable Officer;

d.cancelling outstanding vested or unvested equity awards; and/or

e.taking any other remedial and recovery action permitted by law, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

7.No Indemnification or Advancement or Reimbursement of Fees

The Company and the Company Affiliates shall not indemnify any executive officer against the loss of any erroneously awarded Incentive Compensation. An executive officer shall not be entitled to advancement of legal fees involving an indemnity claim with respect to erroneously awarded Incentive Compensation and shall not be eligible for reimbursement of any tax preparation fees relating to any tax returns that may need to be filed in connection with loss of erroneously awarded Incentive Compensation.

8.Exceptions

The Company shall not be required to recover Incentive Compensation pursuant to this Policy if:

(a)after making a reasonable attempt to recover erroneously awarded Incentive Compensation, the Compensation Committee determines that the direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered; or

(b)the Committee determines that recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.

capture2.jpg

4

9.Reporting and Disclosure

The Company shall file all disclosures with respect to this Policy in accordance with the requirements of the federal securities laws, including the disclosure required by the applicable SEC filings, and the NYSE listed company requirements.

10.Administration

This Policy shall be administered by the Compensation Committee unless the Board determines otherwise. The Compensation Committee is authorized in its sole discretion to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy. It is intended that this Policy be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with all applicable rules or standards adopted by the SEC, the NYSE or any other national securities exchange on which the Company's securities are listed.

The Board may amend this Policy from time to time in its discretion. The Compensation Committee may amend this Policy if it determines an amendment is necessary or desirable to reflect rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and to comply with any rules or standards adopted by the NYSE.

This Policy will be reviewed as needed, but at least once per calendar year.

  1. Effective Date

This Policy shall be effective as of December 1, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) and shall apply to any Incentive Compensation received on or after October 2, 2023.

  1. Other Recovery Rights and Acknowledgements

The Company intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent of the law. The Company may require that any employment agreement, equity award agreement or similar agreement entered into on or after the Effective Date shall, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require an officer to agree to abide by the terms of this Policy. Any right of recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery or recoupment that may be available to the Company pursuant to applicable law, including but not limited to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the terms of any similar policy in any employment agreement, equity award agreement, or similar agreement, and any other legal remedies available to the Company or the Company Affiliates.

  1. Successors

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all applicable Officers and their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives.